2018 Trouble Shooting Guide Book - Multi V 5 - Global

Trouble Shooting
Guide Book
Visual Elements Logo
Life’s Good
Navigation Bar
The different category are shown at the
side. So, you can go directly to the index
page with a single click.
CONTACT US
The satisfaction of our customers is very
importance to us.
This PDF will help you quickly find the informa-

tion you are looking for and you can submit
your comments, concerns or suggestions via
the feedback link below.
We look forward to hearing from you through

feedback.
TAKE THE ONLINE SURVEY
It consists of 5 simple questions, and the sur-

vey takes about 5 minutes.
Your valuable information helps us improve our
material. Click to go back
Ⅰ. Basic Part 14. External PCB 203
15. Inverter PCB 205
1. Unit Conversion 008 16. Fan PCB 207
Basic Part
2. Temperature Vs. Pressure of Ref. 009 17. Communication PCB 209
3. P-H Diagram_R410A 013 18. Phase Bridge Diode 210
19. Inverter IGBT 211
20. Fan IPM 212
Ⅱ. Multi V 5 Introduction App. Service & Replace Method
1. Nomenclature 016 of Control Box, Inverter PCB 213
2. Line Up / Capacity 018
Ⅳ. Function Control
Intorduction
3. Piping Diagrams 023
Multi V 5
4. Wiring Diagrams 064 1. Outdoor Unit Control
1. Outdoor Unit Control Classification 218
2. Basic control 219
Ⅲ. Trouble Shooting Guide 3. Special control 221
1. Checking Point 4. Protection control 226
1. LGMV 086 5. function control 229
Trouble shooting
2. Lack of Cooling 087
3. Lack of Heating 089 2. HR Unit Control
guide
4. Check The Amount of Refrigerant 091 1. Basic Control 300
Contents
5. Cycle Changes by Amount of 2. Special Control 301
Refrigerant 095
2. Self-Diagnosis Function Ⅴ. Central Control

1. Error Code Display 098 1. Introduction of LG HVAC Controller
2. Error Code Check 102
Control Logic
1. Introduction of LG HVAC Controller 306
3. Checking Method for Key Components 2. Common Part

1. The Phenomena from Main Component 1. Communication Hierarchy 312
Failure 176 2. PI 485 Gateway 313
2. Compressor 177 3. Centeral Control Address 317
3. EEV 181
3. Product Part
Trouble Shooting
4. Solenoid Valve 188
Central Control
5. 4Way Valve 192 1. AC – Ez 322
6. Check Valve (Outdoor EEV Check Valve) 193 2. AC – Ez Touch 333
Guide Book
7. Check Valve (Oil Separator) 193 3. AC Smart IV 346
8. Outdoor Fan & Fan Motor 194 4. ACP IV 355
9. Temperature Sensor 196 5. AC Manager IV 369
10. Pressure(High/Low) Sensor 197 6. AC Manager 5 371
11. Humidity Sensor 199 7. PDI (Standard/Premium) 377
12. Pressure Switch 200 8. BMS Gateway 400
13. Main PCB 201 9. Dry Contact 425
Back
Ⅰ. Basic Part
Basic Part
1. Unit Conversion 008
2. Temperature Vs. Pressure of Ref. 009
3. P-H Diagram_R410A 013
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
1. Unit Conversion 2. Temperature Vs. Pressure of Ref.
Power Saturation temperature vs. saturation pressure table for each refrigerant
Absolute pressure = Guage pressure(kPa) + 101.325(kPa)
kcal/h Btu/h (US) RT (Japan) RT kW HP Nominal HP
kPa : kgf/㎠ x 101.97
kcal/h 1 3.986 0.0003306 0.0003012 0.001162 0.00155 0.0004
R410A
Btu/h 0.252 1 0.0000833 0.0000759 0.000293 0.00039 0.0001
Basic Part
Relative
(US) RT 3,024 12,000 1 0.91 3.51628 4.69 1.251 Temp. Relative pressure Temp.(°C)
pressure(kPaG)
(Japan) RT 3,320 13,174.6 1,097 1 3.861 5.149 1.373 Saturated Saturated Saturated Saturated
°C kPaG
kW 860 3,412 0.2843 0.259 1 1.333 0.3555 Liquid Gas Liquid Gas
HP 640 2,559.5 0.213 0.1942 0.75 1 0.2667 -30 169.62 168.91 170 -30.09 -30.02
-25 229.70 228.81 230 -25.08 -25.01
Nominal HP 2,400 9,598.1 0.799 0.728 2.81 3.75 1
-20 299.57 298.46 300 -20.06 -19.99
Intorduction
Multi V 5
-15 380.23 378.87 380 -15.09 -15.01
Pressure
-10 472.75 471.09 470 -10.21 -10.12
kgf/cm2 bar Pa atm lbf/in2 (psi) -5 578.21 576.21 580 -4.98 -4.89
kgf/cm2 1 0.98065 98,066.5 0.9678 14.2233 0 697.76 695.38 700 0.04 0.13
bar 1.0197 1 100,000 0.9869 14.5028 5 832.60 829.77 830 4.86 4.96
Trouble shooting
Pa 0.0000102 0.00001 1 0.00001 0.000145 10 983.94 980.63 980 9.84 9.94
atm 1.0332 1.01325 101,325 1 14.6959 15 1153.09 1149.25 1150 14.88 14.98
guide
lbf/in2 (psi) 0.0703 0.06894 6894.7 0.068 1 20 1341.39 1336.98 1350 20.18 20.29
25 1550.25 1545.26 1550 24.98 25.08
30 1781.19 1775.59 1800 30.36 30.47
35 2035.78 2029.59 2000 34.30 34.42
40 2315.76 2309.03 2300 39.71 39.82
Control Logic
45 2623.00 2615.82 2600 44.62 44.73
50 2959.61 2952.13 2950 49.84 49.95
55 3328.02 3320.49 3400 55.91 56.01
60 3731.18 3724.00 3700 59.61 59.70
65 4173.11 4166.98 4200 65.28 65.34
70 4746.09 4706.31 4700 70.17 70.17
Central Control
Back
008 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK _ 009
Saturation temperature vs. saturation pressure table for each refrigerant
R134a
Temp. Pressure
Basic Part
°C kPa kgf/cm2
-25 5.58 0.06
-20 31.92 0.33
-15 63.12 0.64
-10 99.79 1.02
-5 142.54 1.45
Intorduction
0 192.00 1.96
Multi V 5
5 248.85 2.54
10 313.79 3.20
15 387.53 3.95
20 470.81 4.80
25 564.42 5.76
Trouble shooting
30 669.11 6.82
guide
35 785.74 8.01
40 915.13 9.33
50 1261.00 12.40
60 1579.24 16.10
70 2013.87 20.54
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Multi V 5 Trouble shooting
Basic Part Intorduction guide Control Logic Central Control Back
6. P-h 선도
013 _
R410A
012 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK

3. P-H Diagram_R410A
Ⅱ. Multi V 5 Introduction
Basic Part
1. Nomenclature 016
2. Line Up / Capacity 018
3. Piping Diagrams 023
Intorduction
4. Wiring Diagrams 064
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
1. Nomenclature
Multi V 5 Outdoor Unit Multi V 5 Indoor Unit
ARU N 260 L T E 5 ARU U 07 G TU A 4

Model Generation
Basic Part
Serial Number
E : High Efficiency, S : Standard Efficiency
Combinations of functions
Air Discharge Type A:Basic function
T : Top Discharge L:Neo Plasma(Wall Mounted)
C:Plasma(Ceiling Cassette)
Electrical Ratings G: Low Static
B : 3Ø, 220V, 50Hz U : Floor Standing without Case
D : 3Ø, 480V, 50Hz ART COOL Type Panel Color
L : 3Ø, 380-415V, 50Hz / 3Ø, 380V, 60Hz SB/SC - R:Mirror V:Silver W:White
Intorduction
Z : Fresh Air Intake Unit
Multi V 5
Total Cooling Capacity in Horse Power(HP) unit
E X) 10HP → '100' Chassis Name
(For only 22, 24, 26HP)
In case of single unit → '220', '240', '260'
In case of series unit → '221', '241', '261' Electrical Ratings
2:1Ø, 220V, 60Hz
Combination of Inverter Type and Cooling Only, 6:1Ø, 220 - 240V, 50Hz
Heat pump or Heat Recovery G:1Ø, 220 - 240V, 50Hz / 1Ø, 220V, 60Hz
M : Inverter, Heat Pump and Heat Recovery
Trouble shooting
N : Inverter, Heat Pump Total Cooling Capacity in Horse Power(HP) unit
V : Inverter, Cooling Only E X) 5,000 Btu/h Class → '05'
guide
18,000 Btu/h Class → '18'
System with Outdoor Unit using R410A
Combination of Inverter Type and
Cooling Only or Heat Pump
Multi V 5 Outdoor Unit (Tropical) U: DC Inverter and H/P and C/O

ARU N 100 L E H 5 ARN : Global line-up
CRN : Brazil line-up only
Control Logic
Model Generation
H: High Ambient Temperature
Multi V 5 HR Unit
Efficiency
E : High Efficiency, T : Standard Efficiency
PRHR 04 2
Electrical Ratings
L : 3Ø, 380-415 V, 50 Hz / 3Ø, 400V, 60 Hz
Central Control
Model Generation
Total Cooling Capacity in Horse Power(HP) unit
E X) 10HP → '100'
(For only 22, 24, 26HP) No. of Connected branches
In case of single unit → '220', '240', '260' 02 : For 2 branches
In case of series unit → '221', '241', '261' 03 : For 3 branches
04 : For 4 branches
Combination of Inverter Type and Cooling Only,
Heat pump or Heat Recovery
N : Inverter, Heat Pump Indicates that this is System
HR Unit using the R410A
Back
016 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK 017
2. Line Up / Capacity
Multi V 5 Indoor Unit Multi V 5 Outdoor Unit

■ Standard Model CHASSIS Model Name Capacity(kW) Model
Capacity(Btu/h(kW)) ARUM080LTE5 22.4
Chassis
Category 5k 7k 9k 12k 15k 18k 21k 24k 28k 30k 36k 42k 48k 54k 76k 96k
Name UXA ARUM100LTE5 28.0
(1.6) (2.2) (2.8) (3.6) (4.5) (5.6) (6.2) (7.1) (8.2) (9.0) (10.6) (12.3) (14.1) (15.8) (22.4) (28.0)
ARUM120LTE5 33.6
Basic Part
Wall SB ● ● ● ● ●
Mounted Standard SC ● ● ARUM140LTE5 39.2
Unit SV ● ● ARUM160LTE5 44.8
ART Mirror
SB ● ● ● ● ● ARUM180LTE5 50.4
COOL
SC ● ● UXB ARUM200LTE5 56.0
Gallery SF ● ● ● ARUM220LTE5 61.6
TU ● ● ● ARUM240LTE5 67.2
1 Way
TT ● ● ARUM260LTE5 72.8
2 Way TL ● ● ● ●
Intorduction
Ceiling TR ● ● ● ● UXA ARUM221LTE5 61.6
Multi V 5
Cassette TQ ● ● ● UXA ARUM241LTE5 67.2
4 Way TP ● ● ●
TN ● ● ● ● ARUM261LTE5 72.8
TM ● ● ● ● ARUM280LTE5 78.4
BG ● ● ● UXA ARUM300LTE5 84.0
High
BR ● ● UXB ARUM320LTE5 89.6
Static
B8 ● ● ARUM340LTE5 95.2
High
BG ● ● ● ● ARUM360LTE5 100.8
Trouble shooting
BR ● ● ● ARUM380LTE5 106.4
Sensible
B8 ● ● ● ARUM400LTE5 112.0
guide
Ceiling M1 ● ● ● ● ● ●
Concealed Middle UXB ARUM420LTE5 117.6
Duct Static
M2 ● ● ● UXB ARUM440LTE5 123.2
M3 ● ● ARUM460LTE5 128.8
L1 ● ● ● ARUM480LTE5 134.4
Low Static L2 ● ● ● ARUM500LTE5 140.0
L3 ● ● ARUM520LTE5 145.6
UXB
Bulit In B3 ● ● ● ●
UXB ARUM540LTE5 151.2
(Low Static) B4 ● ● ARUM560LTE5 156.8
UXA
Control Logic
With Case
CE ● ● ● ● ARUM580LTE5 162.4
Floor CF ● ● ARUM600LTE5 168.0
Standing Without CE ● ● ● ● ARUM620LTE5 173.6
Case CF ● ● ARUM640LTE5 179.2
UXB
Console QA ● ● ● ●
Frash Air Intake Unit
BR ●
B8 ● ● ARUM700LTE5 196.0
ARUM720LTE5 201.6
ARUM860LTE5 240.8
■ Compact Model UXB ARUM880LTE5 246.4
Central Control
Chassis Capacity(Btu/h(kW)) UXB ARUM900LTE5 252.0
Category
Name 9k(2.8) 15k(4.5)
Ceiling cassette 4 Way TR ○ ○
ARUM960LTE5 268.8
※ In matters of combination with Outdoor unit system, refer the PDB of that outdoor units. ARUM740LTE5 207.2
※ This product contains Fluorinated Greenhouse Gases.(R410A) UXB ARUM760LTE5 212.8
UXA ARUM820LTE5 229.6
ARUM840LTE5 235.2
※ Detail combinations of each model refer to PDB.
Back
CHASSIS Model Name Model CHASSIS Model Name Model
ARUN080LTE51) ARUV096*TE5
UXA ARUN100LTE5 UXA ARUV121*TE5
ARUN120LTE5
ARUN140LTE5 ARUV144*TE5
Basic Part
UXB
UXB ARUN200LTE5 ARUV216*TE5
UXB ARUV312*TE5
UXA ARUN221LTE5 UXA ARUV336*TE5
UXA ARUN241LTE5 ARUV360*TE5
ARUV384*TE5
Intorduction
Multi V 5
ARUN280LTE5 UXB ARUV432*TE5
UXB
UXA ARUN300LTE5 UXB ARUV456*TE5
ARUN340LTE5 UXA ARUV504*TE5
Trouble shooting
ARUN460LTE5
guide
UXB ARUV650*TE5
UXB
ARUN560LTE5 UXB
UXA ARUV771*TE5
Control Logic
UXB UXB
ARUN680LTE5 UXB
UXB ARUV915*TE5
ARUN740LTE5
UXB ARUN760LTE5 ※ Detail combinations of each model refer to PDB.
UXB ARUN780LTE5
UXB ARUN800LTE5
Central Control
UXA ARUN820LTE5
ARUN840LTE5
ARUN860LTE5
UXB ARUN880LTE5
UXB ARUN900LTE5
UXB ARUN920LTE5
UXB ARUN940LTE5
ARUN960LTE5
Note 1) ARUN080LTE5 is not available in South America region.
Back
3. Piping Diagrams
Multi V 5 Outdoor Units
3. Piping Diagrams
CHASSIS Model Name Model 3.1. Heat Pump and Heat Recovery (ARUM***LTE5)
3.1 8 / 10 / 12 / 14 / 16 HP (1 Comp)
UXA ARUN080LEH5 8 / 10 / 12 / 14 / 16 HP (1 Comp)
ARUN100LEH5
3.1.1Heat
Heat Recovery
Recovery System
System
ARUN120LEH5
Basic Part
ARUN140LEH5 ̰ ■Cooling Operation
Cooling Operation
UXB ARUN160LEH5
ARUN180LEH5
High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
ARUN200LEH5 Indoor HEX EEV
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
UXB ARUN220LEH5
Indoor Unit
UXA ARUN240LEH5 HR unit

EEV
ARUN260LEH5 Indoor HEX
Intorduction
ARUN280LEH5
Multi V 5

Fan

ARUN300LEH5
UXB ARUN320LEH5 Indoor Unit
UXB ARUN340LEH5

ARUN360LEH5

Indoor HEX EEV

ARUN380LEH5

ARUN400LEH5 Fan
ARUN420LEH5 Indoor Unit

ARUN440LEH5
Trouble shooting
ARUN460LEH5 Indoor HEX EEV
ARUN480LEH5
UXB
guide
ARUN500LEH5
UXB Fan
ARUN520LEH5
UXB Indoor Unit
ARUN540LEH5
ARUN560LEH5
ARUN580LEH5
ARUN600LEH5 Fan
M M Motor
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure
Pressure Switch
Control Logic
Sensor

Outdoor Unit HEX Active

Temperature Sensor Path
Main 4-Way
Valve
Low Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Oil Separator
Temperature Suction

Temperature Comp 1
Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Sensor
Temperatue Sensor
HR Unit Vapor Valve

Receiver
Receiver

Outlet
Inverter
Accum Comp 1
Upper Outdoor EEV
Model Chassis Branches Number
Central Control
Comp 1
Low Outdoor Vapor

EEV Receiver SC Injection
High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

2
Inlet Suction
PRHR022 Oil Return
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
PRHR032 3 Sub-Cooling HEX

Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
PRHR042 4 Heatsink SC
EEV
*14,16HP have 2fans.
Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer
Back
Multi V 5 Outdoor Units Multi V 5 Outdoor Units
3. Piping Diagrams 3. Piping Diagrams

■ HeatingOperation
̰ Heating Operation ■ Oil
̰ Oil Return/Defrost
Return/ Defrost Operation
Operation
Indoor HEX High Temperature High Pressure Vapor High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
EEV Indoor HEX EEV
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional) High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Fan Fan
Basic Part
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit
HR unit
HR unit

Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Fan

Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV
Indoor HEX EEV
Intorduction
Multi V 5

Fan
Fan
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV
Indoor HEX EEV
Fan
Fan
Trouble shooting
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit
guide
Fan Fan
t t Motor t t Motor
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve
Temperature Temperature
Sensor Sensor High Pressure
High Pressure

Sensor Pressure Switch
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Outdoor Unit HEX Active

Temperature Sensor Path Temperature Sensor Path
Main 4-Way Main 4-Way
Control Logic
Valve Valve
Low Hot Low Low Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Oil Separator Oil Separator
Temperature Suction Temperature Suction

Temperature Comp 1
Temperature Comp 1
Sensor Discharge Sensor
Sensor Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve Vapor Valve
Receiver y
Receiver Receiver

Outlet Outlet

Inverter Inverter
Accum Comp 1 h Comp 1
Upper Outdoor EEV Upper Outdoor EEV
Comp 1 Comp 1
Low Outdoor Vapor High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Low Outdoor Vapor

EEV Receiver SC Injection EEV Receiver SC Injection
Suction Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

Inlet

Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Oil Return Oil Return
Central Control
Sub-Cooling Circuit Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor
Heatsink SC
EEV Heatsink SC
EEV


Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve Remarks
Remarks Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer
Back

■ Cooling-based Simultaneous
̰ Cooling-based Simultaneous Operation
Operation ■ Heating-basedSimultaneous
̰ Heating-based Simultaneous Operation
Operation
High Temperature High Pressure Vapor High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Fan
Indoor Unit
Basic Part
Indoor Unit
HR unit HR unit


Fan

Fan


Intorduction
Multi V 5

Fan
Fan
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Fan
Fan
Trouble shooting
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit
guide
Fan
Fan
t t Motor
Temperature t t Motor
Sensor High Pressure Temperature

Sensor Pressure Switch Sensor High Pressure
Active

Outdoor Unit HEX
Temperature Sensor Path Active
Outdoor Unit HEX
Main 4-Way
Control Logic
Valve Main 4-Way
Low Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor Valve

Vapor Valve Low Hot Low
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Oil Separator Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor
Temperature Suction Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Comp 1 Temperature Sensor Unit HEX
Sensor

Temperature Discharge Oil Separator
Temperature Suction
Upper Hot Sensor Temperatue Sensor

Temperature Comp 1
Sensor
Vapor Valve Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Receiver Vapor Valve
Receiver Receiver

Outlet Receiver
Inverter

Outlet
Accum Comp 1 Inverter
Upper Outdoor EEV Accum Comp 1
Upper Outdoor EEV
Comp 1
Low Outdoor Vapor Comp 1

EEV Receiver SC Injection Vapor

Low Outdoor

Inlet Suction Receiver Injection

High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe EEV SC

Oil Return Inlet Suction
Central Control
Sub-Cooling Circuit Oil Return Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe Sub-Cooling Circuit
Sub-Cooling HEX Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Liquid Pipe Sub-Cooling HEX

Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Heatsink SC
EEV Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet
Heatsink Temperature Sensor
SC
EEV
Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve Pressure Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve
Temperature Sensor
Remarks Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer
Back

■ BalancedSimultaneous
̰ Balanced Simultaneous Operation
Operation ■ UpperHEX
̰ Upper HEXDefrost
Defrost Operation
Operation
Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor Indoor HEX High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
EEV
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Fan
Indoor Unit
Basic Part
Indoor Unit
HR unit HR unit

Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Fan

Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Intorduction
Multi V 5

Fan
Fan
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV
Indoor HEX EEV
Fan
Fan
Trouble shooting
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit
guide
Fan
t t Motor Fan
Temperature
Sensor t t Motor
High Pressure Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve

Sensor Pressure Switch Temperature
Outdoor Unit HEX Active Pressure Switch
Path

Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Main 4-Way
Valve
Low Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor Main 4-Way
Control Logic


Oil Separator Valve
Temperature Suction Low Hot Low
Comp 1 Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Sensor Temperature Discharge Vapor Valve
Sensor Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Oil Separator
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Temperature Suction
Temperature

Vapor Valve Sensor Comp 1
Receiver Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot
Receiver Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor
Receiver

Outlet
Inverter Receiver
Accum Comp 1 Outlet

Upper Outdoor EEV Inverter
Accum Comp 1
Comp 1
Vapor Upper Outdoor EEV
Low Outdoor

EEV Receiver SC Injection

Comp 1


Low Outdoor Vapor

Oil Return EEV Receiver SC Injection

Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Central Control
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe Oil Return
Sub-Cooling HEX Sub-Cooling Circuit Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Liquid Pipe Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Temperature Sensor
Sub-Cooling HEX
Heatsink Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Liquid Pipe
Temperature Sensor Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
SC Temperature Sensor
EEV
Heatsink
*14,16HP have 2fans. SC
EEV
Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve *14,16HP have 2fans.
Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve
Remarks
Back

■ LowHEX
̰ Low HEXDefrost
Defrost Operation
Operation 3.1.2Heat
Heat Pump
Pump System
System
Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor ̰■ Cooling
Cooling Operation
Operation
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Basic Part
Indoor Unit High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
HR unit High Temperature High Pressure Liquid

Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Indoor Unit Fan Fan

t t

IndoorGUni pndoorGUnt
Indoor HEX EEV
Intorduction
Multi V 5

Fan
Indoor Unit

Fan
Indoor HEX t t Motor

EEV Outdoor
Temperature Sub 4-Way Valve

Fan
Trouble shooting
Indoor Unit
guide

Main 4-Way
Low Valve
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Low Hot
Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Oil Separator
Suction Comp 1
Temperature
Temperature
Fan Discharge
Sensor Sensor
t t Motor Vapor Valve
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve Receiver
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure Receiver

Sensor Pressure Switch Outlet
Inverter
Path Accum Comp 1
Temperature Sensor
Upper Outdoor EEV
Control Logic
Main 4-Way Comp 1
Valve
Low Hot Low Low Outdoor Vapor

Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor EEV Receiver SC Injection
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

Temperature Suction
Oil Separator
Inlet Suction
Oil Return

Sensor Temperature Comp 1
Sensor Discharge Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Upper Hot
Temperatue Sensor Sub-Cooling Circuit
Vapor Valve Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Receiver
Receiver
Sub-Cooling HEX

Outlet sGw
Inverter Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet {Gz
Accum Comp 1 Temperature Sensor
Upper Outdoor EEV o
Comp 1 SC
Low Outdoor Vapor EEV

EEV Receiver SC
Injection

Central Control
Oil Return
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve
Sub-Cooling HEX Remarks
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet
Liquid Pipe Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer
Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink SC
EEV

Remarks
Back
58

̰ ■Heating
HeatingOperation
Operation ̰■ Oil
Oil Return/
Return/ Defrost
DefrostOperation
Operation
Basic Part
Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV
Fan Fan Fan Fan

t t t t
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit Indoor Unit
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Fan
Fan
t t Motor
Outdoor t t Motor
Sub 4-Way Valve Outdoor
Temperature Temperature Sub 4-Way Valve
Sensor High Pressure Sensor

Sensor Pressure Switch High Pressure

Path Outdoor Unit HEX Active
Temperature Sensor

Main 4-Way
Main 4-Way
Trouble shooting

Low Valve
Outdoor Unit HEX Low Hot Low Valve
Outdoor Pressure Sensor Low Hot
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve Oil Separator Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Suction Comp 1 Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve Oil Separator
Temperature Suction
guide

Temperature Discharge Temperature Comp 1
Sensor

Sensor Temperature Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Sensor Sensor
Vapor Valve Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Receiver Vapor Valve
Receiver
Receiver
Receiver

Outlet

Inverter Outlet
Accum Comp 1 Inverter
Accum Comp 1
Upper Outdoor EEV
Upper Outdoor EEV
Comp 1
Low Outdoor Vapor Comp 1

EEV Receiver SC Injection Low Outdoor Vapor

SC

Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe EEV Receiver Injection

Oil Return Inlet Suction
Control Logic
Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Oil Return
Sub-Cooling Circuit Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe Sub-Cooling Circuit
Sub-Cooling HEX
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Temperature Sensor Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink
SC Heatsink
EEV SC
EEV
Remarks Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer Remarks
Central Control
Back
59

■ Upper HEX Defrost Operation ̰■ Low
Low HEX
HEX Defrost
DefrostOperation
Operation
̰ Upper HEX Defrost Operation
Basic Part

Fan Fan
Fan Fan
t t
t t
Indoo Uni IndooGUi
IndoorGUnit IndoorGUnit
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Fan Fan
t t Motor t t Motor
Outdoor Outdoor
Sub 4-Way Valve Temperature Sub 4-Way Valve
Temperature
Sensor High Pressure Sensor High Pressure

Pressure Switch
Sensor
Trouble shooting

Main 4-Way Oil Separator

Main 4-Way
Low Valve Low Hot Low Valve
Outdoor Unit HEX Low Hot Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor
guide
Outdoor Pressure Sensor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Oil Separator
Suction Suction
Temperature
Comp 1 Temperature
Temperature Comp 1
Temperature Sensor
Sensor Sensor Discharge Upper Hot Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve Vapor Valve
Receiver Receiver
Receiver Receiver

Outlet Outlet
Inverter Inverter
Accum Comp 1 Accum Comp 1
Comp 1 Comp 1
Low Outdoor Vapor Low Outdoor Vapor

EEV Receiver SC Injection EEV Receiver SC Injection
Control Logic


Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Inlet Suction

Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Heatsink Heatsink
SC SC
EEV EEV
Remarks Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve
Central Control
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer Remarks
Back
62
3. Piping Diagrams
3. Piping Diagrams
3.2 18 / 20 / 22 / 24 / 26HP (2 Comp) ■ HeatingOperation
Operation
18 / 20 / 22 / 24 / 26HP (2 Comp) ̰ Heating
3.2.1 Heat
Heat Recovery
Recovery System
System High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
Indoor HEX EEV
̰■ Cooling
Cooling Operation
Operation Fan
Basic Part
Indoor Unit
HR unit
Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Indoor HEX EEV
Fan
Indoor Unit

HR unit
Fan

Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV

Fan
Intorduction

Indoor HEX EEV
Multi V 5
Indoor Unit

Fan

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor Unit

Fan
Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor Unit

Fan
Trouble shooting
Indoor HEX EEV
Indoor Unit
Fan
guide
Indoor Unit
Fan
t t Motor
Fan Temperature
Sensor
t t Motor High Pressure
Outdoor

Sub 4-Way Valve
Temperature Outdoor Unit HEX Active
Sensor Temperature Sensor Path
High Pressure

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Main 4-Way
Control Logic

Temperature Sensor Path Valve
Low Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Main 4-Way Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator
Valve Temperature Suction
Low

Temperature Comp 1 Comp 2
Low Hot Sensor Discharge
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor Sensor Discharge
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
OlGSpartor OGSeaatr Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor
Temperature Suction

Temperature Comp 1 Comp 2 Receiver
Sensor Discharge
Upper Hot Sensor Discharge Receiver
Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor

Vapor Valve Outlet Oil Oil
Receiver Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Receiver Accum Comp 1 Comp 2

Outlet Oil Oil Upper Outdoor EEV

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 Comp 2 Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor
Upper Outdoor EEV Low Outdoor Injection Injection

EEV Receiver SC

Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor Inlet Suction
Injection Injection Oil Return
Central Control
Low Outdoor

EEV Receiver SC Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

Sub-Cooling Circuit

Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Oil Return Sub-Cooling HEX
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX Temperature Sensor
Liquid Pipe Heatsink
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor SC
Temperature Sensor EEV
Heatsink
SC
EEV

Back
63

■ Oil
̰ Oil Return/Defrost
Return/ Defrost Operation
Operation ■ Cooling-based Simultaneous
̰ Cooling-based Simultaneous Operation
Operation
High Temperature High Pressure Vapor Indoor HEX High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
EEV
Indoor HEX EEV
Fan
Fan
Basic Part
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit HR unit
HR unit

Indoor HEX EEV
Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Fan

Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV
Intorduction
Indoor HEX EEV
Multi V 5

Fan

Fan
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV
Fan
Trouble shooting
Fan
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit
guide
Fan
Fan
t t Motor
t t Motor Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve Temperature
Temperature Sensor
High Pressure


Outdoor Unit HEX Active Temperature Sensor Path
Main 4-Way
Control Logic

Main 4-Way Valve
Valve Low Hot Low
Low Hot Low Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator Temperature Suction
Temperature Suction Comp 1

Temperature Comp 1 Comp 2

Temperature
Sensor Discharge
Sensor Discharge Comp 2 Sensor Discharge
Sensor Discharge Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor
Receiver
Receiver
Receiver
Receiver

Outlet Oil Oil
Outlet

Oil Oil p Balance Inverter Balance

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance Accum jGX Comp 2
Accum Comp 1 Comp 2
Upper Outdoor EEV
Upper Outdoor EEV
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor Low Outdoor Injection Injection

Low Outdoor Injection Injection EEV Receiver SC

SC

EEV Receiver

Inlet Suction
Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

Inlet
Central Control
High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Oil Return
Oil Return Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Sub-Cooling Circuit
Sub-Cooling Circuit Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Liquid Pipe Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink
Heatsink SC
SC EEV
EEV
Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve
Remarks Remarks
Back

■ Heating-basedSimultaneous
̰ Heating-based Simultaneous Operation
Operation ■ BalancedSimultaneous
̰ Balanced Simultaneous Operation
Operation
Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Fan
Basic Part
HR unit HR unit

Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV

Fan

Fan

Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV
Intorduction
Indoor HEX EEV
Multi V 5

Fan
Fan
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV
Indoor HEX EEV
Fan
Fan
Trouble shooting
Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit
guide
Fan
Fan t t Motor
t t Motor Temperature
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve Sensor
Temperature High Pressure
Sensor

High Pressure

Sensor Pressure Switch Outdoor Unit HEX Active
Main 4-Way
Control Logic

Main 4-Way Valve

Low Hot Low
Valve Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Low Hot Low Vapor Valve
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator
Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor Temperature Suction
Temperature Comp 1
Suction Sensor Comp 2
Temperature Sensor Discharge

Temperature Comp 1 Comp 2 Upper Hot Discharge
Sensor Discharge Temperatue Sensor
Sensor Discharge Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor
Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor Receiver
Receiver Receiver

Receiver Outlet Oil Oil

Outlet Oil Oil Inverter Balance Inverter Balance

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance Accum Comp 1 Comp 2
Accum Comp 1 Comp 2
Upper Outdoor EEV
Upper Outdoor EEV
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor Low Outdoor Injection Injection


SC Suction

EEV Receiver Inlet

Central Control
Suction

Inlet Oil Return

Sub-Cooling HEX
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink
Heatsink
SC
SC EEV
EEV
Remarks Remarks
Back

■ UpperHEX
̰ Upper HEXDefrost
Defrost Operation
Operation ■ LowHEX
̰ Low HEXDefrost
Defrost Operation
Operation
Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor Indoor HEX EEV High Temperature High Pressure Vapor
Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Fan Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Indoor Unit
Basic Part
Indoor Unit
HR unit HR unit


Fan Fan


Intorduction
Multi V 5

Fan Fan

Fan Fan
Trouble shooting
guide
Fan Fan
t t Motor t t Motor
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve Outdoor
Temperature Sub 4-Way Valve
Temperature
Sensor Sensor
High Pressure High Pressure

Control Logic

Main 4-Way
Main
Valve 4-Way Valve
Low Hot Low Low Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Vapor Valve Pressure Sensor Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator Vapor Valve
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator
Temperature Suction Temperature Suction
Temperature

Sensor Comp 1 Comp 2 Sensor Temperature Comp 1 Comp 2
Upper Hot Sensor Discharge Discharge Upper Hot Sensor Discharge Discharge
Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Receiver Receiver
Receiver Receiver
Outlet Outlet

Oil Oil Oil Oil

Inverter Balance Inverter Balance Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 Comp 2 Accum Comp 1 Comp 2
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor

Low Outdoor Injection Injection Low Outdoor Injection Injection

EEV Receiver SC EEV Receiver SC

Suction Inlet Suction

Inlet High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Central Control
Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Heatsink Heatsink
SC SC
EEV EEV
Remarks Remarks
Back

3.2.2Heat
HeatPump
PumpSystem
System ■ Heating Operation
̰ Heating Operation
̰■ Cooling
Cooling Operation
Operation
High Temperature High Pressure Vapor High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional) Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Basic Part

Fan Fan
Fan Fan
t t
t t
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Fan
Fan t t Motor
t t Motor Temperature
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve Sensor High Pressure
Temperature

Sensor Pressure Switch Outdoor Unit HEX Active
Main 4-Way
Trouble shooting

Valve
Main 4-Way Low Hot Low

Valve Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Low Suction Oil Separator Oil Separator
Low Hot
guide
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor Temperature
Vapor Valve Sensor

Temperature Comp 1
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator Sensor Comp 2
Temperature Suction Discharge Discharge

Temperature Upper Hot Temperatue Sensor
Sensor Comp 1 Comp 2 Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor
Sensor
Upper Hot Discharge Discharge Receiver
Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Receiver
Receiver

Outlet
Oil Oil
Receiver Inverter Balance Inverter Balance
Accum Comp 1 Comp 2

Outlet
Oil Oil
Inverter Balance Inverter Balance Upper Outdoor EEV
Accum Comp 1 Comp 2
Upper Outdoor EEV Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor

Low Outdoor Injection Injection

Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor EEV Receiver SC
Inlet Suction


SC High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Control Logic
EEV Receiver Oil Return
Inlet Suction

High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Sub-Cooling Circuit Low Pressure Vapor Pipe
Oil Return Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling Circuit Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Sub-Cooling HEX Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Liquid Pipe Temperature Sensor
Sub-Cooling Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor Heatsink
Temperature Sensor SC
Heatsink EEV
SC
EEV

Remarks
Central Control
Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer
Remarks
Back
71

■ Oil Return/ Defrost Operation ■ Upper HEX Defrost Operation
̰ Oil Return/ Defrost Operation ̰ Upper HEX Defrost Operation

High Temperature High Pressure Vapor High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional)
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid (Conditional) Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor
Basic Part

Fan Fan
Fan Fan t t
t t Indoor Unit Indoor Unit
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Fan Fan
t t Motor t t Motor
Outdoor Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve
Sub 4-Way Valve Temperature
Temperature
Sensor Sensor High Pressure
High Pressure Pressure Switch

Sensor
Active Outdoor Unit HEX Active

Outdoor Unit HEX Path
Temperature Sensor Path Temperature Sensor
Trouble shooting

Main 4-Way
Main 4-Way
Valve Valve
Low Hot Low
Low Hot Low Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor Vapor Valve
guide
Vapor Valve Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator
Temperature Sensor Unit HEX OilGSeparator OilGSeparator Temperature Suction
Temperature Suction
Temperature

Temperature Sensor Comp 1 Comp 2
Sensor Comp 1 Comp 2 Sensor
Sensor Upper Hot Discharge Discharge
Upper Hot Discharge Discharge Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor Vapor Valve
Vapor Valve Receiver
Receiver
Receiver
Receiver

Outlet
Oil Oil

Outlet Inverter Inverter

Oil Oil Balance Balance
p Balance Inverter Balance Accum Comp 1 Comp 2
Accum jGX Comp 2

Upper Outdoor EEV

Upper Outdoor EEV
Comp 1 Vapor Comp 2 Vapor Injection Injection
Low Outdoor


EEV Receiver SC Inlet Suction

Control Logic

Inlet Suction


High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Oil Return
Sub-Cooling HEX
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink
Heatsink SC
SC EEV
EEV

Central Control
Back
Piping Diagrams
3. Piping Diagrams Piping Diagrams

■ Low HEX Defrost Operation HRHR
UnitUnit
̰ Low HEX Defrost Operation 1.
High Temperature High Pressure Vapor Piping Diagrams

High Temperature High Pressure Liquid Low pressure gas pipe
Piping Diagrams
Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Th3
Basic Part
Th2
Liquid pipe
1. HR Unit
B
s C
Fan Fan
Th1
t t
Indoor Unit Indoor Unit High pressure gas pipe
Low pressure gas pipe
A
Intorduction
s s s s s s s s
Multi V 5
Liquid pipe
B
Fan
s C
t t Motor
Outdoor Sub 4-Way Valve s
Temperature s
s

Sensor Pressure Switch s D s
High pressure gas pipe
Solenoid
A
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Trouble shooting
Main 4-Way
s s

Valve EEV s s s s s s
Low Hot Low
Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor
Vapor Valve
guide
Temperature Suction
Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor

Sensor Comp 1 Comp 2
Sensor
Upper Hot Discharge Discharge
Vapor Valve Temperatue Sensor Temperatue Sensor
Receiver
s
Receiver
s s

Outlet
Inverter
Oil
Inverter : To sbe switched
Ⓐ Symbol operation between D s and heating by two Solenoid valve
cooling
Accum Comp 1
Balance
Comp 2 Solenoid Description PCB Connector
Upper Outdoor EEV Ⓑ : To
Th1be used
Sub decreasing noise according
Cooling In Temperature Sensor to sub-cooling of inlet and outlet of indoor unit
SN_SEN_02(SC_IN)
(Simultaneous operation)
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Gas pipe
Th2 Sub Cooling Out Temperature Sensor SN_SEN_02(SC_OUT)

SC
EEV Receiver
Ⓒ : To prevent
EEVliquid charging between high pressure gas valve and HR unit at cooling mode
Control Logic

Inlet Suction


Oil Return
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Ⓓ : To
Th3be controlled the pressure
Luquid Receiver between
Temperature high and low pressure pipe
Sensor during operation switching
SN_SEN_02(LIQUID)
Outlet Temperature Sensor Liquid Pipe Sensor
Sub-Cooling HEX
Liquid Pipe
Temperature Sensor
Heatsink
SC
Ⓐ : To be switched operation between cooling and heating by two Solenoid valve
EEV
Ⓑ : To be used decreasing noise according to sub-cooling of inlet and outlet of indoor unit
(Simultaneous operation)
Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve Ⓒ : To prevent liquid charging between high pressure gas valve and HR unit at cooling mode
Central Control
Remarks
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer Ⓓ : To be controlled the pressure between high and low pressure pipe during operation switching
Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 59 -

LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes
Back

4.1 8 / 10 / 12 / 14 / 16 HP (1 Comp) ̰ Heating Operation
3.2. Heat Pump (ARUN***LTE5) ■ Heating Operation
4.1.1 Heat Pump System
8 / 10 / 12 / 14 / 16 HP (1 Comp) High Temperature High Pressure Gas
̰ ■Cooling
Cooling Operation
Operation
Low Temperature Low Pressure Gas
Basic Part
High Temperature High Pressure Gas
Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| Indoor Heat Exchanger pG|
Electronic Electronic
Low Temperature Low Pressure Gas Expansion Valve Expansion Valve
Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| M M

Expansion Valve Expansion Valve Fan Fan
Intorduction
M M
Multi V 5
Fan Fan
Outdoor Unit
Q
Fan
Outdoor
Temperature 4-Way
Motor Valve
Outdoor Unit Sensor
Q
High Pressure Pressure Gas Pipe
nGwG
Fan Sensor Switch
Trouble shooting
Outdoor 4-Way
Temperature M M Motor Valve Low Pressure Sensor Liquid Pipe
sGwG
Sensor
guide
nGwG Outdoor
Sensor Switch Unit HEX
Low Pressure Sensor Temperature
Liquid Pipe
sGwG Sensor
Outdoor
Unit HEX Suction Temperature Oil Separator
Temperature Sensor
Sensor
Receiver
Suction Oil Separator
Temperature Receiver Outlet
Sensor
Accumulator Comp.1 Discharge
Control Logic
Receiver Temperature Sensor
Receiver Outlet
Charging Port
Temperature Sensor Receiver Inlet
SC Inverter
Suction Comp.1
Charging Port
Oil Return
Receiver
Inlet SC Inverter Sub-Cooling
Circuit Outlet VI EEV
Suction Comp.1
Temperature Sensor
Oil Return
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature VI EEV Sub-Cooling Liquid Pipe
Sensor Heatsink Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Central Control
Temperature Sensor SC EEV
Sub-Cooling Circuit Liquid Pipe
Heatsink Inlet Temperature Temperature Sensor
Sensor SC EEV
* 14, 16HP have 2fans.

* 14, 16HP have 2fans. Remarks
Remarks
Back
55
56
Multi V 5 Outdoor Units 4. Piping Diagrams

4. Piping Diagrams
4.2 18 / 20 / 22 / 24 / 26 HP (2 Comp)
̰ Oil Return/ Defrost Operation
■ Oil Return/ Defrost Operation 4.2.1 Heat Pump System
18 / 20 / 22 / 24 / 26 HP (2 Comp)
̰■Cooling Operation
Cooling Operation
oG{GoGwGn
oG{GoGwGs
Basic Part
sG{GsGwGn
Expansion Valve Expansion Valve
pG oGl pG| pG oGl pG|
lG lG
M M lG} lG}
Fan Fan
t t
m m
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Outdoor Unit
Q
Fan
Outdoor 4-Way
Temperature Motor Valve
Sensor vG|

nGwG m
Sensor Switch v [T~
Low Pressure Sensor { t
Trouble shooting
Liquid Pipe
sGwG }
z
Outdoor oGw w nGwG
guide
Unit HEX z z
Temperature sGwGz sGwG
Sensor
v
|Gol
Suction Temperature Oil Separator {
Sensor z
z
Receiver jUX
{ k
v vGz
z
Receiver Outlet z {
z jUYGk
y {Gz
Temperature Sensor y
Control Logic
v
vGi vGi
Charging Port p } p }
h
jUX jUY
Receiver Inlet jT
SC Inverter
Suction Comp.1 G
w }pGll} }pGll}
Oil Return
y zj
Sub-Cooling p z
Temperature Sensor vGy
zTj
jGv
Sub-Cooling Liquid Pipe {Gz
Heatsink Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Central Control
zTj sGw
o jGp {Gz
{Gz zjGll}

Remarks wGz {Gz jG} zG}
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer y
wGz z}jG} ll} z
58
Back
57
4. Piping Diagrams
4. Piping Diagrams
̰ ■Heating
Heating Operation
Operation ■ Oil Return/ Defrost Operation
oG{GoGwGn
oG{GoGwGs
oG{GoGwGn
sG{GsGwGn
oG{GoGwGs
sG{GsGwGn
Basic Part
pG oGl pG| pG oGl pG| lG lG
lG lG} lG}
lG
lG} lG}
t t
t t m m
m m
Intorduction
Multi V 5
vG|
m
vG| v [T~
m { t }
v z
[T~
{ t }
oGw w nGwG
z
z z
oGw w nGwG sGwGz sGwG
Trouble shooting
z z
sGwGz sGwG v
|Gol
guide
v {
|Gol z
{
z z jUX v v
z jUY z
{ k k
z jUX v jUY v z { {
{ k z k z z z
z { { y
z z y
y v
y vGi vGi
p } p }
v h jUX jUY
vGi vGi
Control Logic
h p } p } jT
jUX jUX G
jT w }pGll} }pGll}
y
G p zj
y w }pGll} }pGll} z
p zj vGy
z zTj
vGy jGv
zTj {Gz
jGv
{Gz zTj sGw
o jGp {Gz
zTj {Gz zjGll}
sGw
o jGp {Gz
Central Control
{Gz zjGll}
wGz {Gz jG} zG}

y
wGz {Gz jG} zG}
y wGz z}jG} ll} z
wGz z}jG} ll} z
Back
60
Multi V 5 Cooling Only Outdoor Units

4. Piping Diagrams
4. Piping Diagrams 4.2 14 / 16 / 18 / 20 / 22 RT (2 Comp)
3.3. Cooling Only (ARUV***B/DTE5) 14 / 16 / 18 / 20 / 22 RT (2 Comp)
4.1
8 / 810/ 10
/ 12/ 12
RTRT (1 Comp)
(1 Comp)
̰ Cooling / Oil Return Operation
■ Cooling / Oil Return Operation
Cooling/ /Oil
̰■ Cooling OilReturn
ReturnOperation
Operation oG{GoGwGn
oG{GoGwGs
Basic Part
sG{GsGwGn

lG lG
lG} lG}
t t
m m
Intorduction
M M
Multi V 5
Fan Fan
vG|
Outdoor Unit m

Q v [T~
{ t }
Fan
Trouble shooting
z
Outdoor 4-Way
Temperature M M Motor Valve
Sensor oGw w nGwG
z z
guide
sGwGz sGwG
nGwG
Sensor Switch
Low Pressure Sensor v
|Gol
Liquid Pipe
sGwG {
Outdoor z
Unit HEX
Temperature
Sensor z jUX v
{ k vGz
z
z {
Suction z jUYGk
Oil Separator {Gz
Temperature y
Sensor
y
Control Logic
v
Receiver vGi vGi
h p } p }
Receiver Outlet jUX jUY
jT
Accumulator Comp.1 Discharge G
Temperature Sensor w }pGll} }pGll}
Charging Port y zj
p z
Receiver
Inlet vGy
SC Inverter
Suction Comp.1 zTj
jGv
Oil Return {Gz
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature VI EEV
Sensor zTj
Central Control
sGw
o jGp {Gz
{Gz zjGll}
Sensor SC EEV
wGz {Gz jG} zG}

* 12RT have 2fans.
y
wGz z}jG} ll} z
Remarks
Back
056 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK 057 69
Multi V 5 Tropical Outdoor Units Multi V 5 Tropical Outdoor Units

3.1 8 / 10 / 12 / 14 HP (1 Comp) ̰ Heating Operation
3.4. Tropical Heat Pump (ARUN***LEH5) ■ Heating Operation
3.1.1 Heat Pump System
8 / 10 / 12 / 14 HP (1 Comp) High Temperature High Pressure Gas
̰ Cooling Operation High Temperature High Pressure Liquid
■ Cooling Operation Low Temperature Low Pressure Gas
Basic Part
High Temperature High Pressure Liquid Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| Indoor Heat Exchanger pG|
Low Temperature Low Pressure Gas Electronic Electronic

M M
Expansion Valve Expansion Valve Fan Fan
M M
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Fan Fan
Outdoor Unit
Q
Fan
Outdoor
Temperature 4-Way
Motor Valve
Outdoor Unit Sensor
Q
Fan High Pressure Pressure Gas Pipe
nGwG
Outdoor Sensor Switch
Trouble shooting
4-Way
Temperature M M Motor Valve Low Pressure Sensor Liquid Pipe
sGwG
Sensor
guide
nGwG
Sensor Switch Outdoor
Unit HEX
Low Pressure Sensor Temperature
Liquid Pipe
sGwG Sensor
Outdoor
Unit HEX Suction Temperature Oil Separator
Temperature Sensor
Sensor
Receiver
Suction Oil Separator
Temperature Receiver Outlet
Sensor
Control Logic
Receiver Temperature Sensor
Receiver Outlet
Charging Port
Temperature Sensor Receiver Inlet
SC Inverter
Suction Comp.1
Charging Port
Oil Return
Receiver
Inlet SC Inverter Sub-Cooling
Suction Comp.1
Temperature Sensor
Oil Return
Sub-Cooling Circuit
Outlet Temperature VI EEV Sub-Cooling Liquid Pipe
Sensor Heatsink Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
Central Control
Sensor SC EEV * 12, 14HP have 2fans.

* 12, 14HP have 2fans. Remarks
Remarks
Back
32
33
Multi V 5 Tropical Outdoor Units
Multi V 5 Tropical Outdoor Units 3. Piping Diagrams

3. Piping Diagrams 3.2 16 / 18 / 20 HP (2 Comp)
■ Oil Return/ Defrost Operation 3.2.1 Heat Pump System
16 / 18 / 20 HP (2 Comp)
̰ Cooling Operation
■ Cooling Operation
oG{GoGwGn
oG{GoGwGs
Basic Part
sG{GsGwGn

lG lG
lG} lG}
M M
Fan Fan
t t
m m
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Outdoor Unit
Q
Fan
Outdoor 4-Way
Temperature Motor Valve vG|
Sensor
m
nGwG
Sensor Switch v [T~
{ t }
Low Pressure Sensor
Trouble shooting
Liquid Pipe
sGwG z
oGw w nGwG

Outdoor z z
guide
Unit HEX
Temperature sGwGz sGwG
Sensor
v
|Gol
Suction Temperature Oil Separator {
Sensor z
z jUX v

Receiver { k vGz
z
z
Receiver Outlet {
z jUYGk
y {Gz
Temperature Sensor y
Control Logic
v
vGi vGi
Charging Port p } p }
h
jUX jUY
Receiver Inlet jT
SC Inverter
Suction Comp.1 G
w }pGll} }pGll}
Oil Return
y zj
Sub-Cooling z
Circuit Outlet VI EEV p
Temperature Sensor vGy
zTj
jGv
Sub-Cooling Liquid Pipe {Gz
Heatsink Circuit Inlet Temperature Sensor
zTj
Central Control
sGw
o jGp {Gz
{Gz zjGll}

Remarks
wGz {Gz jG} zG}
Pressure Switch SVC Valve EEV Strainer y
wGz z}jG} ll} z
35
Back
34
3. Piping Diagrams
3. Piping Diagrams
̰ ■Heating
HeatingOperation
Operation ■ Oil Return/ Defrost Operation
oG{GoGwGn
oG{GoGwGs
oG{GoGwGn
sG{GsGwGn
oG{GoGwGs
sG{GsGwGn
Basic Part
pG oGl pG| pG oGl pG| lG lG
lG} lG}
lG lG
lG} lG}
t t
t t m m
m m
Intorduction
Multi V 5
vG|
m
vG| v [T~
{ t }
m z
v [T~
{ t } oGw w nGwG
z z z
nGwG sGwGz sGwG
Trouble shooting
oGw w
z z
sGwGz sGwG v
|Gol
guide
{
v z
|Gol
{
z z jUX v v
z jUY z
{ k k
z { {
z jUX v jUY v
{ k z z
z k z y
z { {
z z y
y v
vGi vGi
y p } p }
h jUX jUY
v
vGi vGi
Control Logic
p p jT
h } } G
jUX jUX
w }pGll} }pGll}
jT y
G p zj
w }pGll} }pGll} z
y
p vGy
zj
z zTj
jGv
vGy {Gz
zTj
jGv
{Gz zTj sGw
o jGp {Gz
{Gz zjGll}
zTj sGw
Central Control
o jGp {Gz
{Gz zjGll}
wGz {Gz jG} zG}

y
wGz {Gz jG} zG} wGz z}jG} ll} z
y
wGz z}jG} ll} z
Back
37
4. Wiring Diagrams Multi V 5 Outdoor Units

4. Wiring Diagrams
4. Wiring Diagrams 4.2 14 / 16 HP (UXB, 1 Comp)
4.1. Heat Pump and Heat Recovery (ARUM***LTE5) 14 / 16 HP (UXB, 1 Comp)
4.188/ 10
/ 10/ 12
/ 12HP
HP(UXA,
(UXA,1 1Comp)
Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Multi V 5 Wiring Diagrams
Outdoor Units
4. Wiring Diagrams Wiring Diagrams

4.3 18 / 20 / 22 / 24 / 26HP (UXB, 2 Comp) 1. HR Units
18 / 20 / 22 / 24 / 26HP (UXB, 2 Comp) HR Units
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
CN01 Solenoid Valv 01 L/H(For Room1)
CN05 Solenoid Valv 01 L/H(Bypass for Room1)
Control Logic
CN09 Solenoid Valv Bypass 01
CN10 Solenoid Valv Bypass 02
CN EEV 01 Sub Cooling LEV
CN_WEN_02(SC_OUT) Sensor, Sub Cooling Out
CN_WEN_02(SC_IN) Sensor, Sub Cooling In
CN_WEN_02(LIQUID) Sensor, Liquid Receiver
SW01M Solenoid Valve Number Setting(When Manual Address)
SW02M(1) Selecting, Auto Address(↓) or Manual Address(↑)
SW02M(2~3) Setting, Total Number of Indoor connected
Central Control
SW03M Setting, the Address of indoor_10(When Manual Address)
SW04M Setting, the Address of indoor_1(When Manual Address)
SW05M Setting, HR Unit Number

Back
Multi V 5 Outdoor Units 3. Wiring Diagrams

3. Wiring Diagrams 3.214
14/ 16
/ 16HP
HP(UXB,
(UXB, 1 Comp)
4.2. Heat Pump (ARUN***LTE5) 1 Comp)
3.1 8 / 10 / 12 HP (UXA, 1 Comp)
8 / 10 / 12 HP (UXA, 1 Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
52
3. Wiring Diagrams
3. Wiring Diagrams
3.1 220V
3.31818/ 20
/ 20 / 22
/ 22 / 24
/ 24 / 26
/ 26 HPHP (UXB,
(UXB, 2 Comp)
2 Comp) 4.3. Cooling Only (ARUV***B/DTE5)
3.1.1 8 / 10 RT (UXA, 1 Comp)
220V_8 / 10 RT (UXA, 1 Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
071
Multi V 5 Cooling Only Outdoor Units Multi V 5 Cooling Only Outdoor Units
3. Wiring Diagrams 3. Wiring Diagrams

3.1.2220V_12
12 RT (UXB, 1 Comp)
RT (UXB, 1 Comp) 3.1.3 14 RT (UXB,
220V_14 2 Comp)
RT (UXB, 2 Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back

3. Wiring Diagrams
3. Wiring Diagrams 3.2 460V
3.1.4 16 / 18 // 20
220V_16 18/ /22
20RT (UXB,
/ 22 2 Comp)
RT (UXB, 2 Comp) 460V_8
3.2.1 / 10(UXA,
8 / 10 RT RT (UXA, 1 Comp)
1 Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
074 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK 64 075
Multi V 5 Cooling Only Outdoor Units Multi V 5 Cooling Only Outdoor Units

460V_12
3.2.2 RT (UXB,
12 RT (UXB, 1 Comp)
1 Comp) 460V_14
3.2.3 RT (UXB,
14 RT (UXB, 2 Comp)
2 Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Multi V 5 Tropical
3. Wiring Diagrams Outdoor Units
4. Wiring Diagrams
460V_16
3.2.4 16 / 18//18
20 // 20 / 22(UXB,
22 RT RT (UXB, 2 Comp)
2 Comp) 4.4. Tropical Heat Pump (ARUN***LEH5)
4.1 8 / 10 HP (UXA, 1 Comp)
8 / 10 HP (UXA, 1 Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Multi V 5 Tropical Outdoor Units Multi V 5 Tropical Outdoor Units

4.2 12
12 // 14
14 HP
HP(UXB,
(UXB,11Comp)
Comp) 4.316
16/ 18
/ 18/ 20
/ 20
HPHP (UXB,
(UXB, 2 Comp)
2 Comp)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Ⅲ. Trouble Shooting Guide
Basic Part
Checking Point 085
Self-Diagnosis Function 097
Checking Method for Key Components 175
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Basic Part
Checking Point
1. LGMV 086
Intorduction
Multi V 5
2. Lack of Cooling 087
3. Lack of Heating 089
4. Check The Amount of Refrigerant 091
5. Cycle Changes by Amount of Refrigerant 095
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
R410a
Mode No. Item Unit Cause & Check Point
Normal condition Abnormal condition
Above 3800 Overcharging, Outdoor Fan lock
1 High Pressure kPa 2000~3600 Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage except condition of very low ambient
Below 1800
operation
1. LGMV
Above 1300 Overcharging

2 Low Pressure kPa 500~1000
Below 400 Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage, Comm Line Wrong connection
Above 1000 Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage
3 Indoor EEV Pulse 200~600
Below 100 Overcharging, Indoor Pipe Temp. Sensor Defect
Normal Mode(In case of two EEV mode) :
Cooling 32/2000(Normal) -
Upper EEV → full close Lower EEV → full open
4 Outdoor EEV Pulse
2000/32 Low Temp Mode (In case of two EEV mode) :
(Cooling low temp.) Upper EEV → full open Lower EEV → full close
Below 0°C : EEV leakage, Malfunction
Indoor pipe △T
5 ℃ 0~10 Below -1 Above 10°C : EEV clogging, Malfunction, Pipe Clogging, Wrong Piping
△T = Outlet - Inlet
Both in and out high : EEV stuck (full close), wrong piping
Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage
6 Indoor pipe Inlet, Outlet ℃ 6~15 above 17 Indoor Path Clogging
EEV Fault, Indoor Pipe Temp, Sensor Defect

Overcharging, Comm Line Wrong connection
High Pressure Above 3400
7 kPa 2300~3300 Indoor Fan Lock
(Cooling)
below 2200 Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage
Above 1300 Overcharging
Heating 8 Low Pressure kPa 200~1200
below 120 Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage, Outdoor EEV Fault
9 Indoor EEV Pulse 150~1350 -
Above 1500 Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage
10 Outdoor EEV Pulse 200~800
Below 150 Overcharging
11 Comp, Discharge T ℃ 60~100 Above 105 Ref. Leakage or Ref. Shortage or Compressor failure
Suction Superheat SC EEV Fault, Overcharging
12 ℃ Above 0.5 below 0
(Tsuc-Tdew) EEV Fault
Common
Wrong piping, Outdoor unit SC EEV Fault, Outdoor unit SC HEX inner
Discharge Superheat
13 ℃ Above 15 Below 5 leakage, HR unit SC EEV Fault, Overcharging, Discharge temp. sensor
(Tdis-Tbub)
fault (Refer to CH150 Trouble guide in detail)
- The value of LGMV in steady-state condition after driving more than 80% of the indoor unit
- The above value is not the absolute value, it can be changed according to the installation environment and operating condition.
- The above causes are the most common causes, there can be other possible causes.
indoor unit
indoor unit
superheat of
Inlet temp. of
The degree of
Checking Item
> 2 °C : EEV Open

temp. is
temp. is
< 2 °C : EEV Close

operation
abnormal
Discharge
≥ 5 °C
≥ 14 °C
Symptom
under partial
full operation
normal under
but discharge
2. Lack of Cooling
unit
age
age
flow
indoor unit
Judgment
Defective temp.
sensor of indoor
Cooling overload
Defective EEV of
Bypass on indoor
Refrigerant short-
Refrigerant short-
2.1 Not reach target low pressure
unit
connected pipe.
single operation)
stances in the strainer.
Check the indoor unit EEV

Check the indoor unit EEV
Check the amount of refrigerant

Countermeasure
Check indoor unit with bypass flow
inlet temperature of the indoor unit should be not more than evaporation temperature + 10 °C
※ The degree of superheat of indoor unit (It may be different depending on the outdoor unit control)
_
Check the temperature sensor of indoor unit
to a place without an indoor unit, separate the

(Confirm total flow while changing full / partial /
Check the indoor EEV opening pulse. When the
Recheck the load design, Check the ambient air
If the liquid pipe and the gas pipe are connected

degree of superheat of the corresponding indoor
Check the liquid pipe blocking or the foreign sub-

opening pulse is small or closed, please lower the
flow, (if duct type) inlet / outlet chamber installation
087
※ the inlet temperature of the indoor unit : When the present low pressure reaches the target low pressure, the
Back Central Control Control Logic guide Intorduction Basic Part

Trouble shooting Multi V 5
3. Lack of Heating
2.2 Not reach target low pressure 3.1 Reach target high pressure
Checking Item Symptom Judgment Countermeasure Checking Item Symptom Judgment Countermeasure
Not reach the Refrigerant overcharging Check the amount of refrigerant
target low pressure Bypass by defec-
Check the outdoor valve Recheck the load design, Check the
Basic Part
under full / partial / tive outdoor valve
Heating overload ambient air flow, (if duct type) inlet /
single operation
outlet chamber installation
The degree of
Comp. max Not reach the
subcooling of ≥ 10 °C Check the temperature sensor of
Hz operation target low pressure Defective temp. sensor of indoor unit
indoor unit indoor unit
under full opera-
Lack of outdoors
tion, but reach the Defective EEV of indoor unit Check the indoor unit EEV
capacity
target low pressure Check the indoor installation environ-
under partial Defective installation of indoor unit
ment
Intorduction
operation
Multi V 5
Compressor ※ The degree of subcooling of indoor unit (It may be different depending on the outdoor unit control)
Not max Hz
protection control > 5 °C : EEV Open
operation
operation < 5 °C : EEV Close
Compressor
operation limit by High outdoor
excessive high temperature
Trouble shooting
pressure drop
Fan. max
guide
Defective installa-
RPM opera- Check the outdoor installation environment
tion of outdoor unit
tion
Excessive foreign
substance of
Remove the foreign substance
outdoor heat
exchanger
Control Logic
Difective of fan
Not reach max.
motor, motor shaft,
RPM under max.
fan fixing screw,
RPM display on the
Not max. fan balance and
LGMV
RPM opera- fan breakage
tion
Fan heatsink Check the amount of thermal grease between
temperature limit the fan PCB and the heat sink.
Fan lock Remove foreign substance around the fan operation.
Central Control
※ Compressor operation : The compressor controls the Hz to reach the target low pressure during the cooling
operation.
- If the compressor does not reach the target low pressure while the compressor is operating at Max. Hz, the
outdoor capacity is insufficient compared to the indoor load or the flow is bypassed.
- If the compressor is not in Max Hz operation, it is in emergency control to limit compressor operation.
※ Fan operation : During cooling operation, the fan controls the RPM to match the target high pressure.
- If the present high pressure is higher than the target high pressure, the RPM is raised.
- If the present high pressure is lower than the target high pressure, the RPM is decreased.
Back
4. Check The Amount of Refrigerant
3.2 Not reach target high pressure 4.1 Cooling

Checking Item Symptom Judgment Countermeasure
Item Refrigerant shortage Refrigerant overcharging
Not reach the target • EEV open (approx. 1000pls or more)
low pressure under Bypass by defective Indoor unit EEV EEV close (approx. 100pls or less)
Check the outdoor valve • Refrigerant noise
Basic Part
full / partial / single outdoor valve
operation The degree of superheat
Comp. max (@ indoor unit) • over 20 °C (@ single operation)
Not reach the target above 5 °C
Hz operation (Pipeout Temp. - Pipein • over 25 °C (@ full operation)
high pressure under full Temp.)
Lack of outdoors
operation, but reach
capacity Low pressure below target low pressure above target low pressure
the target low pressure
under partial operation High pressure limit
Intorduction
High pressure below target high pressure * Even if the compressor Hz is low,
Compressor protection
Multi V 5
easily increase high pressure)
Not max Hz control operation
operation The degree of subcool-
Excessive low pressure Heating low pressure • below 5 °C (@ single operation ) • below 25 °C (@ single operation )
ing
drop control operation • below 10 °C (@ full operation) • below 20 °C (@ full operation)
(@ outdoor unit)
Low outdoor tem- Inverter discharge
perature high low
temperature
Trouble shooting
Fan. max Compressor operation Defective installation of Check the outdoor installation environ- The degree of suction
RPM opera- limit by excessive low outdoor unit ment above target degree below target degree
guide
superheat
tion pressure drop
Excessive foreign
substance of outdoor Remove the foreign substance ※ The table above is not an absolute measure of the amount of refrigerant.
heat exchanger Please judge comprehensively with other factors.
Difective of fan motor,

motor shaft, fan fixing
screw, fan balance and
Control Logic
fan breakage
Not max. Not reach max. RPM
RPM opera- under max. RPM dis- Check the amount of thermal grease
Fan heatsink tempera-
tion play on the LGMV between the fan PCB and the heat
ture limit
sink.
Remove foreign substance around the
Fan lock
fan operation.
Central Control
※ Compressor operation : The compressor controls the Hz to reach the target high pressure during the heating
operation.
- If the compressor does not reach the target high pressure while the compressor is operating at Max. Hz, the outdoor
capacity is insufficient compared to the indoor load or excessive low outdoor temp. the flow is bypassed.
- If the compressor is not in Max Hz operation, it is in emergency control to limit compressor operation.
※ Fan operation : During heating operation, the fan controls the RPM to match the target low pressure.
- If the present low pressure is lower than the target low pressure, the RPM is raised.
- If the present low pressure is lower than the target low pressure, the RPM is decreased.
Back
4.2 Heating 4.3 Normal cycle
Item Refrigerant shortage Refrigerant overcharging

EEV close EEV open
Indoor unit EEV
(approx. 200 pls or less) (approx. 1350 pls)
Basic Part
Low pressure below target low pressure above target low pressure
압축비 제한
High pressure limit
(1.8~8)
High pressure Low pressure limit * Even if the compressor Hz is low, eas-
ily increase high pressure
냉매가 많을 경우
1. 고압/저압 ↑
high
(approx. 100 °C or more) low
Inverter discharge
Ｂ 토출온도
Intorduction
* If the compressor Hz is low, the * But not always low, depending on
temperature
Multi V 5
temperature may be low even if the the cycle)
흡입온도
refrigerant is insufficient)
냉방 : 실내 과열도 제어
난방 : 실외기 EEV 제어
흡입과열도
압축기
Gas
The degree of suction
토출과열도
Ａ
above target degree below target degree
superheat
Gas
※ The table above is not an absolute measure of the amount of refrigerant.
Please judge comprehensively with other factors.
Trouble shooting
Liquid + Gas
응축기
guide
증발기
냉방 : SC EEV( 제어)
→ 능력 저하(flashing)
Liquid + Gas
Liquid
과냉도
팽창 V/V
Control Logic
(EEV)
Ｃ
Ｄ
EEV 입구온도
EEV 출구온도
(Liquid+Gas)
(Liquid)
Central Control
Liquid
Back
5. Cycle Changes by amount of refrigerant
20170217 Trouble Shooting Guide Book_Multi5_신규추가
4.4 Abnormal cycle (Refrigerant Overcharging / Shortage) 5.1 Cooling cycle

5. Cycle Changes by amount of refrigerant
5.1.1 A cycle changes by refrigerant overcharging
5.1 Cooling cycle
When overcharging a refrigerant more than necessary, an extra refrigerant will be stored in condens-
Basic Part
ing HEX and liquid pipe because of high density. Overcharged refrigerant can make changing the
cycle as below.
When overcharging a refrigerant more than necessary, an extra refrigerant will be
stored
To make clear in condensing
distinction, HEX
all IDU's and liquid
should pipe because
be operated, of high
and wait density.
at least Overcharged
20 minutes after system
started untilrefrigerant can make changing the cycle as below.
cycle is stabilized
To make clear distinction, all IDU’s should be operated, and wait at least 20 minutes
after system started until cycle is stabilized
• ODU HEX
냉매가 많을 경우
2. 흡입과열도 ↓
3. 토출과열도 ↓
1. 고압/저압 ↑
: Accumulation of refrigerant in condensing area → Increasing liquid area (SC ↑)

4. 과냉도 ↑
• ODU HEX
→ Performance ↓ → Highof
: Accumulation Pressure ↑ in condensing area  liquid area increase (SC ↑)
refrigerant
Intorduction
• ODU Fan
Multi V 5
 Performance ↓  High Pressure ↑
: RPM ↑ to reduce high pressure
• ODU Fan
Gas
: RPM ↑ to reduce high pressure

Gas
Outdoor Unit Fan

Gas
[Discharge Super heat(SH)]

ODU HEX
Trouble shooting
ODU Main EEV
Density of refrigerant for suction ↑
Liquid + Gas
Liquid + Gas
 Circulating more refrigerant
guide
than same Hz  Comp. cooling
Liquid + Gas
Liquid + Gas
effect ↑  Discharge SH↓

liquid
2-phase
superheat
comp
Liquid
Control Logic
[SC EEV, Sub cooling(SC)] SC EEV 2-phase
Liquid area↑  SC↑ [Comp. Hz]

 Density of refrigerant ↑ Base pressure ↑(OFF condition
 SC EEV ↓ pressure)  Difference
냉매가 적을 경우
2. 흡입과열도 ↑
3. 토출과열도 ↑
1. 고압/저압 ↓
IDU EEV between target low pressure

4. 과냉도 ↓
Indoor unit HEX and base pressure ↑ Comp

[IDU EEV] Hz ↑
SC↑  Density of refrigerant ↑
Central Control
 IDU EEV ↓ Indoor unit Fan
[Indoor SH]
EEV is controlled for SH=0~5℃ until 110pulse
* In case of refrigerant shortage, cycle will show opposite response.

Back
20170217 Trouble Shooting Guide Book_Multi5_신규추가
5.2 Heating cycle
5.2 Heating cycle
When overcharging a refrigerant more than necessary, an extra refrigerant will be stored in condens-
Basic Part
ing HEX and liquid pipe because of high density. Overcharged refrigerant can make changing the
cycle as below.
When
To make clear overcharging
distinction, a refrigerant
all IDU's should bemore than necessary,
operated, and wait atanleast
extra20refrigerant will be
minutes after system
started untilstored
cycle in condensing HEX and liquid pipe because of high density. Overcharged
is stabilized
refrigerant can make changing the cycle as below.
To make clear distinction, all IDU’s should be operated, and wait at least 20 minutes
• ODU HEXafter system started until cycle is stabilized
Self-Diagnosis Function
: Accumulation of refrigerant in condensing area → Increasing liquid area (SC ↑)
• ODU HEX
→ Performance ↓ → High Pressure ↑
: Accumulation of refrigerant in condensing area  Increasing liquid area (SC ↑) 1. Error Code Display 098
Intorduction
• ODU EEV
Multi V 5
 Performance ↓  High Pressure ↑ 2. Error Code Check 102
: EEV pulse •↓ODU
for preventing
EEV liquid compression
* in some cases, mal-distribution of ref. among indoor units causes lack of ref. supply to specific
: EEV pulse ↑ for decreasing sub-cooling
IDUs, thus EEV pulse can be increased regardless of ref. conditions
* in some cases, mal-distribution of ref. among indoor units causes lack of ref. supply to
specific IDUs, thus EEV pulse can be increased regardless of ref. conditions
Indoor unit Fan
Trouble shooting
[Discharge Super heat(SH)]
Density of refrigerant for suction ↑
guide
IDU EEV IDU HEX  Circulating more refrigerant
than same Hz  Comp. heating
effect ↑  Discharge SH↓
liquid
2-phase
superheat comp
Control Logic
[SC EEV, Sub cooling(SC)] SC EEV 2-phase
Sub cooled liquid area↑ 
 density of refrigerant ↑ [Comp. Hz]
 SC EEV ↓
IDU Hex performance↓(by
reduced 2 phase region) 
ODU Main EEV High Pressure ↑  Comp Hz ↓
ODU HEX (target High Pressure control)
Central Control
[ODU EEV]
SC↑  Density of refrigerant ↑
 ODU Main EEV ↓ [Suction SH]
Outdoor unit Fan Main EEV is controlled for SH = 2~5℃
So, Suction SH ↓ and Main EEV ↓

Back
1. Error Code Display
48
Self-Diagnosis Function
ENGLISH
Display Title Cause of Error

Error Indicator
Hydro KitIndoor unit Inlet and Outlet pipe Tempera-
- This function indicates types of failure in self-diagnosis and occurrence of failure for air condition. 1 6 - Pipe temperature sensor is open or short
ture sensor Error
- Error mark is displayed on display window of indoor units and wired remote controller, and 7-segment LED of outdoor unit control board as
Hydro Kit Indoor unit Inlet pipe Temperature
Indoor unit related error

shown in the table.
- If more than two troubles occur simultaneously, lower number of error code is first displayed. sensor Error
1 7 - Pipe temperature sensor is open or short
- After error occurrence, if error is released, error LED is also released simultaneously. Outside air Introduction duct Inlet pipe Temperature
Basic Part
sensor Error
Error Display
Hydro Kit Indoor unit Outlet pipe Temperature
1st,2nd,3rd LED of 7-segment indicates error number, 4th LED indicates unit number.(* = 1: Master, 2: Slave 1, 3: Slave 2, 4: Slave 3) 1 8 - Pipe temperature sensor is open or short
sensor Error
Ex) 1051 : Error occurrence with error number 105 at No. 1 outdoor unit (=Master unit) Repeat
In case of indoor unit error occurrence, the error number is only shown at remote controller
Error No. of Unit
2 3 0 - Refrigerant leakage sensing error Malfunction of Refrigerant Sensor
without 7 segment LED of outdoor unit.
Error No. of Compressor
Error No.
2 3 7 - Communication
Ex) CH → 01 : Error occurrence with error number 01 (at remote controller) error between IDU and ODU
In case of compressor error occurrence, 7 segment LED of outdoor unit control board Failing to receive the signal from ODU local modem
will display its error number alternately with compressor number.
local modem
2 3 8 - Communication
Ex) 213 → C23 : It means that compressor error occurred with Error No. 21 at No. 3 Outdoor unit (=Slave2) error between ODU modem and Failing to receive receive the signal from outdoor unit packet
ODU PCB
Intorduction
* Refer to the DX-Venitilation manual for DX-Venitilation error code.
Multi V 5
2 1 * Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor IPM Fault Master Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Drive IPM Fault
Display Title Cause of Error
Inverter PCB Input Over Current(RMS) of Master Master Outdoor Unit Inverter PCB Input Current excess
Display
0 1 - Title
Air temperature sensor of indoor unit Cause of Error
Air temperature sensor of indoor unit is open or short 2 2 * Outdoor Unit (RMS)
0 2 - Inlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit Inlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit is open or short
0 1 - Communication
Air temperatureerror
sensor of indoor unitcontroller ↔ Air temperature sensor of indoor unit is open or short Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor DC Link Low or System is turned off by Master Outdoor Unit DC Link Low/
: wired remote 2 3 *
0 3 -
indoor unit
Failing to receive wired remote controller signal in indoor unit PCB High Voltage High Voltage.
0 4 - Drain pump Malfunction of drain pump System is turned off by Master Outdoor Unit high pressure
0 2 - Inlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit Inlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit is open or short 2 4 * Outdoor Unit High Pressure Switch
0 5 - Communication error : outdoor unit ↔ indoor unit Failing to receive outdoor unit signal in indoor unit PCB
switch.
Outdoor unit related error
Trouble shooting
0 6 - Outlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit ↔ Outlet pipeto
temperature sensor of indoor unit is openin
orindoor
short Over 537V or below 247V (ARUM***LTE5)
- Communication error : wired remote controller Failing receive wired remote controller signal
0 3 2 5 * Outdoor Unit Input Voltage High/ Low Voltage Over 310V or below 143V (ARUM***BTE5)
indoorKit
unitHot water storage tank Temperature unit PCB
Hydro Over 598V or below 320V (ARUM***DTE5)
guide
0 8 - Pipe temperature sensor is open or short
sensor
0 4 - Drain pump Malfunction of drain pump The first start failure by Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor
2 6 * Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Start Failure
0 9 - Indoor EEPROM Error
In case when the serial number marked on EEPROM of abnormality or Compressor locked
Indoor unit is 0 or FFFFFF
Communication error : Failing to receive the signal :
unit related error
2 9 * Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Over Current Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Fault OR Drive Fault
0
1 0
5 -
- Poor
(Gen2) IDU ↔ ODU
fan motor operation
(Gen2) from
Disconnecting ODU
the fan motor connector / Failure of indoor
(Gen4) IDU main ↔ IDU local modem fan (Gen4) from IDU local modem
motor lock
Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor1 High Discharge Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor1 High Discharge
3 2 * Temperature Temperature
Indoor error
Communication error : Hydro Kit Indoor unit ↔

10 16 -- Outlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit Outlet
Failing pipe temperature
to receive sensor
Inv. PCB signal of indoor
in indoor unit unit is open or short
Inv.PCB
Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor2 High Discharge Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor2 High Discharge
3 3 *
Control Logic
Indoor unit related
1 2 - Hydro Kit Inv.PCB error Hydro Kit Inv.PCB error Temperature Temperature
Hydro Kit Hot water storage tank
0 8 - Hydro Pipe temperature sensor is open or short
1 3 -
Temperature
Kit Solarsensor
heat piping temperature sensor
Pipe temperature sensor is open or short 3 4 * High Pressure of Outdoor Unit High Pressure of Outdoor Unit
error
10 49 --
In case when the serial number marked on EEPROM of
IndoorKit
Hydro EEPROM Error
Indoor unit Flow switch error Flow switch flow detection error 3 5 * Low Pressure of Outdoor Unit Low Pressure of Outdoor Unit
Indoor unit is 0 or FFFFFF
1 5 - Hydro Kit Liquid pipe Strange overheat Error Temperature sensor defective or hot water inflow
Disconnecting the fan motor connector / Failure of indoor 4 0 * Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor CT Sensor Fault Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor CT Sensor open or short
1 0 - Hydro
Poor fan motor unit
KitIndoor operation
Inlet and Outlet pipe Temper-
Pipefan
1 6 -
ature sensor Error motor locksensor is open or short
temperature
Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor1 Discharge Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor Discharge Temperature
Communication errorInlet
: Hydro
pipe Kit Indoor unitsen-
↔ 4 1 *
1 1 - Hydro Kit Indoor unit Temperature
Failing to receive Inv. PCB signal in indoor unit Temperature Sensor Fault Sensor open or short
1 7 - Inv.PCB
sor Error
Pipe temperature sensor is open or short
Central Control
Outside air Introduction duct Inlet pipe Tempera-
ture sensor Error
4 2 * Outdoor Unit Low Pressure Sensor Fault Outdoor Unit Low Pressure Sensor open or short
1 2 - Hydro Kit Inv.PCB error Hydro Kit Inv.PCB error
Hydro Kit Indoor unit Outlet pipe Temperature sen-
1 8 -
sor Error
Pipe temperature sensor is open or short 4 3 * Outdoor Unit High Pressure Sensor Fault Outdoor Unit High Pressure Sensor open or short
21 13 *- Hydro Kit Solar heatCompressor
piping temperature
Outdoor Unit Inverter IPM Fault PipeOutdoor
Master temperature sensor Compressor
Unit Inverter is open or short
Drive IPM Fault
4 4 * Outdoor Unit Air Temperature Sensor Fault Outdoor Unit Air Temperature Sensor open or short
sensor error
Inverter PCB Input Over Current(RMS) of Master

2 2 * Master Outdoor Unit Inverter PCB Input Current excess (RMS)
Outdoor Unit
1 4 - Outdoor
Hydro KitUnit
Indoor unit Flow switch error Flow switch flow detection error 4 5 * Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Temperature Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Temperature
Inverter Compressor DC Link Low or System is turned off by Master Outdoor Unit DC Link Low/High
2 3 *
High Voltage Voltage.
Sensor(Front side) Fault Sensor(Front side) open or short
21 45 *- Hydro KitUnit
Outdoor Liquid
Highpipe Strange
Pressure overheat
Switch System is turned off by Master Outdoor Unit highinflow
pressure switch.
Temperature sensor defective or hot water Outdoor Unit Suction Temperature Sensor Outdoor Unit Suction Temperature Sensor open
Error 4 6 *
Over 537V or below 247V (ARUM***LTE5) Fault or short
2 5 * Outdoor Unit Input Voltage High/ Low Voltage Over 310V or below 143V (ARUM***BTE5)
Over 598V or below 320V (ARUM***DTE5)
Back
• 1 : Master outdoor unit error, 2 : salve 1 outdoor unit error
• 3 : slave2 outdoor unit error, 4 : slave3 outdoor unit error _ 099
Display Title Cause of Error Display Title Cause of Error
Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor2 Dis- Outdoor Unit Inverter Compressor2 Discharge 1 0 6 * Outdoor Unit Fan IPM Fault Error Instant Over Current at Outdoor Unit Fan IPM
4 7 *
charge Temperature Sensor Fault Temperature Sensor open or short
1 0 7 * Outdoor Unit Fan DC Link Low Voltage Outdoor Unit Fan DC Link Input Voltage is under
Error 380V
4 9 * Outdoor Unit Faulty IPM Temperature Sensor Outdoor Unit IPM Temperature Sensor short/open
1 1 3 * Outdoor Unit Liquid pipe Temperature Liquid pipe temperature sensor of Outdoor Unit is
Basic Part
Sensor Error open or short
Omitting connection of R, S, T power of
5 0 * Omitting connection of outdoor unit Outdoor Unit Subcooling Inlet Tempera- Outdoor Unit Subcooling Inlet Temperature Sensor
Outdoor Unit 1 1 4 *
ture Sensor Error Error
Excessive connection of indoor units compared to 1 1 5 * Outdoor Unit Subcooling Outlet Tempera- Outdoor Unit Subcooling Outlet Temperature Sensor
5 1 * Excessive capacity of indoor units ture Sensor Error Error
capacity of Outdoor Unit

Communication error : inverter PCB → Failing to receive inverter signal at main PCB of 1 1 6 * Outdoor Unit Oil Level Sensor Error Oil Level Sensor of Outdoor Unit is open or short
5 2 *
Main PCB Outdoor Unit Outdoor unit Main Board - External Board Outdoor unit Main Board - External Board com-
1 4 5 *
communication Error munication Error
Communication error : indoor unit → Main Failing to receive indoor unit signal at main PCB of
Intorduction
5 3 * Outdoor Unit Discharge Superheat not Outdoor Unit Compressor Discharge Superheat not
Multi V 5
PCB of Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit. 1 5 0 *
satisfied satisfied during 5 Min.
Communication error : Main PCB → inverter Failing to receive signal main PCB at inverter PCB Failure of operation mode conversion at
5 7 * 1 5 1 * Failure of operation mode conversion at Outdoor Unit
PCB of Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit
1 5 3 * Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Tempera- Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Temperature Sensor
Mixing Installation of Old Slave Outdoor Unit and ture Sensor(upper part) Fault (upper part) Fault
5 9 * Mixing Installation of slave Outdoor Unit
New Slave Outdoor Unit
1 5 4 * Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Tempera- Outdoor Unit Heat Exchanger Temperature
Inverter PCB EEPROM Error of Master ture Sensor(lower part) Fault Sensor(lower part) open or short
6 0 * Access Error of Inverter PCB of Outdoor Unit
Trouble shooting
Outdoor Unit Outdoor unit External Board Main-Sub Outdoor Unit Main Board Main-Sub Micom com-
1 8 2 *
Micom communication Error munication failed
Outdoor Unit Inverter Heatsink High System is turned off by Outdoor Unit Inverter Heat-
guide
6 2 * 1 8 7 * Inlet water temperature is below 5 degree or water
Temperature sink High Temperature Hydro - Kit P,HEX bursting error temperature error during defrosting operation.
Outdoor Unit Inverter Heatsink Temperature Outdoor Unit Inverter Heatsink Temperature Sensor 1 9 3 * Outdoor Unit Fan Heatsink High Tem- System is turned off by Outdoor Unit Fan Heatsink
6 5 * perature High Temperature
Sensor Fault open or short
1 9 4 * Outdoor Unit Fan Heatsink Temperature Outdoor Unit Fan Heatsink Temperature Sensor
6 7 * Outdoor Unit Fan Lock Restriction of Outdoor Unit Sensor Fault open or short
0 5 1 C+#HR Excessive connection of indoor unit to Indoor unit capacity exceed

HR unit
Inverter CT Sensor Error of Master Outdoor
Control Logic
7 1 * Inverter CT Sensor open or short of Outdoor Unit
Unit 2 0 0 1 Master Outdoor Unit Main PCB EEPROM Communication Fail Between Master Outdoor Unit
Error Main MICOM and EEPROM or omitting EEPROM
HR Unit related error

7 5 * Outdoor Unit Fan CT Sensor Error Outdoor Unit Fan CT Sensor open or short 2 0 1 C+#HR Master Outdoor Unit Fan PCB EEPROM Communication Fail Between Master Outdoor Unit
Error Fan MICOM and EEPROM or omitting EEPROM
2 0 2 C+#HR HR unit1 Sub Cooling Pipe sensor error Sub Cooling Pipe In sensor of HR unit open or
7 7 * Outdoor Unit Fan Over Current Error Outdoor Unit Fan Current is over 6A short
The first start failure by Outdoor Unit Fan abnormality 2 0 3 C+#HR HR unit1 Sub Cooling Pipe Out sensor Sub Cooling Pipe Out sensor of HR unit. open or
7 9 * Outdoor Unit Fan Start Failure Error error short
or Fan locked
Central Control
2 0 4 C+#HR Communication error Failing to receive HR unit signal at outdoor unit
Communication Fail Between Outdoor Unit Main
8 6 * Outdoor Unit Main PCB EEPROM Error
MICOM and EEPROM or omitting EEPROM 2 0 5 C+#HR Communication error between HR unit Failing to receive signal at HR unit PCB
and the upgraded 485 modem
Communication Fail Between Outdoor Unit Fan 2 0 6 C+#HR Duplicate address error of HR unit Duplicated setting at the 4 series of HR unit
8 7 * Outdoor Unit Fan PCB EEPROM Error
MICOM and EEPROM or omitting EEPROM
Network error
1 0 4 * Communication Error Between Outdoor Unit Failing to receive Slave Unit signal at main PCB of
and Other Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit 2 4 2 * Network error of cntral controller Communication wiring defect
1 0 5 * Failing to receive fan signal at main PCB of Outdoor

Outdoor Unit Fan PCB Communication Error unit
C: HR unit #: HR unit Number * : Unit( 1: Master, 2: Slave1, 3: Slave2, 4: Slave3)
Back
Self-diagnosis Function
2. Error
Major Code
error CheckMethod
Diagnosis
Error
Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
No. Error
Error No.temperature sensorError No. No.
01 Air errorType Error Point Main Reasons Error Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
01 Air temperature sensor error The remote controller 1.1.Remote
Remote controller fault
controller fault
02 Gas side temperature sensor error No communication between The remote controller
02 Gas side temperature sensor error 03 No cabled
communication between cableddid not receive the signal 2. Indoor unit PCB fault
did not receive the sig- 2. Indoor unit PCB fault
06 Liquid side temperature sensor error 03 remote controller &
remote controller fromnal
indoor
from unit during 3.3.Connector fault,Wrong
Wrongconnection
connection
06 Liquid side temperature sensor error Sensor is 1. Indoor unit PCB wrong connection!
1. Indoor unit PCB wrong connection! indoor unit & indoor unit indoor unit Connector fault,
08 Water tank temperature sensor error Sensor is2. Indoor unit PCB failure! specific time
during specific time 4. Communication cable problem
4. Communication cable problem
08 Water tank temperature sensor error open/short 2. Indoor
3. Sensor unit PCB
problem failure!
(main reason)
Basic Part
16 Water inlet & outlet temperature sensor error open/short
3. Sensor problem (main reason)
16 Water inlet & outlet temperature sensor error n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
17 Water inlet temperature sensor error
17 Water inlet temperature sensor error
18 Water outlet temperature sensor error Does the error happens
18 Water outlet temperature sensor error No Replace cabled remote
again if the remote
controller
controller is replaced?*
n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart Yes
Intorduction
Is sensor properly No Does the error occurred No
Multi V 5
Connect properly to PCB when the cable of remote Check connection &
connected to PCB? communication cable **
controller is replaced?
Yes
Yes
Is the resistance value No
Change the sensor
of sensor normal?*
Replace indoor unit PCB ***
Yes
* If there is no remote controller to replace : Use another unit’s remote controller doing well
** Check cable : Contact failure of connected portion or extension of cable are main cause
Trouble shooting
Change the PCB
Check any surrounded noise ( check the distance with main power cable)
‘ make safe distance from the devices generate electromagnetic wave
guide
* If the resistance value of the temperature sensor changes according to temperature, and the following resistance *** After replacing indoor unit PCB, do Auto Addressing & input unit’s address if connected to central controller.
values are displayed based on the current temperature, it is normal. (±5% error) (All the indoor units connected should be turned on before Auto Addressing
Air temperature sensor : 10℃(50℉)=20.7kΩ : 25℃(77℉)=10kΩ : 50℃(122℉)=3.4kΩ
Gas/Liquid side temperature sensor : 10℃(50℉)=10kΩ : 25℃(77℉)=5kΩ : 50℃(122℉)=1.8kΩ
Water inlet/outlet temperature sensor : 10℃(50℉)=10kΩ : 25℃(77℉)=5kΩ : 50℃(122℉)=1.8kΩ
Water tank temperature sensor : 10℃(50℉)=10kΩ : 25℃(77℉)=5kΩ : 50℃(122℉)=1.8kΩ
Control Logic
CN-REMO : Remote controller connection
❇ The PCB can differ from model to model.

Check from the right source.
Central Control
Checking communication cable connection status


Back
Error
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
No.
Float switch is open due
1. Drain pump/float switch fault
to rising of condensate
Float switch 1. Drain pump/float switch fault
is open due2.toImproper drain pipe location, clogging
04 Drain pump error water level because of
rising of condensate water 2. Improper drain pipe location, clog-
of drain pipe
04 Drain pump error drainlevel
pump fault or
because of drain
drain ging of drain pipe
pump
pipe fault or drain pipe 3. Indoor unit PCB fault
clogging. float
Basic Part
3. Indoor unit PCB fault
clogging
n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Is the drain pan filled Is Float switch short

No No
half with condensate On measuring its Replace float switch A:Point to check rotating *** Indoor PCB drain pump connector
water? (half level of resistance?
float switch)* (Check input of 220V)
Yes
Yes (Marked as CN-DPUMP)
Intorduction
Replace Indoor PCB or
Multi V 5
reconnect the connector
In indoor unit PCB

Is drain pump working? No Does the terminal voltage No
(Sound/drain noise/ Replace indoor unit PCB
for drain pump has
contact etc.) 220V output?**
Yes Yes Float switch Housing (CN-FLOAT)
Replace Drain Pump
Trouble shooting
No
Drain pump blocked by Check the drain head height
guide
foreign particles? and slope***
Yes Checking float

switch
(Low position short 0 ohm ) [***] Standard of drain pipe head height / slope
Remove it & clean the pump
Control Logic
* If the float goes up higher than a half of float MAX 450
switch then the circuit is open & the unit is
stopped automatically.
(High position Open)
Central Control
float
Condensate water
Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 102 - - 103 -

LGE Internal Use Only Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes LGE Internal Use Only
Back

point check
Diagnosis signal request
CH238
x
Not response!!
Check
point check
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons ※ Communication judgment failure case :
If the indoor unit fails communication judgment after power-reset CH237 may occur at GEN2 mode .
Communication error The indoor unit did not
between IDU and receive the signal from ODU 1. IDU PCB or ODU PCB defect
ODU (Gen 2) over 3 min continuously. 2. Communication line defect Outdoor unit GEN4 indoor unit
Out door unit Error
05
Communication The indoor unit did not Dip switch code ODU Main ODU Local
485Cable
IDU Local IDU Main
error between IDU receive the signal from IDU 1. IDU PCB or IDU Modem PCB defect PCBA Modem modem PCBA
Basic Part
main and IDU local local modem over 3 min 2. Communication line defect
modem (Gen4) continuously. Dip switch #3 : off Diagnosis signal request
The indoor unit did not

1200bps
(Gen2 mode)
CH237
x
Not response!! ok
Communication error receive the signal from ODU 1. IDU or ODU or Modem PCB defect
237 between IDU and Check
local modem over 3 min 2. Communication line defect
ODU local modem point check
continuously.
Communication The indoor unit did not 1. IDU/ODU/Modem PCB defect
error between ODU receive the signal from n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
238 outdoor unit packet over 3 2. IDU and ODU modem
ommunication line defect between
C
Intorduction
modem and ODU
Multi V 5
PCB min continuously.
No
Is the outdoor unit power on? Turn on the Outdoor unit
Yes
485 cable
Local modem Main PCBA Is the capacity of outdoor
Main PCBA Local modem No
circuit breaker installed Change outdoor electrical breaker
Trouble shooting
properly?
Outdoor unit GEN4 indoor unit
guide
Out door unit Error
Dip switch code ODU Main ODU Local IDU Local IDU Main Yes
485Cable
PCBA Modem modem PCBA Is auto-addressing No
Do Auto-addressing
Dip switch #3 : off
completed?
1200bps
(Gen2 mode)
CH05
x
No data from ODU to IDU
Yes
Is the 485 communication
Check No 1. Connect Cable and fasten Screw properly.
terminal block screw
2. All system Power reset
Control Logic
point
check check check fastened?
Diagnosis signal request
CH05
x
Not response!!
Yes
Is the 485 communication

Check No
point cable in good condition? Change the 485 communication cable
Dip switch #3 : on
check *Communication cable check
9600bps Diagnosis signal request
(Gen4 mode) CH237
x
Central Control
Not response!!
Yes
OFF
Check Is the power line and No
point check communication line normal? Reinstall power line and communication line
Diagnosis signal request (check wrong wiring)
CH238
x
Not response!!
Yes
Check the indoor unit local modem
Check *refer to indoor unit local modem
point check check flow
Back
n Indoor unit local modem check flow n Wrong Wiring check guide
• Check IDU Control Box Terminal Block
Does outdoor unit

Is the Red LED on Do auto addressing again ODU MAIN
DIP switch 3 ‘on’? No Yes
PCBA
IDU modem Check the status after ODU MAIN
(communication PCBA ODU M
Basic Part
always OFF? finished the auto addressing MAIN PCBA COMM PCBA Terminal Terminal COMM PCBA
PCB
speed 9600bps?) MAIN PCBA COMM PCBA
(CN-485)
Terminal Terminal COMM PCBA
(CN-485) (CN-485, CN-COM) Block(CN-485, CN-COM)
Block Block Block
MAIN PCBA COMM PCBA Terminal Terminal COMM PCBA
(CN-485) (CN-485, CN-COM) Block Block
Yes No Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit
Outdoor Unit Outd
Is the yellow LED on Checklist Multi Meter Measured value

No Check again after Checklist Multi Meter Measured v
IDU modem blinking Checklist Multi Meter Measured value
power reset. Check Point Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
for some period? Check Point Mode BLACK RED Normal A
Terminal block
Screw
N/A (Visual check) Check Loosely
Fastened Point Mode BLACK RED Normal
Terminal blockAbnormal
N/A (Visual check) Fastened L
Screw
Intorduction
all system Power off Defective parts : Installation
Terminal block
Multi V 5
In case that Screw fastened loosely,
N/Afastened
(Visual check) Fastened Loosely Defective parts : In
Connect Cable and fasten Screw properly. Screw
In case that Screw loosely,
Connect Cable and fasten Screw properly.
Defective parts : Installation

Check the connector to Main PCB In case that Screw fastened loosely,
Connect Cable and fasten Screw properly.
• Check the cable connections in the terminal block

Check the main PCB power status
1. Make sure the AC220V cable is connected properly to the terminal
block power unit and that the 485 communication cable is con-
Trouble shooting
Check the indoor unit local modem PCB nected to the communication unit
2. Check 485 communication cable specifications : shield cable,
guide
1.0mm2 × 2C
[Visual check
3. Look for exterior damage on diodes connected to the A,B terminals
Yes
of communication IC on the 485PCBA
Is there anything Change the local modem PCB
damaged part? • Cause
No - If AC 220V power is incorrectly wired to the terminal block of the
Multi Meter
communication unit, this could burn the diodes connected to the Multi Meter
communication IC A,B ports RED
Control Logic
- Maximum Lvoltage Nallowed on A,B Port : ±70V. If AC220V is applied, RED
[circuit resistance check]
*refer to Check guide it will cause damage L N
(RED) (BLACK)
( IDU local modem - When power cable is incorrectly wired to the terminal block com- (RED) (BLACK)
Communication IC damaged) munication unit, turn off the power and BLACK
then replace the power cable
BLACK
with comm cable
- Replace the 485 communication PCBA
Multi Meter
[circuit resistance
RED
Central Control
Checklist Multi Meter Measured value
check
Yes Change the local modem PCB
L N
Is there anything if found that the modem is defect. Check Abnor-
(RED) (BLACK) Mode BLACK RED Normal
abnormal status? Point mal
AC 220V BLACK
No power L,N
Ω N L 1MΩ ↑ 500KΩ ↓
Resis-
Check again after power reset. tance
Back
Checklist Measured value
n Indoor unit local modem check guide • ∙ Check IDU local modem (Visual check) : EBR80820301
Check Point Appearance Normal Abnormal
Checklist Measured value

• Check IDU local modem (Visual check) : EBR6599 0101 Checklist Measured value
Transformer Good Broken wire
Checklist Appearance Check Point Appearance Normal Abnormal
Check Point Normal Measured value
Abnormal
Check Point Appearance Normal Abnormal
Basic Part
Capacitor
Transformer GoodGood Broken
Broken wire

Noise Capacitor
Filter GoodGood Broken Broken
wire
Capacitor Good Broken
Capacitor Good Broken Broken or Burnt

Regulator Good Broken Lead Noise Filter
Communication IC GoodGood Broken wire
Regulator Good Broken

Broken Lead
or Burnt Broken or Burnt
Intorduction
Broken or Burnt
Multi V 5
Communication IC Good Communication
TVS Diode IC GoodGood
Broken or Burnt
Communication IC Good Broken or Burnt Defective parts : IDU local modem

Broken or Burnt
TVS Diode Good TVS Diode Good
Broken or Burnt
TVS Diode Defective parts : IDU local modem
Good Defective parts : IDU local modem
Trouble shooting
Defective parts : IDU local modem • Check IDU local modem
guide
• Check IDU local modem Multi Meter
Multi Meter RED

Multi Meter
RED
Multi Meter
RED
BLACK
RED
Control Logic
BLACK
Checklist Multi Meter Measured value Check Point Mode BLACK RED
BLACK Normal Abnormal

Check Point Mode BLACK RED BLACK Normal Abnormal A, B Resistance Ω A B 250KΩ ~ 350KΩ Open or 200KΩ
Check Point Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
A, B Resistance Ω A B 250KΩ ~ 350KΩ Open or 200KΩ A, GND Resistance Ω GND A 1MΩ 500KΩ
Check Point Mode BLACK RED Normal Abnormal
A, B Resistance Ω A B 250KΩ ~ 350KΩ Open or 200KΩ
A, GND Resistance Ω GND A 1MΩ 500KΩ B, GND Resistance Ω GND B 1MΩ 500KΩ
Central Control
A, B Resistance Ω A B 250KΩ ~ 350KΩ Open or 200KΩ
B, GND Resistance Ω GND B 1MΩ 500KΩ A, GND Resistance Ω GND A 1MΩ 500KΩ
5V, GND Resistance Ω GND 5V 5KΩ 2KΩ
A, GND Resistance Ω GND A 1MΩ 500KΩ B, GND Resistance GND B 1MΩ 500KΩ
5V, GND Resistance Ω GND 5V Ω
5KΩ 2KΩ
Defective parts : IDU local modem
B, GND Resistance Ω GND B 1MΩ 500KΩ 5V, GND Resistance Ω GND 5V 5KΩ 2KΩ
5V, GND Resistance Ω GND 5V 5KΩ 2KΩ
Back
n Indoor unit local modem description Error
Error No. ErrorType
Error Type Error Point
Error Point Main
MainReasons
Reasons
No.
Indoor BLDC fan motor 1. Motor connector connection fault
IndoorIndoor unit BLDC
unit BLDC fan
fan motor Indoor BLDC
• Local IDU Modem Connector to main PCB 10 failure feedback signalfan motor 2. Indoor
is absent 1. Motor connector
PCB fault connection fault
10 motor failure feedback signal is absent 2. Indoor PCB fault
(for 50 sec.)
(for 50 sec.)
3. Motor fault
3. Motor fault
For 9600 bps comm., the red LED will always turn on.
Basic Part
For 1200 bps comm., the red LED will always turn off after power Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
reset and 3 min. later
* The communication speed can be set by dip switch in ODU. Is connector No
connection proper? Connect properly
Yes
When the indoor unit is sending the signal to other unit, this LED will
be flickering.
If the LED is always off, please check below.
1) Check the connector between local modem and main pcb. No
Is fan motor
Intorduction
2) Do auto addressing from ODU if the communication speed is Replace indoor unit fan motor
normal?*
Multi V 5
1200 bps.
→ In case of 1200 bps, indoor unit will not response when Yes
there’s no address.
Replace indoor unit PCB **
RS485 Bus connector to other modem or ODU

* It is normal when check hall sensor of indoor fan motor as shown below
Each termainl with the tester

• Local ODU modem
Trouble shooting
Tester
For 9600 bps comm., the red LED will always turn on. Normal resistance(±10%)
guide
+ -
For 1200 bps comm., the red LED will always turn off after
1 4 ∞
power reset and 3 min. later
5 4 Hundred kΩ k
* The communication speed can be set by dip switch in ODU
6 4 ∞
7 4 Hundred kΩ
1 4 5 6 7
When the outdoor unit is sending the signal to IDU, this LED
will be flickering. <Checking connection state of fan motor connector>
If the LED is always off, check the connector between local
Control Logic
modem and main PCB.
Connector to main PCB

1. Error developed in communication
Central Control
Indoor unit EEPROM Error occur in EEPROM between the microprocessor and the
09 ** Replace the indoor unit PCB, and then make sure to do Auto addressing and input the
error of the Indoor PCB EEPROM on the surface of the PCB.
address of central control
2. ERROR due to the EEPROM damage
WARNING
n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart • The connection of motor connector to PCB should be done under no power supplying to PCB.
- Replace the indoor unit PCB, and then make sure to perform Auto addressing and input the address of - 106 -
Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
central control LGE Internal Use Only
Back
Error
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Error No. Error
Error Type
Type Error
Error Point
Point MainReasons
Main Reasons
Error No.
No. 1. Wired remote controller fault 1. Connector connection defect
Error occurrence in
2. 1.
Indoor
Wiredunit PCBcontroller
remote fault fault 12 Inverter PCB error* Error occurrence in inverter 1. 2.
Connector connection defect
Inverter compressor error
12 Inverter PCB error* inverter PCB 2. Inverter compressor error
No signal communi- 3. 2.Inverter
Indoor PCB faultfault
unit PCB PCB 3. Pressure sensor error
3. Pressure sensor error
Indoor unit & inverter
cation 4. PI485 communication board fault
11 PCB communication No signal communication 3. Inverter PCB fault
Indoor unit & inverter PCB between indoor unit & 5. 4.
Connector connection and
PI485 communication boardcontact
fault defect
Basic Part
11 error between indoor unit & • If inverter PCB error occurs, remote controller No. 12 error is displayed, and detail error display can be checked
communication error inverter 6. 5. Connector connection and contact defect
inverter PCB PCB Cabled remote controller communication using LED of the inverter PCB.
6. Cabled remote controller communication
defect
defect • Error display
7. PI485 communication cable defect
7. PI485 communication cable defect - Red LED means error no. 10’s digit, and green LED means 1’s digit, and when red and green simultaneously
blink, it means 100’s unit.
n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart Ex) After red and green LED simultaneously blink, red LED blinks 1 time, and green LED blinks 5 times : error
no. 115
* Refer to page 28
Does error occur after verifying NO
Check connection status and wiring
Intorduction
PI485 communication board
status, and take action **
Multi V 5
connection status?
YES
NO
Does error occur after replacing
Replace PI485 communication board Check remote controller CH12
PI485 communication board?
YES
NO
Trouble shooting
Does error occur after
replacing main PCB? Replace main PCB ***
Check inverter PCB LED display
guide
YES
Replace inverter PCB

Take action according
to inverter PCB error code
* When there is no service wired remote controller : Use the next indoor unit wired remote controller.
Control Logic
** Check cable status: It usually occurs when connection is defective or remote controller cable is extended and
connected for use. Check the ambient noise effect (check distance from power cable), and
take distance from device generating EMI. Red LED : 10’s digit
Green LED : 1’s digit
*** After replacing indoor unit PCB, perform auto addressing, and when there is a central controller, input indoor
unit central control address.
(Newly perform auto addressing while power is applied to all the connected indoor units.)
Central Control
- 35 - LGE Internal Use Only
Back
Copyright ©2013 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. Only for training and service purposes
Error
Error
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Error
No. No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
No.
1. Pump fault Water outlet tempera- 1. High temperature
1. High temperatureof water inflow
of water inflow
Abnormal working of flow Water outlet temperature is
14 Flow Switch error 2. Low water
1.Pump fault flow 1515 Water
Water pipe overheated
pipe overheated ture is 2. Temperature
2. Temperaturesensor defect
sensor defect
switch
Abnormal working of flow above 85℃(185℉)
3. Indoor
14 Flow Switch error 3. Flowwater
2.Low switch fault(*)
flow above 85°C(185°F) 3. Indoor unitunit
PCB PCB fault
fault
switch 3.Flow switch fault(*)
Basic Part
(*) Flow switch status test n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
NO
Is the thermometer installed outside
Check facility
Flow switch off. the unit 80℃ (176℉) or less?
Flow switch open. → Multi meter will display
Multi meter will display 0.4Ω
0.FMΩ(∞Ω) YES
Is water inlet/outlet temperature NO Insert water inlet/outlet temperature sensor in

sensor inserted in the correct the correct location
location? *
Intorduction
Multi V 5
YES
Start
NO
Is water inlet/outlet temperature
Replace water inlet/outlet temperature sensor
(*) sensor normal? **
NO Water pump NO Control Panel NO
System stopped
while operation running Shows ‘CH14’ YES
YES YES YES

Replace indoor unit
PCB
Trouble shooting
Water is not enough
NO The flow switch is
Pressure gage or there can be
electrically closed.
indicates 1.5~2.0 bar water leakage inside
guide
water circuit.
YES
*Water inlet/outlet temperature **If the resistance value of the temperature sensor changes according to temperature, and the following
A sensor location resistance values are displayed based on the current temperature, it is normal. (±5% error)
• Air temperature sensor : 10℃(50℉)=20.7kΩ : 25℃(77℉)=10kΩ : 50℃(122℉)=3.4kΩ
B • Gas/Liquid side temperature sensor : 10℃(50℉)=10kΩ : 25℃(77℉)=5kΩ : 50℃(122℉)=1.8kΩ
• Water inlet/outlet temperature sensor : 10℃(50℉)=10kΩ : 25℃(77℉)=5kΩ : 50℃(122℉)=1.8kΩ
(*) • Water tank temperature sensor : 10℃(50℉)=10kΩ : 25℃(77℉)=5kΩ : 50℃(122℉)=1.8kΩ
NO NO END
Water pump Control Panel
(it is normal
still running Shows ‘CH14’
condition) Water outlet
temperature
Control Logic
YES YES
sensor
The flow switch is The water pump
electrically open. is in trouble.
(*): How to identify? - Touch the water pump and feel if the water pump Measuring the resistance
value of the temperature
is vibrating. If no vibration, the water pump is not operating. Also, you Water inlet sensor
C D temperature
can see ‘Water Pump Operating Icon( ) ’ at control panel. sensor
• Although there is not water flow inside water circuit, the flow switch detects as if water is flowing. It is
A due to electrically closed (or short) of flow switch or the contact of flow switch is mechanically stuck.
• Replace the flow switch.
Central Control
• Check if water inside water circuit is fully charged. Pressure gage at the indoor unit should indicate 1.5~2.0 bar.
B • Also, as the hand of the pressure gage is not react so fast according to water charging, check the pressure gage again.
• Otherwise, there can be water leakage inside water circuit. Examine if water circuit is completely sealed.
• Although water is well flowing, the flow switch can not detect water flow. It is due to electrically) open of flow
C switch or the contact of flow switch is mechanically broken.
• Replace the flow switch.
• Replace the water pump.

D
• Also, check the water quality if there are particles that can yield locking at the shaft of the water pump.
Copyright ©2013 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 33 - Only for training and service purposes
Back

Error
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons No. No.
Error Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
1. Function code setting without Ref. 21* 1. Over current detection at Inverter
Refrigerant leakage sens- Detecting the error of the sensor 1.Over current detection at Inverter compres-
compressor(U,V,W)
230 sor(U,V,W)
ing error Ref. sensor. 2. Malfunction of Rf. Sensor 2. Compressor damaged (insulation
Master
3. Detecting the leakage of Ref. 211 IPM self protection circuit2.Compressor damaged
damaged/Motor (insulation dam-
damaged)
IPM self protection circuit aged/Motor damaged)
Inverter PCB Assy. activation activation 3. IPM overheating(Heat sink disas-
Basic Part
21*
Slave1 Inverter PCB Assy. IGBT 3.IPM overheating
IPM Fault occur (Overcurrent/IPM over- sembled)
212 Fault occur (Overcurrent/IPM overheat- (Heat sink disassembled)
4. Inverter
heating/Vcc low voltage)4.Inverter compressor
compressor terminal
terminal discon-
disconnected
Slave2 ing/Vcc low voltage)
213 or nected
loose or loose
Did set the function code for No 5. Inverter
5.Inverter PCBPCB assembly
assembly damaged
damaged
detecting Ref. sensor? Power reset Slave3
(Check Function code 29:01) 6. ODU
6.ODU input
input current
current low low
214
Yes

1. Power off
Did the connector between
Intorduction
No 2. Check the connector and connecting condition between
Multi V 5
main PCB and ref. sensor connect Are there any power wire
Main PCB and Sensor. No 1. Check R/S/T/N Wiring Condition
properly ? connections normal?
3. Power on → Rewire them if abnormality found
Yes
Yes
1. Check resistance between each terminal of compressor
No Compressor JQC068MA* JQC048MA*
Did the sensor work well? Are the resistance Temp. 25℃ 75℃ 25℃ 75℃
1. Replace the leakage sensor Between each phase and No
(refer to picture) U-V 0.216 ± 7% Ω 0.258 ± 7% Ω 0.302 ± 7% Ω 0.360 ± 7% Ω
insulation resistance of Inverter V-W 0.216 ± 7% Ω 0.258 ± 7% Ω 0.302 ± 7% Ω 0.360 ± 7% Ω
compressor normal? W-U 0.216 ± 7% Ω 0.258 ± 7% Ω 0.302 ± 7% Ω 0.360 ± 7% Ω
Yes
2. Check insulation resistance between compressor
Trouble shooting
terminal and pipe (over 50M )
→ Replace compressor if abnormality found
Detecting Ref. leakage Yes
guide
1.Check Inverter PCB assembly U,V,W connector
Is compressor connection condition
No 2. Check wire disconnection and wiring
Wire connection
condition normal? 3. Check compressor terminal connection condition
(bad contact)
→ Reassemble if abnormality found
Yes
1.Check Inverter PCB assembly P,N connector

Normal status: Blinking Green LED or both Green and Red LED on. Is DC_Link Wire connection No connection condition
Control Logic
condition normal? 2.Check wire disconnection and wiring
Error status: the green and red LED blink alternately. → Reassemble if abnormality found
Yes
No 1.Check Inverter PCB assembly Comp IPM heat sink

Is Comp IPM heat sink’s
joining condition
joining condition normal?
Yes
Central Control
No Check Inverter PCB assembly IPM normality.
Is Inverter PCB assembly
→ Replace Inverter PCB assembly
normal?
if abnormality found.
Yes
Recheck power and installation condition

Back
* Measuring resistance between Error No.
Error Error Type
Error Type
Error Point
Error Point
Main Reasons
Main Reasons
each terminal of compressor
No.
* Compressor wire connector 1. Overload operation (Pipe clogging/
connection point 22* Covering/EEV
1. Overload operationdefect/Ref.
(Pipe over-
Master charge)
221 Inverter PCB Assembly clogging/Covering/EEV defect/Ref.
• IPM(IGBT) 2.overcharge)
Compressor damage(Insulation dam-
R AC Input Current Over Inverter
inputPCB
3 phase power
Assembly
joining point 22*
Slave1 age/Motordamage(Insulation
2. Compressor damage)
Basic Part
S
222 Error
AC Input Current Over Error current
input 3 phaseis over
powerlimited
T
current is value(24A)
over limited 3.damage/Motor
Input voltagedamage)
low
Slave2 3.4.
Input
Powervoltage
Linelow
Misconnection
• Check joining value(24A)
condition
223 4.5.
Power LinePCB
Inverter Misconnection
Assembly damage
Slave3 5. Inverter
(Input PCB Assembly
current damage
sensing part)
• Check DC Link connector joining condition 224 (Input current sensing part)
n Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart
Intorduction
1. Check Pipe clogging/distortion
Multi V 5
2. Check Covering (Indoor/Outdoor Unit)
Is installation No 3. Check EEV connector assemble condition/normal
condition normal? operation
4. Check refrigerant pressure
→ Reassemble or manage if abnormality found
Yes
Are the resistance (U-V:0.255 ±7%, V-W:0.255 ±7%, W-U:0.255 ±7%(75℃)
Between each phase and No
Compressor JQC068MA* JQC048MA*
insulation resistance of Inverter
Temp. 25℃ 75℃ 25℃ 75℃
compressor normal?
Trouble shooting
U-V 0.216 ± 7% Ω 0.258 ± 7% Ω 0.302 ± 7% Ω 0.360 ± 7% Ω
V-W 0.216 ± 7% Ω 0.258 ± 7% Ω 0.302 ± 7% Ω 0.360 ± 7% Ω
W-U 0.216 ± 7% Ω 0.258 ± 7% Ω 0.302 ± 7% Ω 0.360 ± 7% Ω
guide
Yes
1. Check Inverter PCB assembly U,V,W connector
connection condition
Is compressor
No 2. Check wire disconnection and wiring
Wire connection
3. Check compressor terminal connection condition
condition normal?
(bad contact)
Yes
Control Logic
Is Inverter PCB assembly No Check bridge diode in IGBTM of Inverter PCB
bridge diode joining condition normal? → joining again if abnormality found
Yes
Check
R~S/S~T/T~R phase voltage is 380V 10%
No
Is input voltage normal? R~N/S~N/T~N phase voltage is 220V 10%
→ Check connection condition and wiring if power is
abnormal
Central Control
Yes
Is Inverter PCB assembly No Check Inverter PCB assembly IPM normality

normal? → Replace Inverter PCB assembly
Yes
Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 109 - Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 110 -
LGE Internal Use Only LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes Only for training and service purposes
Back
Error
No.
* Measuring resistance between * Measuring input voltage 23* No.

each terminal of compressor Master
1. DC Link terminal misconnection/terminal
231 1. DC Link terminal misconnection/termi-
contact fault
Slave1 nal contact fault
232 Inverter Compressor DC DC Voltage isn't charged 2. Condenser damage
Inverter PCB
Link Low Voltage DC Link DC Voltage isn't
after starting relay on
charged 2. Condenser damage
23*
Slave2 3. Comp PCB assembly damage
Low Voltage after starting relay on 3.(DC PCB
Linkassembly damage
voltage sensing part)
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
233
(DC Link voltage sensing part)
Basic Part
Slave3 4. Input voltage low
234
4. Input voltage low
Are there any power wire No 1. Check R/S/T/N wiring conditions

connections normal? → Rewire them if abnormality found.
Intorduction
Yes
Multi V 5
* Compressor wire connector Check
connection R~S/S~T/T~R phase voltage is 380 V(-10 %)~415 V(+10 %)
No R~N/S~N/T~N phase voltage is 220 V(-10 %)~240 V(+10 %)
Is input voltage normal?
abnormal
Yes
1. Check joining condition of bridge diode and heatsink

No
Is bridge diode normal? 2. Check bridge diode
Trouble shooting
→ joining again or replacing bridge diode
if abnormality found
guide
Yes
1.Check Inverter PCB assembly P,N connector

Is DC_Link Wire connection No connection condition
condition normal? 2. Check wire disconnection and wiring
Yes
Control Logic
Check joining condition of Inverter PCB assembly and
Is Inverter PCB assembly No
bridge diode
bridge diode joining condition normal?
→ joining again if abnormality found
Yes
No Check Inverter PCB assembly IPM normality.

Is Inverter PCB assembly
→ Replace Inverter PCB assembly if abnormality found.
normal?
Central Control
Yes


Back
* Check DC_Link Connector joining condition * Measuring input voltage Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Error
Error Type Error Point 1. Defective high pressure switch
Main Reasons
No. 2. Defective fan of indoor unit or outdoor unit
3. Check valve of high
1. Defective compressor
pressureclogged
switch
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
24* 4. Pipe2.distortion
Defective due
fan oftoindoor
the pipe
unitdamage
or outdoor unit
Master Excessive rise of 5. Refrigerant overcharge
3. Check valve of compressor clogged
Basic Part
241 Compressor off due
discharge 6. Defective
4. PipeEEV at thedue
distortion indoor
to theorpipe
outdoor unit.
damage
24*
Slave1
to the high pressure 5. Refrigerant overcharge covering during
IPM pressure in outdoor
Excessive rise of dischargeswitch
Compressor off unit
7. Covering
due to the
or clogging(Outdoor
242 in outdoor 6. Defective EEV at the indoor or outdoor unit.
pressurecompressor
in outdoor com- high pressure switch in the cooling mode /Indoor unit filter clogging
Slave2 7. Covering
during or clogging(Outdoor
the heating mode) covering dur-
• DC Link Connector pressor outdoor unit ing the cooling mode /Indoor unit filter clog-
243 8. SVC valve clogging
ging during the heating mode)
Slave3 9. Defective
8. SVCoutdoor PCB
valve clogging
244 10. Defective active path valve
9. Defective outdoor PCB
10. Defective active path valve
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Is high pressure switch No

connector connected Connect securely
to PCB?*
Note 1)
Yes
Trouble shooting
Is high pressure switch No Is high pressure switch No
connector short Replace high pressure switch
terminal short?***
during off time?**
guide
Note 2) Note 2)
Yes
Yes
Replace connecting cable
Note 1) High pressure switch
connector on Main PCB
No
Is SVC valve open? Open SVC valve
Yes
Control Logic
Is this error appeared No Re-check momentary
again after reset? problem or not
Yes
Is high pressure No Replace PCB

more than 2500kPa CH24 : inverter compressor PCB
at manifold gauge? CH109~154 : sub unit PCB
Note 2) Check short with high
Yes pressure switch connector
Central Control
Is high pressure of No
LGMV similar as Replace high pressure sensor
at manifold gauge?
Yes
Check pipe is blocked or

not and take measure

Back
Error
No.
25* Error
No.
Master
Error
251 No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Error
26* No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Slave1 1. Input voltage abnormal (T-N, R-S, S-T, T-R) Master
Input voltage is over limited 1. Input voltage abnormal (T-N, R-S, 1.1. Overload
Overload operation
operation
252 Input Voltage high/low
Input voltage is over lim-2. Outdoor unit Inverter PCB assembly dam- 261
value of the product (304 V S-T, T-R)
age (input voltage sensing part)
(Pipe
(Pipe clogging/Covering/EEV
clogging/Covering/EEV defect/
defect/Ref.
ited value of the product
25*
Slave2 Input Voltage high/low or less, 536 V or more) 2. Outdoor unit Inverter PCB assembly
3. N phase line disconnection
Slave1 Starting failure because overcharge)
Ref. overcharge)
253 (304 V or less, 536 V or 262 Inverter
Inverter compressor
compressor starting Starting failure because of
damage(input voltage sensing part) 26* failurestarting of compressor
Error failure Error compressor abnor- 2.2.Compressor
abnormality
Compressor damage
damage
more) (Insulation damage/Motor damage)
Slave3 3. N phase line disconnection Slave2 mality (Insulation damage/Motor damage)
Basic Part
254 263 3.3.
Compressor
Compressor wiring faultfault
wiring
Slave3 4.4.
ODUODU Comp
Comp PCBPCBdamage
damage(CT)(CT)
n Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart 264

Yes 2. Check Covering (Indoor/Outdoor Unit)
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Check operation
R~S/S~T / T~R phase voltage is 380 V(-10 %) ~ 415 V(+ 10 %) condition normal?
No 4. Check refrigerant pressure
Is input voltage normal? R~N/S~N/T~N phase voltage is 220 V(-10 %) ~ 240 V(+ 10%) → Reassemble or manage if abnormality found
Yes
abnormal
Yes
Is Inverter PCB assembly No
Check bridge diode in IGBTM of Inverter PCB
bridge diode joining condition normal?
Trouble shooting
Yes
guide
Yes Are the resistance
No Compressor JQC068MA* JQC048MA*
Between each phase and
Temp. 25℃ 75℃ 25℃ 75℃
insulation resistance of Inverter U-V 0.216 ± 7% Ω 0.258 ± 7% Ω 0.302 ± 7% Ω 0.360 ± 7% Ω
compressor normal? V-W 0.216 ± 7% Ω 0.258 ± 7% Ω 0.302 ± 7% Ω 0.360 ± 7% Ω
No Replace Inverter PCB assembly.
W-U 0.216 ± 7% Ω 0.258 ± 7% Ω 0.302 ± 7% Ω 0.360 ± 7% Ω
Inverter PCB LED display error
Yes
Yes
1. Check Comp PCB assembly U,V,W connector
Control Logic
Recheck power and installation condition connection condition
Is compressor 2. Check wire disconnection and wiring
No
Wire connection 3. Check compressor terminal connection condition
condition normal? (bad contact)
Yes
No Check Inverter PCB assembly IPM normality

Is Inverter PCB assembly normal? → Replace Inverter PCB assembly
Central Control
Yes

Back
Error
No.
28*
Master
281
* Measuring resistance Error No.
Slave1 Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
282 1. Input voltage abnormal (R,S,T,N)
between each terminal of Inverter DC link high Inv PCB DC link voltage
compressor Slave2 voltage error DC link high supplied over 780V 2.1. Input
ODU voltage
Comp PCB abnormal
damage (R,S,T,N)
Inverter Inv PCB DC link voltage (DC Link voltage sensing part)
28*
283 2. ODU Comp PCB damage
voltage error supplied over 780V
Slave3 (DC Link voltage sensing part)
284
Basic Part
1. Check R/S/T/N wiring conditions

Are there any power wire No 2. Check Noise filter wiring conditions
connections normal?
→ Rewire them if abnormality found.
Yes
Check
R~S/S~T/T~R phase voltage is 380V 10%
No R~N/S~N/T~N phase voltage is 220V 10%
Is input voltage normal?
Intorduction
Multi V 5
abnormal
Yes
No
Is Inverter PCB assembly Replace Inverter PCB assembly
normal?
* Compressor wire connection
Yes
Trouble shooting
guide
* Measuring input voltage * Noise filter wiring
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
Control Logic
Central Control

Back
Error
No.
Error
29* No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons * Measuring resistance between each
terminal of compressor
Master
1.1. Overload
Overload operation
operation
291 (Pipe clogging/Covering/EEV defect/
(Pipe clogging/Covering/EEV defect/Ref.
Slave1 Ref.overcharge)
overcharge)
292 Inverter
Inverter compressor
compressor over Inverter
Inverter compressor
compressor input
2.2.
Compressor damage(Insulation
29* current over current current
Compressor damage(Insulation dam-
input iscurrent
over 30A
is over 30A damage/Motor damage)
Slave2 age/Motor damage)
Basic Part
293 3.3.
Input
Inputvoltage
voltagelowlow
Slave3 4.4.
ODUODU Inverter
InverterPCB assembly
PCB damage
assembly damage
294

2. Check Covering (Indoor/Outdoor Unit)
Intorduction
Multi V 5
condition normal? operation
4. Check refrigerant pressure * Measuring input voltage
→ Reassemble or manage if abnormality found
Yes
1.Check resistance between each terminal of compressor

Are the resistance
Between each phase and No Compressor JQC068MA* JQC048MA*
Temp. 25℃ 75℃ 25℃ 75℃ R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
insulation resistance of Inverter U-V 0.216 ± 7% Ω 0.258 ± 7% Ω 0.302 ± 7% Ω 0.360 ± 7% Ω
compressor normal? V-W 0.216 ± 7% Ω 0.258 ± 7% Ω 0.302 ± 7% Ω 0.360 ± 7% Ω
W-U 0.216 ± 7% Ω 0.258 ± 7% Ω 0.302 ± 7% Ω 0.360 ± 7% Ω
Trouble shooting
2.Check insulation resistance between compressor terminal
and pipe (over 50M )
guide
Yes
* Compressor wire connection
1. Check Inverter PCB assembly U,V,W connector
Is compressor No connection condition
Wire connection 2. Check wire disconnection and wiring
condition normal? 3. Check compressor terminal connection condition
(bad contact)
Yes
Check
R~S/S~T/T~R phase voltage is 380V ±10%
Control Logic
No
Is input voltage normal? R~N/S~N/T~N phase voltage is 220V ±10%
abnormal
Yes
No Check Inverter PCB assembly IPM normality

Is Inverter PCB assembly normal? → Replace Inverter PCB assembly
Yes
Central Control

Back
ErrorNo.
Error No. Error
Error Type
Type ErrorPoint
Error Point MainReasons
Main Reasons Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
1. Temperature sensor defect of inverter 1. Defect of high pressure sensor
32* Over-increase dis- Compressor is off 1. Temperature sensor defect of inverter com- Error
Compressor is off because compressor 1 discharge pipe Error Type Error Point 2. Defect of indoor Main Reasons
or outdoor unit fan
Master 321 Over-increase discharge of because of over-increase pressor 1 discharge pipe
charge temperature No.
32* of over-increase discharge 2. Refrigerant shortage
Slave1 322 temperature of inverter com-
inverter compressor 1 attemperature
discharge oftemperature 2. Refrigerant
of shortage / leak / leak 3. Deformation because of damage of refrigerant
inverter 3. EEV defect Error happens 1. Defect pipe of high pressure sensor
Slave2 323 pressor 1 at main outdoor unit
main outdoor unit compressor inverter 1compressor 1 3. EEV defect 34*
Slave3 324 4. Liquid
4. Liquid injection
injection valvevalve
defectdefect because of 10 times 2.4.Defect of indoor or
Over-charged outdoor unit fan
refrigerant
Basic Part
Over-increase of Error happens com- 3.5.Deformation
successive because of damage of refrigerant pipe
Defective indoor / outdoor unit EEV
Master 4. Over-charged refrigerant
33*
Compressor is off because
1. Temperature sensor
1. Temperature defectdefect
sensor of inverter com-
of inverter 34*
341
discharge pressure because
pressorof 10
off times
due to 5.6.Defective
When blocked
indoor / outdoor unit EEV
Over-increase
Master 331 Over-increase dischargedis- Compressor is off pressor 2 discharge pipe successive compres-
of over-increase discharge compressor 2 discharge pipe Slave1
of compressor
Over-increase of dis- overincrease of high 6. When - Outdoor
blocked unit is blocked during cooling
charge of
Slave1 332 temperature temperature
inverter com-of because of over-increase 2. Refrigerant shortage / leak charge pressure of sor off due to over-
33* temperature of inverter 2. Refrigerant shortage / leak 342 pressure by high
increase of high pres- - Indoor unit filter is blocked
- Outdoor unit is blocked during cooling during heating
Slave2 333 pressor 2 at main
inverter outdoor unit
compressor discharge2temperature of3. EEV defect
2 atcompressor compressor
Slave3 334 main outdoor unit
3. EEV defect
inverter compressor 2 4. Liquid injection valve defect Slave2 surepressure sensor 7.- Indoor
by high pressure SVC valve is clogged
unit filter is blocked during heating
4. Liquid injection valve defect 343 sensor 7.8.SVC
PCBvalve
defect of outdoor unit
is clogged
Slave3 8.9.PCB
Indoor unit's
defect pipe temperature
of outdoor unit defect
344 9.10.
Indoor unit’s
Indoor unitpipe
pipe temperature
temperature defect
sensor defect
Intorduction
10. Indoor unit pipe temperature sensor defect
Multi V 5
Is the amount of No Is there pipe crack No Change the amount of n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
refrigerant normal? refrigerant
or trace of leakage?
[refer refrigerant part] (Charge additive amount) No
Is service valve opened ? Open service valve
Yes Yes
Yes
Weld / reconnect the cracked
portion and recharge refrigerant
Are communication No Check and repair communication
Trouble shooting
cable / pipe connection
No
cable / pipe connection
Is the resistance of discharge Replace discharge normal?
temperature sensor normal?* temperature sensor
guide
Yes
Yes
* Resistance value of discharge temperature sensor
10°C = 362kΩ, 25°C= 200kΩ, 50°C= 82kΩ, 100°C= 18.5kΩ
Is refrigerant No
Is EEV in amount normal? Adjust refrigerant amount
outdoor unit normal No [refer refrigerant part]
at heating operation? Replace outdoor unit EEV
[refer electric Yes
component part]
Yes
Is fan normal?
Control Logic
(Indoor fan during heating No
No Check another components Replace related parts
Is there pipe Outdoor fan during cooling)
and operation conditions
(strainer etc.) clogging?
/ Take measures
Yes Yes
Is filter blocked
Replace strainer (Heating:indoor, No Clean indoor filter (heating)
Cooling:outdoor /outdoor heat exchanger (cooling)?
heat exchanger)?
Yes
Central Control
Is value of high pressure No
sensor same as Manifold Replace sensor of high pressure
value(Is it high actually)?
Yes
Check indoor unit LEV

Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 121 - Check indoor unit PCB
LGE Internal Use Only Check in/outdoor installation
condition
Back
132 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK Only for training and service purposes 133
_
Error
No.
40*
Master
401
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Error No. Error Type Error Point Mainabnormal
1. Input voltage Reasons(T-N)
Slave1 Micom input voltage isn't
402 Inverter compressor CT 2. DC power part damage (DC 5V)
1. Defective low pressure sensor withininput
Micom 2.5V ±0.3V
voltageat initial
1. Input voltage abnormal (T-N)
Error sensor error 3. Outdoor unit’s inverter PCB damage
Error Type Error Point 2. Defective outdoor/indoor
Main Reasons unit fan Slave2 Inverter compressor state of power
isn't within supply2. DC power
2.5V part damage (DC 5V)
No. 40* (CT sensing part)
3. Refrigerant shortage/leakage 403 CT sensor error ±0.3V at initial state 3. Outdoor unit's inverter PCB damage
Error happens 1.4.Defective low pressure
Deformation becausesensor
of damage of refrigerant Slave3 of power supply (CT sensing part)
35* because of 10 2. Defectivepipe outdoor/indoor unit fan 404
Basic Part
Excessive drop of Error successive 3.5.Refrigerant
happens
times Defective shortage/leakage
indoor / outdoor unit EEV
Master
35* discharge pressure because of 3 times
compressor off due 4.6.Deformation
Covering / because
cloggingof damage of refrigerant pipe n Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart
351 successive compres- 5. Defective indoor / outdoor unit EEV
of compressor
Excessive drop of to excessive drop of (outdoor unit covering during the cooling
Slave1 sor off due to exces-
discharge pressure low pressure by the 6. Covering
sive drop of low pres-
/ clogging
mode/ indoor unit filter clogging during heat- 1. Check R/S/T/N wiring conditions
352 Are there any power wire No
of compressor lowby
sure pressure sensor (outdoor
the low pres-
unit covering during the cooling mode/
ing mode) connections normal?
2. Check Noise filter wiring conditions
Slave2 → Rewire them if abnormality found.
353 sure sensor 7.indoor
SVC unit
valvefilter clogging during heating mode)
clogging
7.8.SVC valve clogging
Defective outdoor unit PCB
Slave3 8.9.Defective outdoor Yes
354 Defective indoorunit
unitPCB
pipe sensor
9. Defective indoor unit pipe sensor Check
Intorduction
Multi V 5
R~S/S~T/T~R phase voltage is 380V±10%
No
Is input voltage normal? R~N/S~N/T~N phase voltage is 220V±10%
n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart → Check connection condition and wiring if power is
abnormal
Is service valve Yes
Open service valve
opened?
No Replace Inverter PCB assembly
Is Inverter PCB assembly normal?
Yes
Yes
No
Trouble shooting
Are communication cable/ check communication/ Recheck power and installation condition
piping normal? piping correction.
guide
Yes
* Measuring input voltage * Inverter PCB assembly
No Is there pipe crack or trace No Adjust the amount of

Is amount of refrigerant
normal? of refrigerant leakage? refrigerant (Additive charge)
Yes Yes R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
Weld / reconnect the cracked
Control Logic
portion and recharge refrigerant
Is fan normal? No
(in heating outdoor fan, Check and replace related parts
in cooling indoor fan)
Yes
No
Is strainer Ok?* Replace the strainer
Yes
Central Control
Are the values of manifold No
and low pressure sensor same? Replace the pressure sensor
( Is the low pressure value
actually low?)
Yes Only for training and service purposes
* If the temperature difference between inlet and outlet of strainer
Check indoor / outdoor unit LEV is so large that frost or ice formation can be seen or confirmed
Check Indoor unit PCB
Check indoor / outdoor unit then clogging of strainer should be checked
installation conditions (Notice: it is not full ice forming of strainer, in case that there is
not at inlet portion but at outlet portion)
Back
_ 135
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Error
1. Defective connection of the compressor1 Error Type Error Point
1. Bad connectionMain Reasons
of low pressure sensor con-
No.
Compressor1 Sensor measure-
41* discharge pipe temperature sensor Abnormal value of nector
(Inverter1)
discharge pipe ment value is 1. Defective connection of the compressor1 discharge 42* Sensor error of low
41* Compressor1 dis- Sensor measurement 2. Dpipe
efective discharge
temperature pipe compressor sensor
sensor 42* sensor 2. Defect of low pressure sensor connector
Master 411 temperature sensor abnormal Master 421 pressure Abnormal value of 1. Bad connection of low pressure sensor connector
charge pipe tempera- value
error is abnormal
(Open/Short) 2.ofDefective
the compressor1 (open/short)
discharge pipe compressor sensor of the Sensor error of low
(Open/Short)
2.
(Open/Short)
Defect of low pressure sensor connector (Open/Short)
Slave1 412 3. Defective outdoor PCB Slave1 422 sensor 3. Defect of outdoor PCB
ture sensor error (Open/Short) compressor1 (open/short)
Basic Part
Slave2 413 Slave2 423 pressure 3. Defect of outdoor PCB
3. Defective outdoor PCB (Open/Short)
Slave3 414 Slave3 424
47* 1. Defective connection of the compressor1 1. Bad connection of high pressure sensor
Compressor2 Sensor measure- 1.discharge
Defective connection of the compressor1 43*
(Inverter2) discharge pipe pipe temperature sensor discharge Abnormal value of connector
ment measurement
value is Sensor error of high Abnormal value of 1. Bad connection of high pressure sensor connector
47* 471 Compressor2 dis-
Master
Sensor 2. Dpipe temperature
efective sensor
discharge pipe compressor sensor Master43*
431
Sensor error of high sensor 2. Defect of high pressure sensor connector
temperature
charge pipesensor abnormal
tempera- value is abnormal 2. Defective discharge pipe compressor sensor of the Slave1 432 pressure sensor 2. Defect of high pressure sensor connector (Open/Short)
Slave1 472
ture sensor
ofcompressor1
the compressor1 (open/short) pressure (Open/Short) (Open/Short)
Slave2 473 error error (Open/Short)
(Open/Short) (open/short) Slave2 433 (Open/Short) 3. Defect of outdoor PCB
3.3.Defective
Defective outdoor PCB
outdoor PCB 3. Defect of outdoor PCB
Slave3 474 Slave3 434
n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Sensor connection to PCB No
Insert sensor connector to PCB properly Is sensor connected No
is normal? Connect sensor to PCB correctly
to PCB correctly?
Yes
Yes
Is the resistance of No
Replace sensor After replacement of No
sensor normal?* Replace corresponding
outdoor unit main PCB
pressure sensor
is the system normal?
Trouble shooting
Yes
Yes
guide
Is sensor resistance No
value same as temperature Replace corresponding outdoor PCB
value of LGMV?
END
Yes
Replace corresponding sensor

Pressure sensor connector
* Error is generated if the resistance is more than 5 MΩ(open) and less than 2 kΩ (short)
Control Logic
Note: Standard values of resistance of sensors at different temperatures (5% variation)
10°C = 362kΩ : 25°C= 200kΩ : 50°C= 82kΩ : 100°C= 18.5kΩ
High pressure sensor
Low pressure sensor
Central Control
Check the resistance
inverter compressor
discharge temperature
sensor Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 126 -
Back
_ 137
Error
No.
50*
Master
Error
ErrorNo.
No. Error Type
Error Type Error
ErrorPoint
Point Main
MainReasons
Reasons Error
501 No. Error Type Error Point Mainabnormal
1. Input Voltage Reasons(R,S,T,N)
Slave1 ODU 3phase power omis- Omitting one or more of 2. Check power Line connection condition
Sensor error of 1. Bad connection of air temperature connector 502 sion error R,S,T input power 1. Input Voltage abnormal (R,S,T,N)
Abnormal value of 3. Main PCB damage
44*44* 441 outdoor
Master Sensorair tem-
error of 2.1.D
Bad
efectconnection
of air temperature connector(Open/Short)
of air temperature connector Slave2 ODU 3phase power Omitting one or more 2. Check power Line connection condition
Slave1 442
sensor (Open/Short)
Abnormal value of 50*
503 4. Inverter PCB input current sensor fault
perature
outdoor air temper-
sensor (Open/Short)
3.2.Defect
Defectofofoutdoor PCB connector(Open/Short)
air temperature omission error of R,S,T input power 3. Main PCB damage
Slave2 443 ature Slave3
Slave3 444 3. Defect of outdoor PCB 4. Inverter PCB input current sensor fault
504
Piping temperature
Basic Part
45* Piping
sensor temperature
error of heat Abnormal value of 1.1.Bad
Master 451 sensor error of heat Abnormal value of Badconnection
connectionof ofair
airtemperature
temperatureconnector
connector n Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart
45* 452exchanger
Slave1 in master
exchanger in sensor
sensor 2.2.DDefect
efect ofofair
airtemperature
temperatureconnector(Open/Short)
connector(Open/Short)
master
Slave2 453 & slave & slave
outdoor unitout- (Open/Short)
(Open/Short) 3.3.Defect
Slave3 454 door unit heat Defectofofoutdoor
outdoorPCB
PCB
exchanger (A,B)
heat exchanger (A,B) Are there any power wire No 1. Check R/S/T/N wiring conditions
46*
Compressor suc-
Master 461Compressor 1. Bad connection of air temperature connector
Slave1 462
suction
tion temperature
Abnormal value of 1. Bad connection of air temperature connector Yes
Abnormal value of 2. Defect of air temperature connector(Open/Short)
sensor (Open/Short) 2. Defect of air temperature connector(Open/Short)
46* 463temperature
Slave2 sensor
sensor error Check
Slave3 464 sensor (Open/Short) 3. Defect of outdoor PCB Is input voltage normal? R~S/S~T/T~R phase voltage is 380V±10%
error 3. Defect of outdoor PCB No R~N/S~N/T~N phase voltage is 220V±10%
Intorduction
Multi V 5
49* Outdoor Unit abnormal
Master 491 Outdoor Unit IPM Outdoor
OutdoorUnit
UnitIGBTM
IGBTM 1.1. Bad
Bad connection
connection ofofair airtemperature
temperature connector
connector
Slave1 IGBTM
49* 492 Temperature Sen- Temperature
TemperatureSensor 2. D
Sensor 2. Defect
efect ofofairair
temperature connector(Open/Short)
temperature connector(Open/Short) Yes
Slave2 493 Temperature Open 1. Check R~N/S~N/T~N phase voltage is
Slave3 494 sor Fault
Sensor Fault
OpenororShort
Short 3.3. Defect outdoorPCB
Defect of outdoor PCB 220V±10%
Is Main PCB assembly No 2. Check Main PCB assemblywire
normal? disconnection and wiring
n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart → Reassemble if abnormality found
Yes
No
Trouble shooting
Is sensor connected No Replace inverter PCB assembly.
Connect sensor to PCB correctly INV. PCB LED display error
to PCB correctly??
guide
Yes Yes

No
Is sensor value correct?* Replace sensor
* Measuring input voltage * Noise filter wiring * Field Fault Case

Yes
* If value is 100kΩ ↑(open) or 100Ω ↓(short), error occurs
Replace corresponding NB: Resistance value of temperature sensor change according to
Control Logic
* R-Phase Terminal
outdoor unit PCB temperature Changed Color.
It is normal if value shown as below (±5% error) R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
Sensor of air temperature: 10°C = 20.7kΩ : 25°C= 10kΩ : 50°C= 3.4kΩ

Sensor of piping temperature: 10°C = 10kΩ : 25°C= 5Ωk : 50°C= 1.8kΩ

153* Outdoor
Master 1531Outdoor UnitUnit
Upper Outdoor
OutdoorUnit
UnitUpper
Upper
Upper Heat 1.1.Temperature
Temperature Sensor
SensorConnecting
ConnectingFault
Fault
Heat Exchanger Heat Exchanger
Heat Exchanger
Central Control
Slave1
153* 1532 Exchanger
Temperature Sensor
2.2.Temperature
Temperature Sensor(Open/Short)
Sensor(Open/Short)
Slave2 1533Temperature Sen-
Temperature Temperature Sensor 3. Main PCB Fault
3. Main PCB Fault
sor Fault open
openor or
short
short
Slave3 1534 Sensor Fault
154* Outdoor UnitLow
Low Outdoor Unit
Master 1541 Outdoor Unit Outdoor UnitLow
Low 1. Temperature Sensor Connecting Fault
Heat Exchanger Heat 1. Temperature Sensor Connecting Fault
Slave1 1542 Heat Exchanger HeatExchanger
Exchanger 2. Temperature Sensor(Open/Short) Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 128 -
154* Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor 2. Temperature Sensor(Open/Short) LGE Internal Use Only
Slave2 1543Temperature
Fault Sen- Temperature Sensor
open or short
3. Main PCB Fault Only for training and service purposes
Slave3 1544 3. Main PCB Fault
sor Fault open or short
Back
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Error No.
Error Error
Error Type
Type ErrorError
PointPoint Main Reasons
Main Reasons
No.
Error
Error Type Error Point 1. More than the combination ratio of the outdoor
Main Reasons 52* Communication
Main PCB of Master
1. Power cable or communication cable is not
No. Over-Capacity unit capacity Communication error unit of PCB
Master unit unit 1. Power cable or communication cable is not
Main of Master
Sum of indoor unit Master 521 between
error between connected
connected
(Sum of indoor 2. Wrong connection
1. 130% more thanof communication
outdoor unit ratedcable/
capacity 52* can't receiveunit
of Master signal
can’t
capacity exceed Slave1 522 (Inverter1/ Inverter2
(Comp1/Comp2 PCB receive signal from 2. Defect of outdoor
2. Defect MainMain
of outdoor PCBPCB
or Comp1/
or
51* Over-Capacity
unit capacity is piping
2. Wrong connection of communication Slave2 523 from Comp1/Comp2
51* outdoor unit capacity PCB → Main PCB) Comp1/Comp2 Comp2 PCB
more than outdoor
(Sum of indoor unit capaci- Sum of indoor unit capaci-
3. C
cable/piping
ontrol error of slave outdoor unit Dip switch ‘ Main PCB) controller controller Comp1/Comp2 PCB
Basic Part
Slave3 524
Master ty is morecapacity)
than outdoor tyspecification
exceed outdoor unit4. Power3. Control
supplyerror of slave
defect outdoor
of slave unitunit
PCBDip switch
511 capacity) capacity specification5. Defect
4. Power supplyunit
of outdoor defect
PCBof slave unit PCB
5. Defect of outdoor unit PCB n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart Is communication

LED (Yellow) of No Is noise filter or Inverter PCB’S
Noise filter or Fuse change
Inverter 1 / Inverter 2 line fuse normal?
Is capacity sum of Are quantity and capacity PCB on?
No No Check communication cables
indoor units less than of indoor units installed between indoor and outdoor Yes
130% of outdoor unit same as the data of LGMV? units
Intorduction
capacity at LGMV?
Multi V 5
Yes No
Yes Is communication cable
Adjust the capacity of indoor Re-connect communication cable Change Inverter PCB
connected correctly?
Check following and outdoor unit
dip S/W setting is on
No Yes
Slave1: No.6 Adjust corresponding DIP switch
Slave2: No.7
Slave3: No.6,7 No
Is Main PCB normal? Replace Main PCB
Yes
Yes
Trouble shooting
Is power of Slave PCB No No Supply main
Is main power really supplied?
On? (Check LED blinking) power again
(Terminal Block T-N) Replace Comp1/Comp2 PCB
guide
Yes Yes
* The method of checking Main PCB and Inverter 1 / Inverter 2 PCB (If normal, communication LED blinks)
Check and replace PCB,
Line Fuse, Transformer
Fan board Inverter PCB 1 Inverter PCB 2 Main PCB
Is communicationmission
No
cables between outdoor units Re-connect
connected correctly?*
Yes
Control Logic
Is error code released
No
in order(Slave2➠Slave1➠Main) Replace Main or Slave PCB
after power reset?
Yes
End
Central Control
* In order to check communication cables between outdoor units,
check in order as below : PCB connectors ➠ terminal block ➠ communication cables

- 129 -
Back
Error External PCB Main PCB
1. Communication cablesMain Reasons
are not connected
No.
between External PCB and indoor PCB Indoor Unit
Communication PCB
2. Communication
1. Communicationcables
cables are notconnected
are not connected
between
between Main
External PCB
PCB and External
and indoor PCB PCB
Communication 2. Communication cables are
are not
In case Main PCB 3. Communication cables notconnected between
connected
Basic Part
error In case Main PCB can’t MainMain
PCB and External
53* Communication error
53* can't receive signal between PCB and PCB
Communication PCB
receive signal from indoor 3. Communication cables are not connected between
(Indoor unit → Main
Master (Indoor unit ‘ Main PCB) from
unit indoor unit 4. Communication cables are short/open
Main PCB and Communication PCB
PCB)
531 5. Indoor PCB powercables
4. Communication off are short/open
6. Defect of outdoor
5. Indoor Main/Communication/
PCB power off
indoor PCBof outdoor Main/Communication/indoor PCB
6. Defect
7. Communication
7. Communication wireconnection
wire connection fault
fault
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Is power supplied No
to indoor PCB? Supply power
Yes 1. Check communication cable between External and indoor PCB

→ Re-connect communication cable
2. Check communication cable between Cycle and External PCB
→ Re-connect communication cable Wiring Fault Case
Is communication cable No
3. Check communication cable between Cycle and Communication PCB
Trouble shooting
→ Re-connect communication cable
4. Check communication cable soldering correctly
Yes → Replace communication cable
guide
Are quantity of indoor No
1. Is indoor unit quantity correct after auto addressing
Units installed same as
→ Check Communication PCB
The data of LGMV?
2. Check communication PCB LED blinking
Yes → Replace communication PCB
3. Auto addressing after replace Communication PCB
Check communication cable
→ Check outdoor Main PCB
and installation
Control Logic
In case of CH53, almost happened with CH05, the indoor units not operated actually are normal so check with same
method of CH05. and additionally check as shown as below and above flow chart
• Although the quantity of indoor units installed is same as LGMV data there may be a few indoor units with which the
number of communication is not increased with LGMV
• Although the quantity of indoor units installed is not same as LGMV data, and if communication of the indoor unit dis-
played at LGMV is done well then the indoor unit suspected to have some problem (and is not appear at LGMV) may
have following problems
¿ wrong connection of communication cable or power cable
¡ fault of power / PCB / communication cable
Central Control
¬ duplication of indoor unit number
• If communication is not doing well wholly then the Auto Addressing is not done
• The case that CH53 appear at indoor unit also Auto Addressing is not done so indoor unit address may be duplicated
* After replacement of indoor unit PCB, Auto Addressing should be done, if central controller is installed then the
central control address also should be input.
In case that only communication PCB is replaced above process is not needed

Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 131 - LGE Internal Use Only
LGE Internal Use Only Only for training and service purposes
Back

Error
No.
57* 1. Bad1.Connection
Bad Connection Between
Between Comp
Inverter PCB
PCB and
and Series Installation of
Master 571 Communication Failing to receive inverter Comp PCB
Communication error : MainFailing to receive in- Comp PCB
59*
Series combination Slave Outdoor Unit
1. Dip Switch Setting Error
Slave157*
572 signal at main PCB of 2. Communication Wire Noise Effect
PCBerror : Main PCB
--> Inverter PCB → verter signal at main 2. Communication Wire Noise Effect Error Larger Than Master
Outdoor Unit
Slave2 573 Inverter PCB PCB of Outdoor Unit 3. ODU3. Main
ODU PCB
Main Damage
PCB Damage Capacity
Slave3 574 4. ODU4. Inverter
ODU Main PCB
PCB Damage
Damage
Basic Part
Error
Error
▒n Diagnosis
Diagnosis andCountermeasure
and CountermeasureFlow
FlowChart
Chart
1. Set the most
Are there any Is Dip switch No
communication wire
No
1. Check communication wiring conditions capacitor
setting normal?
connections normal? 2. Check connector conditions ODU for Master
→ Rewire them if abnormality found.
Yes Yes
Are there setting with No Set with Master→Slave1→Slave2→Slaver3
Intorduction
Is Inverter PCB No
1. Replace Inverter PCB Master→Slave1→Slave2→
Multi V 5
assembly
normal? Slaver3?
Yes
Yes
Is there any error when No

Is there any error Yes 1. Replace Main PCB 1. Replace Main PCB
when power reset? power reset?
No Yes
Recheck installation
Trouble shooting
Recheck power and
installation condition condition
guide
Fan board Inverter PCB 1 Inverter PCB 2 Main PCB * Dip Switch Setting
Communication LED
ON
Slave1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Control Logic
ON
Communication Slave2
LED
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ON
Communication Communication
LED LED Slave3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Central Control
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Back
60*
1. EEPROM contact defect/wrong insertion
Master 601 Inverter PCB EEPROM Access error Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
EEPROM 2. Different
Access 1. EEPROM EEPROM
contact Versioninsertion
defect/wrong 1. Inverter PCB IGBTM Connection Condition
Slave1 602 Inverter
EEPROMPCB error and Check SUM error
60* 603 3. ODU
error and Check 2. Different InverterVersion
EEPROM PCB assembly damage Abnormal
Slave2 EEPROM error Inverter PCB Heat- 1. Inverter PCB IGBTM Connection Condition
Slave3 604 SUM error 3. ODU Inverter PCB assembly damage 62* Heatsink Tempera- 2. Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Operation Abnormal
62* 621 sink Temperature Abnormal
Master
Inverter
HighPCB Heatsinkture is Over
Heatsink 90°C 3.2.Outdoor
Temperature OutdoorUnit Inverter
Unit Fan MotorPCB Assembly
Operation Defect
Abnormal
Slave1 622 4.3.OOutdoor
verload Unit
Operation
Temperature High is Over 90°C Inverter (Pipe Clogging/
PCB Assembly Covering/
Defect
Basic Part
n Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart Slave2 623
4.EEV Defect/Ref.
Overload Overcharge)
Operation (Pipe Clogging/ Covering/EEV
Slave3 624
Defect/Ref. Overcharge)
1.Check EEPROM insert direction/connection condition
Is EEPROM insertion normal?
No
2.Check EEPROM Check SUM n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
→ Replace if abnormality found
Yes 1. Check Pipe Clogging/ Distortion

2. Check Covering (Outdoor/Indoor Unit)
Is Installation No 3. Check EEV Connector Assemble Condition/Normal Operation
Condition Normal? 4. Check Refrigerant Pressure
No
Intorduction
Is Inverter PCB assembly normal? Replace Inverter PCB assembly 5. Check Power Wire/ Connection Condition
Multi V 5
Yes Reassemble or Manage if abnormality Found
Yes No
Inverter PCB IGBTM Connection 1. Check Inverter PCBA Screw Connection Condition
Condition Normal? Reassemble or Manage if abnormality Found
Yes
* Inverter EEPROM inserting point No
1. Check Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Operation or Lock
Trouble shooting
Is ODU Fan Motor Normal?
Reassemble or Manage if abnormality Found
guide
Yes
No
Is Inverter PCB assembly 1. Reset
Normal? Replace Inverter PCB Assembly
Yes
Recheck Power and
Installation Condition
Control Logic
n Check Inverter PCB Screw Connection Condition
* Right inserting direction of inverter EEPROM
Central Control
❊ Note : Replace after power off

❈ Check screw connection condition
- 135 -
Back
65*
Master
651
Slave1 Abnormal sensor resis- 1. Defective temperature sensor connection
Inverter PCB Power
Error652
No. Error Type
Module sensor error
tance value
Error Point 2. Defective temperature sensor (Open / Short)
Main Reasons Error No.
Error No.
Error Type
Error Type
ErrorError
PointPoint Main Reasons
Main Reasons
Slave2 (Open/Short) 3. Defective outdoor unit PCB
653 Abnormal sensor 1. Defective temperature sensor connection 1. Fan motor defect / assembly condition
Slave3 Inverter PCB Power
65* resistance value 2. Defective temperature sensor(Open / Short) Fan RPM is 10RPM abnormal
1. Fan motor defect / assembly condition
654 Module sensor error 67*
(Open/Short) 3. Defective outdoor unit PCB or less for 5 sec. 2. Wrongabnormal connection of fan motor connector
Fan RPM is 10RPM or less 2. Wrong connection of fan motor connector
67* Fan Lock Error when ODU fan starts (U,V,W output)
Master 671 for 5 sec. when ODU fan (U,V,W output)
Fan Lock Error orstarts
40 RPM
or 40or lessor less
3. Reversing rotation after RPM target apply
Basic Part
n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart Slave1 672 RPM
Slave2 673 after
after fan starting. 4. Fan 3.PCB
fan starting.
Reversing rotation
assembly after RPM target apply
defect
Slave3 674 5. Fan 4.lock
FanbyPCB assembly
Heavy defect
Snowfall.
Is temperature sensor No 5. Fan lock by Heavy Snowfall.
connector connections Connect sensor connector to PCB
are normal?
Yes
Is the value of temperature No No Check ODU Fan Motor assemble condition and fan locking
Replace sensor Is ODU Fan Motor Assemble
sensor resistance normal?* condition normal? → Reassemble or replace if abnormality found
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Yes
Yes
1. Check resistance between each phase(U,V,W) of ODU

Replace outdoor unit PCB fan motor terminal (16.8Ω ±5% at 75°…)
No
Is ODU Fan Motor normal? 2. Check insulation resistance between ODU fan motor
terminal(U,V,W)
→ Replace fan motor if abnormality found
* Sensor resistance 100 kΩover (open) or 100 Ω below (short) will generate error Yes
Note: Temperate sensor resistance vary with temperature, So compare temperature sensor resistance value
Trouble shooting
according to outdoor unit temperature by referring below table (±5% tolerance) Check wiring between ODU fan motor and fan PCB
Is wire connection of No ( Check if and Motor output terminal color is matched)
Air temperature sensor: 10°C = 20.7kΩ : 25°C = 10kΩ : 50°C= 3.4kΩ ODU Fan Motor wire normal?
guide
Pipe temperature sensor: 10°C = 10kΩ : 25°C = 5kΩ : 50°C= 1.8kΩ
Yes
No Replace Fan PCB assembly

Is Fan PCB assembly normal?
Yes
Control Logic
* Fan Motor resistance measuring * Fan motor wire connection

between each phase
Central Control
❈ When it has heavy snowfall, remove from product and then operate.

Back
Error No.
Error No.
Error Type
Error Type
Error Point
Error Point
Main Reasons
Main Reasons
Error No.
Error No.
Error Type
Error Type
Error Point
Error Point
Main Reasons
Main Reasons
Micom input volt- Offset of Micom
71* 75*
1. Input Voltage is abnormal (not 15V)
PFC CT Sensor age isn't
Micom input voltage 1. Input Voltage is abnormal (R-N)
within which
Offsetwhich sense
of Micom which2.1.Fan
Input Voltage is abnormal (not 15V)
71*
Master 711 Master Fan CT Sensor PCB assembly defect
Error 2.5V±0.3V
isn’t within at initial 2.1.ODU
2.5V±0.3V InputInverter PCB
Voltage is damage
abnormal (CT sensing part)
(R-N) 75* thewhich
fan motor phase
sense the fan 2. Fan PCB assembly defect
Slave1 712 PFC CT Sensor Error
state of power Slave1 Fan Error
CT Sensor Error current is not 2.5V 3. Power wire open and connecting fault
at initial state supply
of power 2. ODU Inverter PCB damage (CT sensing part) motor phase current is 3. Power wire open and connecting fault
Slave2 713 Slave2 4. Inverter PCB assembly defect
supply ± 0.3V
not 2.5V ± 0.3V 4. Inverter PCB assembly defect
Basic Part
Slave3 714 Slave3
n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
No 1. Check R/S/T/N wiring conditions No

Are there any power wire 1. Check 15V input power wiring conditions
2. Check noise filer wiring conditions Is input voltage normal?
Connections normal? Rewire them if abnormality found
Rewire them if abnormality found
Yes Yes
Intorduction
Multi V 5
No Check
No
R~S/S~T/T~R phase voltage 380V±10%
Is input voltage normal? Is Fan PCB normal? 1. Replace Fan PCB
R~N/S~N/T~N phase voltage 200V±10%
Check connection condition and wiring if power is abnormal
Yes Yes
No
Is Inverter PCB No
Assembly normal? 1. Replace Inverter PCB Is there any error 1. Check Fan PCB IPM normal or not.
When power reset? Replace Fan PCB
Trouble shooting
Yes
Yes
guide
Recheck Power and
Installation Condition Recheck Power and
* Measuring input voltage * Inverter PCB
Control Logic
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
Central Control
Check DC input power 15V on Inverter PCB.
Back
Error
ErrorNo.
No. Error Type
Error Type Error PointError Point Main Reasons
Main Reasons ErrorNo.
Error No. ErrorType
Error Point Main Reasons
Main Reasons
1. Overload operation 79*

1. Fan motor defect/ assemble condition
77* 1. Overload operation 1.Fan motor defect/ assemble condition abnor-
2. Fan Motor defect Master 791
abnormal
Master 771 Fan Over Current Output current is 2. Fan Motor defect Fan Starting Failure Fan Motor initial mal
77*
Slave1 772 Fan Over Current Error Output
3. Fan
current is over 7A.
PCB assembly defect
3. Fan PCB assembly defect
79*
Slave1 792
Fan Starting Failure
Fan Motor initialfailure
2. Fan 2.Fan
starting failure
motormotor
connector misconnection(U,V,W
connector misconnection(U,V,W
Error over 7A. Error Error starting
Slave2 773 4. Fan Motor connector insert defect
4. Fan Motor connector insert defect Slave2 793 ouput)ouput)
Slave3 774 5. Condenser icing or blocking 3. Fan 3.Fan
PCB defect
Basic Part
5. Condenser icing or blocking Slave3 794 PCB defect
n Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart n Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart
No
Is installation No Check ODU fan motor assemble condition and locking Is fan motor assemble Check ODU fan motor assemble condition and locking
condition normal? → Reassemble or replace if abnormality found condition normal? → Reassemble or replace if abnormality found
Yes Yes
1. Check resistance between each motor output terminal
Intorduction
1.Check resistance between each motor output terminal
Multi V 5
Are the resistance No Chassis UXA UXB Are the resistance No
Between each phase and insulation Between each phase and insulation Chassis UXA UXB
resistance of motor output Resistance 15 ± 7 % Ω 13 ± 7 % Ω resistance of motor output Resistance 15 ± 7 % Ω 13 ± 7 % Ω
terminal normal? terminal normal?
2. Check insulation resistance between ODU fan motor terminal(U,V,W) and pipe (over 100M ) 2. Check insulation resistance between ODU fan motor terminal(U,V,W) and pipe (over 100M )
→ Replace fan motor if abnormality found →Replace fan motor if abnormality found
Yes
No
Is fan motor connection
1. Check if color of motor output terminal(U,V,W) connector matched with PCB’s
condition normal?
No 1.Check if color of motor output terminal(U,V,W) connector matched with PCB’s 2. Check wire disconnection and wiring
Is motor wire connection 2.Check wire disconnection and wiring → Reassemble or replace if abnormality found
Trouble shooting
condition normal?
→ Reassemble or replace if abnormality found
No
guide
Check fan PCB assembly IPM normal
Is fan PCB assembly normal?
→ Replace Fan PCB assembly
No
1. Check fan PCB assembly IPM normal Yes
→ Replace Fan PCB assembly
Recheck power and
Yes installation condition
Recheck power and Measuring fan motor Measuring insulation resistance
Control Logic
installation condition
phase resistance between fan terminal & chassis
Measuring fan motor phase

Check
resistance
Point
Central Control
Check the connetion condition

Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. Only for training and service purposes
Back
86* No.
Error Error Type Error Point Main Reasons ErrorNo.
No. ErrorType
Type Error Point MainMain
Reasons
Error Error Error Point Reasons
Master 861
1. No EEPROM
Slave1 862 Main PCB EEPROM EEPROM Access Error Error occurs when
Slave2
Main PCB EE- EEPROM Access 1. NoEEPROM
2. EEPROM wrong insertion 87*
86*863 checking the 1. EEPROM bad contact/wrong insertion
Slave3 864 PROM Error 2. EEPROM wrong insertion Master 871 Fan PCB EEPROMError occurs when checking the 1.EEPROM bad contact/wrong insertion
87*872 Fan PCB EEPROM EEPROM checksum 2. EEPROM Version is different
Slave1 Error EEPROM checksum as initializing 2.EEPROM Version is different
Error as initializing after 3. ODU fan PCB assembly damage
Slave2 873 after power is supplied 3.ODU fan PCB assembly damage
n Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart Slave3 874 power is supplied
Basic Part
Is EEPROM assemble
No n Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart
Reset after checking EEPROM assemble condition
condition normal?
No 1.Check EEPROM insertion direction/connection condition
Yes Is EEPROM insertion normal? 2.Check EEPROM checksum
→ Replace EEPROM if abnormality found
No
Yes
Correct check sum Replace Correct EEPROM
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Yes No
Is Fan PCB assembly normal? Replace fan PCB assembly
Recheck power and
Yes
Recheck power and

EEPROM Insertion installation condition
Trouble shooting
guide
Check IC02L
EEPROM
Control Logic
* Note : Replace after power off
Same direction both socket hole

and EEPROM hole Inverter EEPROM insertion
direction
Central Control
Same direction both socket
hole and EEPROM hole

LGE Internal Use Only ❈ Note : Replace after power off

Back
Error104*
No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons 105*No.
Master Master
1041 Master displays
ODUODU 1051 Communication 1. connection
1. Wrong Wrong connection between
between CompComp
andand
FanFan
Communication Master displays number 1.Loose connection of power cable/ communi- Communication error
Slave1
Error Between whichnumber
Communication is not communicated. cation cable¸(Open/Short)
which is 1. Loose connection of power cable/ communi-
Slave1 FanFan controller
controller didn'tdidn't PCB PCB
receive signal
1042 1052 (Fan PCB error
↔ Inverter
105* receive signal from 2. Fan PCB power not supplied
Slave2
104* Error Between Slave
Outdoors notdisplays own error number
communicated. cation2.Defect of each outdoor unit PCB
cable (Open/Short) Slave2 PCB) (Fan PCB ↔ from Inverter PCB 2. Fan PCB power not supplied
Inverter PCB
1043
Slave3 Outdoors Slave displays own 2. Defect of each outdoor unit PCB 1053
Slave3
Inverter PCB) 3. ODU 3. ODU Comp/Fan PCB defect
Comp/Fan PCB defect
1044 error number 1054
Basic Part
n Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart No
Is fan PCB communication 1. Check communication cable between Inverter PCB and fan PCB
LED(yellow) blinking → Reconnect or replace wire if abnormality found
Is communication No normally?
cable installed Connect communication cable
normally? Yes
Yes Is Inverter PCB No

communication LED(yellow) Check communication cable between Inverter PCB and fan PCB
Intorduction
blinking normally? → Reconnect or replace wire if abnormality found
Multi V 5
Is Slave Unit Dip SW No
Dip SW setting
setting done? Yes
No
Yes No
Is fan PCB assembly normal? Fan PCB assembly
Is Main PCB power No

Connect power cable Yes Yes
supplied?
Recheck power and
Trouble shooting
Yes installation condition
Replace inverter PCB assembly
guide
Replace Main PCB
Comp Fan Communication

* Measuring input voltage * Noise filter wiring
Connection
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
Control Logic
Communication Connector
Central Control
Back
106* 1. Wrong wiring between Inverter PCB and
1. Overload operation (Pipe clogging/Covering/ 107＊ 1. Overload operation (Pipe clogging/Covering/
Master 1. Overload operation (Pipe clogging/Covering/EEV Master Fan PCB
1061 IPM protection circuit EEV defect/Ref.defect/Ref. overcharge 1071 FanFan Control
DC Link Low part Fan PCB
Fan DC
PCBlinknot re- supplied
voltage EEV defect/Ref. overcharge
2. Fan PCB assembly defect
Slave1 ODU Fan PCB IPM overcharge Slave2
106* ODU Fan PCB IPM protection circuit activation
activation 2. ODU fan motor assemble
1062 Fault 2. ODU fan motor assemblecondition abnormal
condition abnormal 107*
1072 communication
Voltage Error ceived
below the data from 2. ODU 3.
380V fan motorterminal
Reactor assemble condition
contact defect abnormal
Slave2 IPM Fault (over current)
(over current) (Coil (Coil
disconnection/Short/Insulation damage) Slave3 defect Main PCB (Coil disconnection/Short/Insulation damage)
disconnection/Short/Insulation damage) 4. DC link terminal wiring/contact defect
1063 1074
3. Fan3. PCB
Fan PCBassembly
assemblydefect
defect 3. Fan PCB assembly
5. Bridge defect
diode defect
Basic Part
Slave3
1064
n Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart n Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart
No
No Is wiring between fan motor 1. Check DC_Link Wire connection
Is fan motor assemble Check ODU fan motor assemble condition and locking and PCB normal? 2. DC_Link
condition normal? → Reassemble or replace if abnormality found
→ Replace wire if abnormality found
Yes
Yes
Intorduction
No 1.Check fan motor U,V,W connector connection condition No
Multi V 5
Is fan motor wire connection → Reassemble wire if abnormality found Measure DC_Link voltage
Is DC_Link voltage normal?
condition normal? 2.Check fan motor wire disconnection → Check Inverter PCB if voltage is below 380V
→ Replace ODU fan motor if abnormality found
Yes Yes
No 1.Check fan PCB connector condition No

Is fan PCB assemble → Reassemble if abnormality found Replace fan PCB assembly
condition normal? 2.Check assemble condition between fan PCB and Heatsink
→ Reassemble heatsink if abnormality found
Yes
Yes
Trouble shooting
No
DC voltage connection
Recheck power and
guide
Is fan PCB assembly normal? Replace fan PCB assembly installation condition
Yes
Recheck power and

Fan Motor Wire connection
Control Logic
Central Control
DC Volt connected

Back
113*
Master
1131
Slave1 Outdoor unit liquid Abnormal sensor resis- 1. Defective temperature sensor connection
1132 pipe (condenser) tem- tance value 2. Defective temperature sensor (Open / Short)
Slave2 perature sensor error (Open/Short) 3. Defective outdoor unit PCB
1133
Slave3
1134
Error114*
No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Master
1141 Outdoor
Outdoorunit
Unitliquid Compressor lowoil Compressor low oil Continuous compressor low oil level Oil level
Slave1 Abnormal sensorresis-1.1.Defective
Abnormal sensor temperaturesensor
Defective temperature sensor connection
connection 116*
1142
pipe (condenser)
Subcooling Inlet
tance value level error level sensor fault
113* Temperature Sensor resistance value 2.2.Defective
Defective temperature
temperaturesensor (Open/Short)
sensor(Open / Short)
Slave2 temperature sensor (Open/Short)
Errorerror (Open/Short) 3.3.Defective
Defective outdoor
outdoorPCB
unit PCB
1143
Slave3
Basic Part
1144 Outdoor Unit
Abnormal sensor 1. Defective temperature sensor connection
115* Subcooling Inlet
114* resistance value 2. Defective temperature sensor(Open/Short) Is oil level sensor connected No Check sensor connection to external
Master Temperature Sen- properly to PCB? PCB
1151 (Open/Short) 3. Defective outdoor PCB
sor Error
Outdoor Unit
Slave1 Abnormal sensor resis- 1. Defective temperature sensor connection Yes
Subcooling Outlet
1152 tance value 2. Defective temperature sensor (Open/Short)
Slave2
Outdoor UnitSensor
Temperature
(Open/Short)
Error Abnormal sensor 1.3.Defective
Defective outdoor PCB sensor connection
temperature Is oil level sensor
1153 Subcooling Outlet No Check sensor connection to
115* resistance value 2. Defective temperature sensor(Open/Short) connected properly to
compressor
Slave3 Temperature Sen- compressor?
(Open/Short) 3. Defective outdoor PCB
Intorduction
1154 sor Error
Multi V 5
Yes
n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart Replace oil level sensor
Is temperature sensor No
connector connections Check and correct connection
are normal?
Yes
Trouble shooting
Is the value of temperature No
guide
Replace sensor
sensor resistance normal?*
Yes
Replace outdoor unit PCB
Control Logic
* Sensor resistance 100 kΩover (open) or 100 Ω below (short) will generate error
according to outdoor unit temperature by referring below table (±5% tolerance)
Air temperature sensor: 10°C = 20.7kΩ : 25°C = 10kΩ : 50°C= 3.4kΩ
Pipe temperature sensor: 10°C = 10kΩ : 25°C = 5kΩ : 50°C= 1.8kΩ

Central Control
Back
Self-diagnosis function

145* Check liquid bypass

Master 1. Individual power of indoor unit is
1451 Communication Error Cycle controller of 1. Power cable or communication Check liquid bypassopen during operation
Slave1 Communication Cycle controller of Master unit of
1452
between MasterMaster
unit of Master 1. Power cable orcable
unit can’t receive signal
is not connected
communication cable is not Discharge 1. Individual power2. of
Indoor unitunit
indoor EEVisfault(ref.
open leak
Error between superrheat much)
145*
Slave2 (Main PCB → External unit can't receive connected 2. Defect of outdoor Cycle/External
from External controller CH150 Discharge Discharge
superheat low super-is during operation
(Main PCB → Discharge 3. Indoor unit EEV connector discon-
1453 PCB) signal from External 2. Defect of outdoor PCBCycle/External PCB 150* rheat isunder
under3℃
3°C 2. Indoor unit EEV fault(ref.
nected.
leak much)
Slave3 External PCB) superheat low (liquid back)
controller (liquid back) 3. Indoor unit EEV4.connector disconnected.
Basic Part
1454 SC EEV fault(ref. leak much)
4. SC EEV fault(ref. leak much)
5. Liquid pipe – gas pipe direct con-
5. Liquid pipe - gas pipe direct connection
nection
n Error
Error diagnosis
Diagnosis and
andcountermeasure
Countermeasureflow
Flowchart
Chart
Is communication LED
(Yellow) of
No
Re-connect Power cable ErrorDiagnosis
nnError diagnosisand
andCountermeasure
countermeasureFlow
flow Chart
chart
External PCB on?
Is there indoor unit No No Check liquid pipe
Yes Is SC EEV or SC
which leaks ref. – gas pipe direct connection
circuit leaks?
much1)?
Intorduction
No Yes
Multi V 5
Is communication cable Re-connect communication cable
Yes Change SC EEV or SC EEV

assembly
Yes
No
Is Main PCB normal Replace Main PCB
Is EEV head(Coil) No Assemble again or change

Yes assembly normally? EEV head(coil)
Trouble shooting
Yes
Replace External PCB
guide
Is EEV connector No
Connect EEV connector
connected normally?
* The Method of checking Main PCB and External PCB (If normal, communication LED blinks) Yes
* Measuring input voltage * Noise filter wiring * Measuring input voltage * Noise filter wiring
Change EEV assembly
Control Logic
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
1) Ref. leakage much R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
: Both Pipe in, pipe out temp. is under 10℃

during unit is off(EEV 40pls)
Also, big refrigerant flow noise occured
Central Control
- 152 -
Back
Self-diagnosis function
* Measure the resistance of 4way valve Location of 4way valve connector on

Error
Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons Main PCB(marked as 4way,CN09)
No.
1. Wrong operation of 4way valve because of
Function error of sludge etc. inflow
Function error 1. Wrong operation of 4way valve because of sludge
4way (reversing 2. Noetc. pressure
inflow
difference because of compres-
151* of outdoor 4way
151* Function valve)error
Function in Main or
of 4way sor fault
(reversing valve) (reversing valve) in Main or 2. No pressure difference because of compressor
error of outdoor
Master 4way (reversing valve) Slave outdoor units 3. Wrong fault installation of In/outdoor common pipe
Basic Part
1511 Slave outdoor units 4. 3.
Defect
Wrongofinstallation
4way valveof In/outdoor common pipe
4. Defect of 4way valve
n Error diagnosis
Diagnosis and
and countermeasure
Countermeasureflow
Flowchart
Chart
Is 4-Way valve connecter No

connection are properly Reconnect it
connected?
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Yes
** Confirm the 4way valve coil is inserted to the end **** Check the output voltage of terminal socket
No during heating operation
Is 4 Way valve coil
Change 4 Way valve coil
resistance normal?*
Yes
Is 4 way valve coil connected No

Re-insert 4 way valve coil
to 4 way valve normally?**
Trouble shooting
Yes
guide
In case of more than
2 units, does master outdoor No
Refer to CH 51 & make measure
unit recognize
ø as more
than 2 units? ***
Yes
After reset, can we *** When power is supplied in order as follow

check supply voltage at PCB No (Slave2 ’ Slave1 ’ Mater)
ODU information is displayed one after the other at main PCB 7-segment
Control Logic
when starting heating
mode operation**** 1. Model ID
Yes ’ 8HP : 8 / 10HP : 10 / 12HP : 12 / 14HP : 14 / 16HP : 16 / 18HP : 18 / 20HP : 20
2. Total Capacity
Check and replace compressor, ’ Displayed with HP
Is compressor working No
Magnet switch, corresponding PCB 3. ODU Type
normally?
[refer electric component part] ’ Cooling only : 1 / Heat pump : 2 / Heat Recovery : 3
Yes 4. Power type
’ 380V : 38 / 460V : 46 / 220V : 22
After opposite 5. Model type (The model type can be changed)
Central Control
mode operation to present No If the same error is occurred in ’ Tropical : 6 / North America : 30 / South America Heat Recovery : 35
mode, is the same error near future replace 4way valve
occurred again?
Europe : 40 / Asia + South America Standard : 50 / South America Heat Recovery : 35
Yes ***** Checking method for outdoor unit of 3unit system
(Master + Slave1 + Slave2)
¿ Close all the SVC valves of high / low pressure
Replace 4 way valve***** ¡ Operate system
¬ Check the difference of high and low pressure with LGMV for each unit (Master, Slave1, Slave2)
√ If there is a unit in which the difference is not increased then the 4way valve of that unit is defective
Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 152 - - 154 -

Back

182*
Master 1821 Communication Error Failure Receiving Signal 193*
1. Failure Receiving Signal Between Master
Slave1 1822Communication
Between Main and Sub Between Main and Sub 1. Fan PCBA IPM Connection Condition
Failure Receiving Main and Sub Micom 1931 1. Fan PCBA IPM Connection Condition Abnormal
Error
Slave2 1823 Between
Micom Main
of External PCB Micom 1. Failure Receiving Signal Between Main and Slave1 2.Abnormal
Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Operation Abnormal
182* Signal Between Main
and
Slave3 1824 Sub Micom of Sub Micom 1932 FanFan
PCBPCB Heatsink
Heatsink Heatsink Tempera-
Heatsink Temperature2. Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Operation Abnormal
3. Outdoor Unit Fan PCB Assembly Defect
and Sub Micom 193* TemperatureHigh
High is Over 90°C 90°C 3. Outdoor Unit Fan PCB Assembly Defect
External PCB Slave2 Temperature ture is Over 4. Overload Operation (Pipe Clogging/ Covering/EEV
1933 4. ODefect/Ref.
verload Operation (Pipe Clogging/ Covering/
Overcharge)
Basic Part
Slave3 EEV Defect/Ref. Overcharge)
n Error diagnosis
Diagnosis and
and countermeasure
Countermeasureflow
Flowchart
Chart 1934
Communication Between Error Diagnosis

n Error diagnosis and Countermeasure
countermeasure flow
Flowchart
Chart
Main-Sub Micom
LED (Yellow) Blinking
No 1. Check Pipe Clogging/ Distortion
2. Check Covering (Outdoor/Indoor Unit)
Is Installation No 3. Check EEV Connector Assemble Condition/Normal Operation
Condition Normal? 4. Check Refrigerant Pressure
Intorduction
’ the
Press 5. Check Power Wire/ Connection Condition
Multi V 5
Rest Button * Reassemble or Manage if abnormality Found
Yes
No
No
Fan PCB IPM Connection 1. Check Fan PCBA Screw Connection Condition
No Condition Normal? Reassemble or Manage if abnormality Found
Replay
Replace External PCB
On-boarding *
Yes
Trouble shooting
No
* Measuring input voltage 1. Check Outdoor Unit Fan Motor Operation or Lock
* Noise filter wiring Is ODU Fan Motor Normal?
Reassemble or Manage if abnormality Found
guide
Yes
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N No

Is Fan PCB assembly 1. Reset
Normal? Replace Fan PCB Assembly
Yes
Control Logic
Recheck Power and
n Check Fan PCB Screw Connection Condition
Central Control
Check Screw Connection Condition

Back
194*
Master
1941
Error No.
Slave1
Error Type
Outdoor Errorunit
unit Fan PCB Outdoor Point Main Reasons
Fan PCB 1. Defective temperature sensor connection Error No. Error Type Error Point Main Reasons
Error
1942 heatsink temperature heatsink temperature 2. Defective temperature sensor (Open / Short) Error Error type Error point Main reasons
Outdoor unit Fan Outdoor unit Fan No. Error type Error point 1. Wrong connectionMain reasons
of communication line or
Slave2 sensor error sensor error 1.3.Defective
Defective outdoor unit PCB
temperature sensor connection No.
1943 PCB heatsink PCB heatsink Excessive connec- Indoor unit capac- pipe
194* 2. Defective temperature sensor(Open / Short) 1. Wrong connection of communication line or pipe
Slave3 temperature sensor temperature sensor 51C#HRExcessive
tion ofconnec-
indoor unit to unit
Indoor ity exceed
capacity HR unit 2. Incorrect
1. Wrong operation
connection of HR unitline
of communication PCB Dip Switch
or pipe
1944 3. Defective outdoor unit PCB Excessive connec- Indoor unit capacity 2. Incorrect operation of HR unit PCB Dip Switch
error error 51C#HR tion HRunit
of indoor unit
to exceedcapacity specification
HR unit capacity 3. Indoor
2. Incorrect unit connection
operation eachDip
of HR unit PCB HR unit connec-
Switch
51C#HR tion of indoor unit to exceed HR unit capacity 3. Indoor unit connection each HR unit connection port
HR unit specification 3. Indoortion port
unit exceeding
connection eachthe
HRcapacity
unit connection port
Basic Part
HR unit specification exceeding the capacity
exceeding the capacity
n Error diagnosis
Diagnosis and
andcountermeasure
Countermeasureflow
Flowchart
Chart
HR: Heat Recovery
HR: Heat Recovery
Is temperature sensor
n Error
Error diagnosis
diagnosis and
and countermeasure
countermeasure flow
flow chart
No n
connector connections Check and correct connection chart
are normal?
1) Check if the communication line and pipe between HR unit and indoor unit are correctly connected
Yes 1) Check if the communication line and pipe between HR unit and indoor unit are correctly connected
2) Check whether DIP switch is set for each connection conditions between HR unit and indoor unit
2) Check whether DIP switch is set for each connection conditions between HR unit and indoor unit
3) If the indoor unit connected to HR unit is in group control, check if the corresponding capacity is 100 kBtu or
3) If the indoor unit connected to HR unit is in group control, check if the corresponding capacity is 100 kBtu or
Is the value of temperature No less.
less.
Intorduction
Replace sensor 4) If the indoor unit connected to HR unit is not in group control, check if the corresponding capacity is 56 kBtu or
Multi V 5
sensor resistance normal?*
4) If the indoor unit connected to HR unit is not in group control, check if the corresponding capacity is 56 kBtu or
less (including zoning control)
less (including zoning control)
Yes 5) Even after performing the above process, if the same error code occurs, replace the corresponding HR unit
5) Even after performing the above process, if the same error code occurs, replace the corresponding HR unit
PCB
PCB
6) After checking and taking action for No.1~5 processes, carry out auto addressing, and carry out pipe search
6) After checking and taking action for No.1~5 processes, carry out auto addressing, and carry out pipe search

Error
* Sensor resistance 100 kΩ over (open) or 100 Ω below (short) will generate error Error Error type Error point Main reasons
No. Error type Error point 1. HR unit's power Main reasons
cable or communication
Trouble shooting
No. After the auto opera-
cable connection defect
according to outdoor unit temperature by referring below table (±5% tolerance) tion, if the number1. HR unit’s power cable or communication cable connec-
guide
Air temperature sensor: 10°C = 20.7kΩ : 25°C = 10kΩ : 50°C= 3.4kΩ After the auto operation, 1. HR Afterpower
2. unit’s auto-addressing, wrong address
cable or communication setting
cable connec-
After theofauto
theoperation,
indoor units tion defect
if the number of the tion defect
of the indoor unit (Defective indoor power /
Pipe temperature sensor: 10°C = 10kΩ : 25°C = 5kΩ : 50°C= 1.8kΩ 2001
2001 Pipe detection if the number
error detectedof the
is different
2. After auto-addressing, wrong address setting of the
2001 indoor units detected is 2. Aftertransmission
auto-addressing, wrong
error address
andpower setting of the
PCB/ transmission
defect)
Master Pipe detection error indoor units
from detected is
thenumber
number indoor unit (Defective indoor error
Master Pipe detection error different from the
different from the number
indoorWunit
3. PCB
and rong (Defective
setting ofindoor
defect) the HRpower / transmission
unit's error
rotary switch
* Measuring input voltage * Noise filter wiring 21 ‘ 001 communicating
communicating indoor
21 ‘ 001 and PCB defect)
communicating indoor or dip switch
unit
unit indoor unit 3. Wrong setting of the HR unit’s rotary switch or dip switch
3. Wrong setting of the HR unit’s rotary switch or dip
switch
4. HR4. unit
HRPCBunit defect
PCB defect
4. HR unit PCB defect
HR: Heat Recovery
HR: Heat Recovery
Control Logic
R(L1) S(L2) T(L3) N
n Error diagnosis
n Error diagnosis and
and countermeasure
countermeasure flow
flow chart
chart
1) Check the periodic blinking of the HR unit’s green LED (transmission LED )
1) Check the periodic blinking of the HR unit’s green LED (transmission LED )
2) When green LED (communication LED) of HR unit blinks regularly,
2) When green LED (communication LED) of HR unit blinks regularly,
2.1) Check input power of HR unit.(220V±10%)
2.1) Check input power of HR unit.(220V±10%)
2.2) After reset of power of outdoor, wait for more than 30 minutes, temperature of pipes will be cool down then,
2.2) After reset of power of outdoor, wait for more than 30 minutes, temperature of pipes will be cool down then,
do auto-addressing
do auto-addressing
2.2) While power of HR unit is on, check total indoors display ‘CH05’ or not.(Refer to CH05)
2.2) While power of HR unit is on, check total indoors display ‘CH05’ or not.(Refer to CH05)
3) When green LED (communication LED) of HR unit blinks regularly, Check setting of rotary switch and dip
3) When green LED (communication LED) of HR unit blinks regularly, Check setting of rotary switch and dip
Central Control
switch, After reset of power of outdoor and HR unit, wait for more than 30 minutes, temperature of pipes will be
switch, After reset of power of outdoor and HR unit, wait for more than 30 minutes, temperature of pipes will be
cool dow then, do auto-addressing *
cool dow then, do auto-addressing *
4) If indoor unit quantity is different between installed quantity and quantity which check thru piping searching,
4) If indoor unit quantity is different between installed quantity and quantity which check thru piping searching,
check pipe installation condition
check pipe installation condition
Outdoor unit ↔ HR unit ↔ Indoor unit
Outdoor unit ↔ HR unit ↔ Indoor unit
Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 156 - 5) If indoor unit has not been connected to #1 valve of HR unit, set pipes of HR unit manually**
LGE Internal Use Only 5) If indoor unit has not been connected to #1 valve of HR unit, set pipes of HR unit manually**
Only for training and service purposes 6) If it is not applied as above, set pipes of HR unit as manual
6) If it is not applied as above, set pipes of HR unit as manual
[NB] How to check display method of outdoor main PCB 7-segment ?:
[NB] How to check display method of outdoor main PCB 7-segment ?:
'88' ‘ Indoor qty which check thru 'Auto-Addressing' ‘ '88' ‘ Indoor qty which check thru ‘piping checking'
'88' ‘ Indoor qty which check thru 'Auto-Addressing' ‘ '88' ‘ Indoor qty which check thru ‘piping checking'

Back

Error No. Error type Error point Main reasons
• Defective temperature sensor connection

Error No. Error
HR unitType
liquid pipe tem- Error Point
Abnormal value of sensor • Defective
Maintemperature
Reasonssensor Error
Error No.
No. Error Error
Type type Error point
Error Point Main Main reasons
Reasons
201C#HR
perature sensor error measurement (Open / Short) (Open/Short)
1. Defective temperature sensor
• Defective outdoor connection
unit PCB 1. Defective connection in HR unit power supply
HR unit liquid pipe Abnormal value of Transmission error 1. Defective connection in HR unit power
2. Defective temperature sensor Transmission error and communication connection
201C#HR temperature sensor sensor measurement 204C#HR
between the HR
Transmission error between the HR unit 2. Wrong setting supply and communication connection
(Open/Short) 204C#HR Transmission error between 2. Wrongofsetting
the HR unit rotary switch and
error (Open / Short) unitbetween
and outdoor
the HR unit of the HR unit rotary
Error No. Error type 3. Defective outdoor unit
Error point PCB
Main reasons and unit
outdoor unit
andthe
outdoor
HR unitunit
and outdoordipunit
switchswitch and dip switch
3. Defective HR unit PCB
Basic Part
3. Defective HR unit PCB
HR unit • Defective temperature sensor connection
Sub-cooling inlet pipe 1. Defective
Abnormal value of sensor • Defective temperature
temperature sensorsensor
connection n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart
202C#HR HR unit Sub-cooling Abnormal value of
temperature sensor measurement(Open2./ D ) (Open/Short)
efective
Short temperature sensor 1) Check connection between power cables and communication cables, check communication green LED blink of
202C#HR inleterror
pipe tempera- sensor measurement • Defective outdoor unit PCB
(Open/Short) HR unit PCB
ture sensor error (Open / Short)
3. Defective outdoor unit PCB 2) If communication green LED blink of HR unit PCB is normal, check setting of rotary switch of HR unit and dip
switch(Refer to CH200),
Error No.
Error No. Error Type
Error type Error Point
Error point Main Reasons
Main reasons Reset power of outdoor and HR unit
(If communication error of HR unit occurs, it can’t be released until reset of outdoor power)
Intorduction
Multi V 5
HR unit Sub-cooling 1. Defective temperature sensor connection 3) If communication green LED blink of HR unit PCB is abnormal(not blinking,just on), check communication condi-
Abnormal value of • Defective temperature
HR unit pipe
discharge 2. Defective temperature sensorsensor connection tion of total indoor units(Refer to CH05)
203C#HR Sub-cooling
sensorAbnormal
discharge
measurement
value of sensor • Defective temperature sensor If communication green LED blink of HR unit PCB is abnormal(not blinking, just on) even if communication con-
203C#HR temperature sensor (Open / Short)
(Open/Short)
measurement(Open (Open/Short)
pipeerror
temperature sensor 3./ Defective
Short) outdoor unit PCB dition is normal, replace HR unit PCB
error • Defective outdoor unit PCB [NB] If Indoor units/communication cables of HR unit and cables of power 220V has been changed each other,
communication parts and indoor will be burnt
1) Check connection condition of temperature sensor and lead cable HR Unit PCB
Trouble shooting
2) Is value of temperature sensor normal? If not replace sensor #4 valve housing
guide
- Piping temperature sensor : 10°C = 10kΩ : 25°C= 5kΩ : 50°C= 1.8kΩ
3) If connection of sensor and value is correct, replace outdoor unit PCB
#1 valve housing
n HR unit error display No.

HR Unit HR #1 HR #2 HR #3 HR #4 HR #5 HR #6 HR #7 HR #8 HR #9 HR #10 HR #11 HR #12 HR #13 HR #14 HR #15 HR#16
Error display C01 C02 C03 C04 C05 C06 C07 C08 C09 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16
Control Logic
7-SEG
n Example of HR unit error display.
SW05M
#16 HR unit Sub-cooling inlet pipe temperature sensor error 200 ‘ C16 (Repeat)
C: HR unit
SW01M
#: HR unit Nuber SW02M
SW01M/SW03M/SW04M
(Dip switch for setup of
(Switch for manual valve
The function of HR unit)
addressing)
SW03M SW04M
Central Control

Back
Error No. 4 series upgraded
Error type Error point Main reasons 1. Communication Wiring defect (Central control-
Communication er- 1. Wiring defect between HR unit and upgraded
485 communication ler - ODU)
ror between HR unit 485 modem
205C#HR Communication errorerror4 between HR 485 com- 1. Wiring defect between HR unit and
series upgraded Network error of 2. Communication defect between remote
andbetween
the upgraded
Communication
HR uniterror 4and
series 2. Defect of1. the upgraded
Wiring defect
upgraded 485 PCB
485between
modem HR modem
unit and 242* Network Error
205C#HR
HRupgraded
and unitmunication error 485 com-
unit upgraded 485PCB
modem 485 PCB modem
central controller controller and indoor unit
485
the modem
between HR unit
upgraded 485and munication
between HRerror
unit
3. Defect
and HR
of2. the HRofunit
Defect the upgraded
205C#HR modem 3. Indoor unit addressing setting error on central
Basic Part
the upgraded 485
modem between 2. Defect of the upgraded 485 PCB modem
HR unit and HR 3. Defect of the HR unit PCB
unit modem controller
modem unit modem 3. Defect of the HR unit PCB
n Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart n Error Diagnosis and Countermeasure Flow Chart
1) Check the communication connection between HR unit and the upgraded 485 modem, and check for the red
1) LED
Check
onthe communication connection between HR unit and the upgraded 485 modem, and check for the red
LED on
2) Reset the outdoor unit and the power of HR unit if the red LED of the upgraded 485 modem is on
2) Reset the outdoor unit and the power of HR unit if the red LED of the upgraded 485 modem is on
3) Replace the upgraded 485 modem if the red LED is flashing at the upgraded 485 modem
Check 1. Checking Power source of IDU & ODU
3) Replace the upgraded 485 modem if the red LED is flashing at the upgraded 485 modem
4) Replace the HR unit PCB if the red LED of the upgraded 485 modem is flashing even after replacing the whether the product (Circuit Breaker, Electrical wiring)
Intorduction
4) upgraded
Replace the HR
485 unit PCB if the red LED of the upgraded 485 modem is flashing even after replacing the
modem. (IDU, ODU) is normal or not 2. Reset ODU Auto Addressing (refer to Xx page)
Multi V 5
Abnormal
upgraded 485 modem. without Central controller 3. Check other error state after removing control system

Error No. Error type
When the HR Error
unitpoint
1. Defect of power cable Main
of HRreasons
unit or communi-
Normal
address is set 1. Defect

cation line of power cable of HR unit or com-
connection 1. Connect to comm. Port (CH)
Duplicate address When the HR unit address is 1. munication
Defect of power
line cable of HR unit or com-
connection
206C#HR duplicated
When at HR
the the unit 2. Errorisof address allocation rotary switch set-
4 address Is communication cable 2. "BUS Wiring" is mandatory
Duplicate
206C#HR error unit error set
of HRaddress duplicated munication
2. Error line connection rotary switch
unit of address allocation
wiring normal? 3. Check the Comm. cable
Duplicate
of seriesat
HR unitaddress error upgraded
set 4 series485
duplicated
the upgradedting485
of HR2. setting
Error ofofaddress
No
HR unitallocation rotary switch
Trouble shooting
206C#HR (disconnection / short / polarity)
of HR unit communication 3. Defect
at the 4 series upgraded
communication 485 of the
setting of HR PCB
HR unit unit
3. Defect of the HR unit PCB
communication 3. Defect of the HR unit PCB
<ex>
guide
n AC Ez + ACP IV Comm. cable Wiring
1) Check whether the rotary switch setting of HR unit PCB is set differently for HR units
1) Check whether the rotary switch setting of HR unit PCB is set differently for HR units
2) Reset the outdoor unit and the power of HR unit by setting the rotary switch of HR unit PCB differently for HR
2) units
Reset the outdoor unit and the power of HR unit by setting the rotary switch of HR unit PCB differently for HR
units
3) Perform the auto addressing again after performing the number 2 process
3) Perform the auto addressing again after performing the number 2 process
4) Replace the corresponding HR unit PCB if the same error code is occurred even after performing the number 3
4) process
Replace the corresponding HR unit PCB if the same error code is occurred even after performing the number 3 n AC Ez + AC Smart IV Comm. cable Wiring
Control Logic
process
• The above error code is only occurred at the upgraded 485 communication (9600bps communication)
• The above error code is only occurred at the upgraded 485 communication (9600bps communication) Yes
• Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit for the address setting to HR unit rotary switch for HR units
• Refer to the installation manual of the outdoor unit for the address setting to HR unit rotary switch for HR units
Upgraded 485 Modem
Upgraded 485 Modem
4. Check the maximum length of the RS485 line per port
- Total length ≤ 1km
Central Control
- Length between products(or node) ≤ 200m
5. Check the maximum number of node (PI485 G/W, ACS Product, ODU)
on a RS485 comm. Port
"2X + Y + Z <= 32 EA"

- Multi V ODU : "X" EA
- PI485 (Multi / Single / ERV) : "Y" EA
- Slave Controller : "Z" EA
<ex>
AC Smart Premium(slave) 2ea + Multi V 6ea = 2 + (6*2) = 14 ≤ 32ea

Back
Copyright
Only ©2017and
for training LG service
Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
purposes

Check address of All IDU's address
Is central control addressing
(Duplication & Omission of IDU address)
normal? Abnormal - All IDUs should have unique central control address
Normal
Basic Part
Is Master/Slave setting There should be only one Master device on a communication line
of central controller normal? - ACP, ACP_BACnet, ACP_LONwork should be set Master device
No - The other controller(AC Smart, AC Ez, AC Ez Touch) are settable device
<ex>
Checking Method for Key Components
n Central Control Wiring Diagram(Basic Scene)
1. The Phenomena from Main Component Failure 176
Intorduction
Multi V 5
2. Compressor 177
3. EEV 181
4. Solenoid Valve 188
Yes
5. 4Way Valve 192
6. Check Valve (Outdoor EEV Check Valve) 193
Trouble shooting
7. Check Valve (Oil Separator) 193
8. Outdoor Fan & Fan Motor 194
guide
9. Temperature Sensor 196
10. Pressure(High/Low) Sensor 197
11. Humidity Sensor 199
12. Pressure Switch 200
< AC Ez only > 1. Try to change Group No. in AC
13. Main PCB 201
Control Logic
"Group No." is set correctly. 2. It should be matched with corresponding IDU
(settable range : 0~F) No
<ex> 14. External PCB 203
n Address Matching between AC Ez and IDUs 15. Inverter PCB 205
If IDU address is 10~18, Group No. of AC Ez should be 1
16. Fan PCB 207
17. Communication PCB 209
18. Phase Bridge Diode 210
Central Control
19. Inverter IGBT 211
20. Fan IPM 212
App. Service & Replace Method
of Control Box, Inverter PCB 213
Back
The phenomena from main component failure
1. The Phenomena from Main Component Failure 2. Compressor

1. The phenomena from main component failure
The phenomena from main component failure
Component Phenomenon Cause Check method and Trouble shooting 2.1 Failure Judge Method
Not operating Motor insulation broken Check resistance between terminals and
1. Error display (CH21, CH22, CH26, CH29)
chassis
- Failure to restart after power reset
Strainer clogged Change strainer 1-2. 압축기 불량 판단 LGE Internal Use Only
- Main power supply failure from inverter board to compressor
Oil leakage Check Oil level after opening oil port - Compressor input current is normal but compressor fails to start
Basic Part
Compressor
Stop during running Motor insulation failure Check resistance between terminals and with electric
 CH21, noiseCH22,
fromCH26,
inverter board
CH29
chassis - CH29 in normal • 전원 Resetand
operation 후 재기동
cycle 여부 확인
• 압축기에 Inv보드에서 전원 인가 확인.
Abnormal noise R-S-T misconnection Check compressor U-V-W connection
during running 2. Phase current•, input압축기current
기동시 hunting
인버터 보드에서 전자기음과 함께 압축기에 투입되는 전류가 상승함에도 압축기 기동 안함.(CH26
High pressure error Motor failure, Check the fan operation to confirm proper
- The phase current,
• 정상input
운전current value
중 cycle의 is hunting
특이한 변화가more than CH29
없는데도 5A in 발생
Outdoor in cooling mode bad ventilation around motor functioning. Switch OFF the outdoor stable state of high / low pressure and compressor Hz
fan operation outdoor heat exchanger unit and remove obstacles, if any, around  상전류/입력전류 헌팅
the HEX. Check connector 3. Coil resistance• (U-V, V-W, 및
고/저압 W-U)
압축기andHz가
insulation
고정되어 resistance
있으나 상전류 measurement
or 입력전류 값이 ±5 A 이상으로 헌팅할 경우 압축기 손상 판단
Intorduction
* In case of 2 motor model, you should
Multi V 5
- Insulation resistance : 50MΩ or more
use SE17 function to inspect motor fault.  압축기: refer 상간 to
저항 및 절연 저항 측정
- Coil resistance below
Heating failure, fre- Bad connector contact Check resistance between terminals
quent defrosting
JQC068MA*
No operation sound
after switching ON Coil failure Service necessary Temp. 25 ℃ 75 ℃
the power supply U-V 0.216 ± 7 % Ω 0.258 ± 7 % Ω
Outdoor
Trouble shooting
EEV Heating failure, V-W 0.216 ± 7 % Ω 0.258 ± 7 % Ω
frozen outdoor heat EEV clogged Service necessary W-U 0.216 ± 7 % Ω 0.258 ± 7 % Ω
exchanger part
guide
Low pressure error JQC048MA*
or discharge temper- EEV clogged Temp. 25 ℃ 75 ℃
ature error
U-V 0.302 ± 7 % Ω 0.360 ± 7 % Ω
When system fault occurs, the error code is displayed on the indoor unit display or remote control display. The V-W 0.302 ± 7 % Ω 0.360 ± 7 % Ω
trouble shooting guide is available in the service manual. W-U 0.302 ± 7 % Ω 0.360 ± 7 % Ω
• When CH05/53/11 ERROR occurs, check if auto-addressing has done and communication wiring is ok.
Control Logic
2.2 Failure Cause
· Failure to obtain discharge superheat (refrigerant overcharging)
· High discharge temperature (refrigerant shortage)
· Failure to obtain high and low pressure difference
· Defective compressor
· Foreign substance inflow
Central Control
· Overload operation
· Nitrogen / Vapor inflow and poor vacuum
· Defective oil return valve
· Oil return piping blocked
· Defective VI EEV
LGE Internal Use Only · Defective oil balancing valve
· Oil shortage due to oil leakage
· Lack of oil due to frequent Thermo On / Off
∙ Defective Suction VI valve
Back
2.3 Checking Method (Flow Chart) 2.4 Process of Replacing the Compressor
Please follow the below process when you replace the compressor.
Checking start · Before replacing the compressor, check whether the failure of the compressor.
· Change the oil for compressor after replacing the compressor for 2~3 times.
Basic Part
After starting, high and
1. check the turn off sign of the main power supply.
No
low pressure difference is 2. Remove the refrigerant with manifold gauge connecting to service valve.
occur?
Yes Caution P
lease release gradually the refrigerant, because there may be released oil mixed with
The connection No Re-connection of terminal or the refrigerant.
direction of the 3-phase power change the direction of power
supply is correct? supply
3. Remove the terminal cover of compressor and power supply cable.
Intorduction
4. Please remove the crank case heater and discharge temperature sensor of the compressor.
Multi V 5
Yes
5. Please remove the mounting nut of the compressor.
Signal is applied No 6. Please be separated by heating the welded portion of the pipe connected to the compressor.
Replacing PCB
successfully on the PCB? 7. Replace the compressor.
Yes 8. Please reconnect the pipe that had been separated by #7 to compressor by welding.
9. After closing the service valve of liquid pipe & gas pipe,
Current value is normal No check whether there is a site of the leak by injecting nitrogen gas(38 kgf/cm²g) through the check joint
when compressor No
of the high-pressure side and low pressure side.
Trouble shooting
All direction of 4 way valve
operating? Replacing 4way valve
is correct?
10. Remove the nitrogen gas.
guide
Yes 11. Open the service valve (liquid pipe and gas pipe) of the outdoor unit and make a vacuum.
Replacing compressor 12. Please install the insulation material and the discharge temperature sensor of compressor.
13. Connect power supply cable to terminal of compressor.
Restart
Caution P
lease be aware that not occur the reverse phase & loss of phase when connecting the
phase.
After starting, high and No
14. After complete of vacuum processing, please charge the refrigerant by calculating the additional
Control Logic
low pressure difference is Replacing compressor
occur? amount of refrigerant according refrigerant basic amount of the enclosed, outdoor unit charging fac-
tor, the pipe length.
No malfunction of compressor
15. After confirming once again of the power supply line connection is correct to the terminals of the
compressor, please check the insulation resistance. Please make sure that you cover the compressor
* In case of 4way valve fault, we should give a impact on 4way valve body first. If 4way valve is not switched completely, the terminal cover, turn on the power, and check the current flows through the crankcase heater.
suction temp. is high like discharge temp.
16. Make sure that the service valve of liquid pipe side and gas pipe side has been opened.
17. Please check the operation status after operating all IDU.
Central Control
Back
3. EEV
2.5 Precautions of Replacement 3.1 Failure Judge Method

1. Be sure to use the compressor suitable for the model ■ Cooling
2. Be careful not to damage the pipe
3. Do not enter foreign substances into the compressor 1. Main EEV (In case of 2 EEV model)
4. Check U, V, W Color of the compressor terminals 1) Basic control
Basic Part
- Variable path mode : Upper EEV Full Close / Lower EEV Full Open
5. Use screw only for the compressor
- Low temperature cooling mode : Upper EEV Full Open / Lower EEV Close
6. When replacing the compressor, add oil if the oil has flowed too much
2) Failure phenomenon
7. Use only regulated oil specified in this guide ① Upper EEV leakage
8. Vacuum over 4 ~ 5 hours All the refrigerant flows into the upper EEV and decrease the capacity of the lower heat exchanger.
9. Perform pipe cleaning with nitrogen → SC EEV Open to ensure SC degree
10. Charging with regulated refrigerant specified in this guide ② Lower EEV clogging
Flow rate is concentrated in check valve → Excessive pressure loss
→ Indoor refrigerant noise occurs
Intorduction
Multi V 5
2. SC EEV
2.6 Checklist after Replacement 1) Basic control : SC / SH control
1. Check whether there is any abnormality when the cycle is stabilized at cooling or heating mode. ① SC EEV open failure : Outdoor SC can not be controlled
(Suction / Discharge superheat degree, Input current, Phase current, Pressure ratio, Oil sensor, etc.) → Indoor refrigerant noise occurs due to insufficient SC
2. Check current Hz control according to target Hz → Temperature is not lowered even if EEV is opened when discharge temperature emergency control
3. Check that the target high / low pressure ② SC EEV close failure : Outdoor SC leakage (EEV leakage or SC HEX inner leakage)
Trouble shooting
4. Check the amount of refrigerant → Discharge temperature is very low. In some case, CH150 occur.
5. Check the abnormal noise during running → We can inspect by closing VI suction valve. If the cycle become normal, we can be sure of SC leakage.
guide
→ If no operation sound after switching ON the power supply, inspect EEV coil
→ If there is no problem at EEV, change SC EEV Assembly
3. VI EEV
2.7 Compressor Specification 1) Basic control : Inverter start control, Vapor Injection control
① VI EEV open failure : CH21 error display, Compressor failure
The specification of compressor being adapted to Multi V is below. → Failure to reduce compressor different pressure during start-up
When the compressor is not working, please check the compressor referring to the below specification.
Control Logic
② VI EEV Close failure : Failure to obtain the degree of discharge superheat,
CH21, Compressor failure → Liquid compression
Heat Pump & Heat Recovery
Model JQC048MAA JQC068MAA
Manufacturer LG LG
Type BLDC inverter Scroll BLDC inverter Scroll
Compression Volume (cm3/rev) 43.8 62.1
Central Control
Refrigerating machine oil FVC68D FVC68D
Weight (kg) 31 31.8
Internal diameter of inlet (mm) ID22.6 ±0.2 ID22.6 ±0.2
Internal diameter of outlet (mm) ID16.05 ±0.2 ID16.05 ±0.2
* SC : Sub Cooling, SH : Super Heating
Back
■ Heating ■ Physical Failure Judge Method
1. Main EEV 1. Main PCB 2-1.
resetEEV 불량EEV
to initialize 판단 _ 물리적 불량 판단 방법
1) Basic control : Suction the degree of superheat control : Full Open (1,950 pls) → Full Close (1,950 pls + 200 pls) → Open (32 pls - 4Way valve on) or Open
2) Failure phenomenon (1 950 pls
① - Main
4WayPCB valve off) EEV 초기화 실시
리셋으로
: Full Open (1950pls)  Full Close(1950pls + 200pls)  Open(32pls – 4Way Valve On) or Open(1950pls – 4Way Valve
① Upper EEV open failure → EEV operation sound and vibration are larger than the normal operation state when close signal is
 기구적으로 Full Close 상태에서 Close 신호가 들어가면 EEV 동작음 및 진동이 커짐(Full Close 상태 확인)
Basic Part
Excessive drop of low pressure, Upper and lower heat exchanger temperature difference 10 °C or more entered infull
EEVclose
기구부가 state구속된 상태에서 동작 신호(Close 및 Open)가 전달되면 정상 운전 상태보다 동작음 및 진동이 커짐.
→ The refrigerant does not flow through the upper heat exchanger and the evaporation amount is → When the※operation
구속 상태에서 signal동작
(close
시키기 and위한
open)
필요 is 운전
transmitted
전류 증가 while the EEV mechanism is in the
insufficient. ※ EEV가
constrained state,정상일 때 리셋을
the operation 여러 번
sound and진행하면 Full Close
the vibration are 상태로 초기화
larger than the됨.normal operation state
② Lower EEV open failure * If EEV is normal and reset several times, it is reset to full close state
② Harness 단자 접촉 불량 – 선간 저항 측정하여 확인 필요
Excessive drop of low pressure, Upper and lower heat exchanger temperature difference 10 °C or more
→ The refrigerant does not flow through the lower heat exchanger and the evaporation amount is 2. Check the resistance between coil terminal
< 기어식 EEV > < 직동식 EEV >
insufficient. * EEV Resistance Spec
Coil terminal color Resistance
Intorduction
2. SC EEV red white
Multi V 5
1) Basic control : Inverter emergency control red orange
2) Failure phenomenon brown yellow
150Ω ± 15
① SC EEV Open failure : EEV is open but discharge temperature is not lower brown blue
→ Open when compressor discharge temperature rises white orange
② SC EEV close failure : Outdoor SC leakage (EEV le akage or SC HEX inner leakage) yellow blue
→ Discharge temperature is very low. This can make compressor failure. ③ EEV 불량 판정 Kit 사용
→ We can inspect by closing VI suction valve. If the cycle become normal, we can be sure of SC leakage.
3. Use the EEV failure judgment kit
Trouble shooting
→ If no operation sound after switching ON the power supply, inspect EEV coil
→ If there is no problem at EEV, change SC EEV Assembly
guide
3. VI EEV
1) Basic control : Inverter start control, Vapor Injection control
① VI EEV Open failure : CH21, Compressor failure
→ Failure to reduce compressor different pressure during start-up
② VI EEV Close failure : Failure to obtain the degree of discharge superheat, CH21, Compressor failure
Control Logic
→ Liquid compression
Central Control
* SC : Sub Cooling, SH : Super Heating
Back
3.2 Checking Method (Flow Chart) ■ VI EEV
■ Outdoor Unit EEV Checking start
Basic Part
Checking start
Powered up for the No No

Power is normally
first time, feel the initial Replace PCB
supplied to the VI EEV?
vibration?
Powered up for the No Power is normally No Yes
first time, feel the initial supplied to the outdoor Replace PCB Yes
vibration? EEV?
Yes There is a temperature

No
difference between front
Intorduction
and rear of the VI EEVduring
Multi V 5
There is a temperature normal heating mode?
difference between front Yes No
and rear of the outdoor EEV Check valve is OK? Replace check valve
during normal cooling Yes
mode? Yes
No malfunction of VI EEV Replace VI EEV
No
There is a temperature
Trouble shooting
difference between front No
and rear of the outdoor EEV
guide
during normal heating
mode?
Yes
Yes
No malfunction of outdoor EEV Replace outdoor unit EEV
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
■ Sub Cooling EEV 3.3 Precautions of Replacement
1. EEV should be judged correctly and replaced
Checking start
2. Replaced EEV should be returned for cause analysis
3. Do not transfer heat to EEV body when welding
4. In case use the refrigerant after welding, be careful welding crack and the body damage
Basic Part
There is a 5. Be careful not to damage terminals when PCB is fastened
temperature difference
No
(Contact failure prevent )
between front and rear of the 6. PCB reset after replacement and check operation sound is normal
sub cooling EEV during normal
cooling mode?(EEV Open 7. Vacuum at least 4 ~ 5 hours after welding.
condition) 8. After vacuum processing, please charge the refrigerant by calculating the additional amount of refrigerant
No according refrigerant basic amount of the enclosed, outdoor unit charging factor, the pipe length.
Yes The connection of PCB
Re-connection of PCB terminal
terminal is correct?
Intorduction
Yes
Multi V 5
Signal is applied No
Replace the PCB
successfully on the PCB?
Yes
There is a Check the EEV coil and replace

temperature difference the sub cooling EEV
Trouble shooting
between front and rear of
the sub cooling EEV No
guide
during normal heating
mode?(EEV Open condition
after obtaining the discharge
superheat degree)
The connection of PCB No
Yes
Yes
Control Logic
Signal is applied No
Replace the PCB
Yes
No malfunction of sub cooling Check the EEV coil and replace

EEV the sub cooling EEV
Central Control
Back
4. Solenoid Valve
Check that the output signal of the control board matches the operation of the solenoid valve. ■ Checking Method (Flow Chart)
4.1 Variable Path Valve

Checking start
1. Basic control
- Base : Off
Basic Part
- Cooling mode : Open
It can be heard the
- Low temperature cooling mode : Close operation sound No
- Heating mode : Close when the power is turned on
the solenoid valve?
2. Failure Phenomenon Yes

Coil replacement
1) Open Failure
: The upper EEV is closed and the refrigerant flow is blocked. So, the high pressure rises sharply
→ CH34, High-pressure switch ON, Main PCB Off
Intorduction
Multi V 5
In case of non-
2) Close Failure operating condition of No
: The refrigerant passing through the upper EEV does not go to the heat exchanger but enters solenoid valve coil during
operation, the temperature of
accumulator through the variable path valve rear end of the valve is low and
→ Heat capacity decrease, Excessive temperature difference between upper / lower heat exchanger discharging temperature
(more than 15 degrees) of compressor is high?
Valve replacement
Yes
Trouble shooting
guide
In case of operating
condition of solenoid
valve coil during operation,
the temperature of rear end of No
4.2 Sub Cooling Bypass Valve the valve is 5℃ higher than the
temperature
of non-operating
1. When the compressor starts, the sub cooling bypass valve is ON for minute. At this time, check whether the
Control Logic
condition?
Valve replacement
noise or pipe vibration occurs In solenoid valve
Yes
2. Turn on the valve 5 seconds after stopping the compressor to quickly remove the difference of high / low
pressure
3. If the compressor suction pipe temperature drops below target temperature, turn on the sub cooling bypass
valve.
No malfunction of sub cooling
4. Depending on the cycle status, the sub cooling bypass valve may remain ON. This is not a malfunction. bypass valve
5. The change of operation status by the solenoid valve operation can be confirmed by the temperature before
and after the bypass pipe and the refrigerant sound.
Central Control
6. Insulation resistance in the state of connecting the valve to coil should be over 100mΩ when measure it with
DC mega tester(DC 500V)
Back
4.3 Oil Return Valve 4.4 Hot gas Bypass Valve for Continuous Heating
1. It is located at the bottom of the accumulator and operates after the compressor running to supply oil to the 1. Defrost operation eliminates ice attached on heat exchanger, recovering performance of heat exchanger.
compressor. 2. Two solenoid valves will be on by turns in the extent of 6 minutes when separated defrosting is on.
2. When the compressor starts operating, oil solenoid valve will be ON for minutes. check if there is operation 3. It will be turned of right after the end of separated defrosting.
noise on the solenoid valve or pipe vibration 4. The change of the operation condition by the operation of solenoid valve can be checked by the before and
Basic Part
3. It turns ON right after the compressor stop behind temperature of bypass piping and the sound of refrigerant.
4. Solenoid valve can turn ON and OFF repeatedly by the condition of cycle operation. this is not a malfunction. 5. Insulation resistance in the state of connecting the valve to coil should be over 100mΩ when measure it with
5. Insulation resistance in the state of connecting the valve to coil should be over 100mΩ when measure it with DC mega tester(DC 500V).
DC mega tester(DC 500V)
■ Checking Method (Flow Chart)
Checking start
Intorduction
Multi V 5
It can be heard the
operation sound No
Checking start
when the power is turned on
the solenoid valve?
Yes
Coil replacement
Trouble shooting
It can be heard the
operation sound No
In case of non-
when the power is turned on
guide
operating condition of
the solenoid valve? solenoid valve coil during
operation,
Yes the temperature of rear
Coil replacement
end of the valve is low and
discharging temperature No
Is it warm when touch of compressor is high?
the coil in non-operating No
- Upper side defrost operation
condition of the solenoid valve mode : check the upper side
coil during operation? hot gas solenoid valve
Control Logic
- Lower side defrost Valve replacement
Yes operation mode : check
Coil replacement
the lower side hot gas
solenoid valve
No malfunction of oil return valve
Yes
In case of non-
operating condition of
solenoid valve coil during
Central Control
operation, No
the temperature of rear end of
the valve is 5℃ higher than the
temperature
of non-operating
condition? Valve replacement
Yes
No malfunction of Hot gas

Bypass Valve for Continuous
Heating
Back
5. 4Way Valve 6. Check Valve (Outdoor EEV Check Valve)
1.2.11
Keep itReverse Valve
off before the outdoor unit is powered on and the indoor unit is turned on. Checking start
1.2.Keep
Cooling, defrosting,
it off before oil recovery
the outdoor : OFF,
unit is powered heating
on and : ONunit is turned on.
the indoor
When defrosting,
2.3.Cooling, alternating cooling:to
oil recovery heating,
OFF, heating transform
: ON 4 way valve during re-starting for 3 minutes.
3.4.When
To check the cooling
alternating mode toofheating,
cooling/heating
transform 4 operation of 4 way
way valve during valve,
re-starting for touch the
3 minutes. piping surface of low pressure
4. Toservice valve.
check the mode of cooling/heating operation of 4 way valve, touch the piping surface of low pressure service valve. There is a temperature
5.5.Refrigerant flowchart of 4 way Yes
Refrigerant flowchart of valve
4 way valve difference across the check
valve during the cooling
Basic Part
operation?
No
Replace the check valve
Indoor Heat D : Discharge

Outdoor Heat Exchanger Outdoor Heat There is a temperature
Exchanger Exchanger E : Evaporator difference between No
C : Condensor front and rear of the outdoor
[Heating Operation] [Cooling Operation] S : Suction
EEV during full heating
Intorduction
Multi V 5
operation?
6.6.Insulation
Insulation resistance
resistance in theof state
in the state of connecting
connecting the valve to the valve be
coil should to over
coil 100mΩ
shouldwhen
be over 100mΩ
measure it withwhen
DC measure it with
No
DC mega
mega tester(DC
tester(DC 500V). 500V). Yes
Outdoor EEV is correct?
No
■ Checking Method (Flow Chart) Yes
2.12 Temperature Sensor Replace the outdoor EEV
1) outdoor temperature
Checkingsensor
start: TH1 No malfunction of check valve Replace the check valve
Trouble shooting
2) Pipe temperature sensor : TH2
3) Discharge pipe(D-pipe) temperature sensor : TH3
1. Check the condition of installation and the contact of temperature sensor.
guide
After the
2. Check whether 3 minutes
connector contact of temperature sensor is normal.
operating,
3. Measure the difference
the resistance of temperature No
sensor.
between the high and low
TH14
pressure is more than TH2 TH3
atm?
10KΩ±1%(25℃) 5KΩ±1%(25℃)
The compressor is 200KΩ±1%(25℃)
No
Resistance Replace the compressor
1.07KΩ±3.3%(85℃) 535KΩ±3.3%(85℃)
operating normally? 28KΩ±7.7%(85℃)
Yes
Yes
No 7. Check Valve (Oil Separator)
Control Logic
The connection of PCB
Yes
No Checking start
Voltage is applied
Replace the PCB
Yes
Restart (after operating the self- In normal condition of
Central Control
Copyright ©2011 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 69 - logic of 4 way valve in
recovery compressor discharging Yes
LGE Internal Use Only temperature, there is the
Only for training and service purposes case of series)
temperature difference of
check valve?
After 3 minutes No
Replace the check valve
operating, the difference No
Check the 4 way valve coil and
between the high and low
replace
pressure is more than 4 No malfunction of check valve
atm?
Yes
No malfunction of 4 way valve
Back
8. Outdoor Fan & Fan Motor
8.1 Outdoor Fan 8.3 Checking Method (Flow Chart)

1. The outdoor fan is controlled by the inverter motor which can control the number of rotations.
2. The outdoor fan is controlled by the high/low pressure of the outdoor unit after the operation of Checking start
compressor.
3. There is possibility that the outdoor fan does not operate due to low capacity operation or low outdoor
Basic Part
temperature even if the compressor is operating. This does not mean breakdown of the unit, the fan will start
Contact of the signal
operating if it reaches the set point. section of IPM
No
Replace the fan IPM board
and power supply unit is
normal?
8.2 Fan Motor Yes
Checking Item Symptom Countermeasure
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Fan still works during Fan still works during
1. The fan motor 1) When power supply * Modify connection status in front of or at the rear of operation of the heating low
No
operation of the cooling
No
does not operate. is abnormal the breaker, or if the power terminal console is at pressure less than high pressure more than
2. Vibration of the fan frosting condition. 700kPaG? 2700kPaG?
motor is large * Modify the power supply voltage is beyond specified Yes Yes
scope.
2) For wrong wiring * For following wiring.
Trouble shooting
1. Check connection status.
2. Check contact of the connector.
guide
3. Check that parts are firmly secured by tightening No malfunction of outdoor fan Replace the fan motor
screws.
4. Check connection of polarity.
5. Check short circuit and grounding.
3) For failure of motor * Measure winding resistance of the motor coils.
- UX3 : 19Ω ±7 %(@25°C)
- UX2 : 14.2Ω ±7 %(@25°C)
Control Logic
4) For failure of circuit * Replace the circuit board in following procedures if
board problems occur again when powering on and if there
are no matters equivalent to items as specified in
above 1) through 3).(Carefully check both connec-
tor and grounding wires when replacing the circuit
board)
1. Replace only fan control boards.If starting is done, it
means that the fan control board has defect.
Central Control
2. Replace both fan control board and the main board.
if starting is done, it means that the main board has
defect.
3. If problems continue to occur even after coun-
termeasure of No.1 and No.2, it means that both
boards has defect.
Back
9. Temperature Sensor 10. Pressure(High/Low) Sensor
1. Check the condition of installation and the contact of temperature sensor. Connect manifold gauge to the service valve of outdoor unit, and compare the output of high pressure sen-
2. Check whether the connector contact of temperature sensor is normal. sor to the output of low pressure sensor to detect the defect. Checking Method for Key Components
3. Measure the resistance of temperature sensor.
below)2.8 Pressure
Compare the outputSensor(High/Low Pressure
of pressure sensor to the output Sensor)
of manifold gauge pressure using the table
below.
TH1 TH2 TH3 Connect manifold gauge to the service valve of outdoor unit, and compare the output of high pressure sensor to
Read the pressure clearly between black and white as the composition of pressure sensor.
2.8 Pressure Sensor(High/Low Pressure Sensor)
the output of low pressure sensor to detect the defect.
Basic Part
10KΩ±1%(25°C) 5KΩ±1%(25°C) 200KΩ±1%(25°C) below) Compare the output of pressure sensor to the output of manifold gauge pressure using the table below.
Resistance Read themanifold
Connect pressure clearly
gauge to between black
the service andofwhite
valve as the
outdoor unit,composition
and compareof the
pressure
outputsensor.
of high pressure sensor to
1.07KΩ±3.3%(85°C) 535KΩ±3.3%(85°C) 28KΩ±7.7%(85°C) the output of low pressure sensor to detect the defect.
<Low
<Low
Pressure
Pressure
Sensor>
Sensor>
<High
<High
Pressure
Pressure
Sensor>
Sensor>
below) Compare the output of pressure sensor to the output of manifold gauge pressure using the table below.
* TH1 : Outdoor temperature sensor Read the pressure clearly between
OUTPUT black and white as the composition of pressure
CHARACTERISTICS sensor.
OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS
* TH2 : Pipe temperature sensor
* TH3 : Discharge pipe(D-pipe) temperature sensor <Low Pressure Sensor> <High Pressure Sensor>
OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Checking start
1) If the pressure of manifold gauge is 0~1kg/cm2, it indicates the pressure got lower due to the leakage of refriger-
1) If the ant. pressure
Find the of manifold
place gauge
of leakage andisfix0~1kg/cm
it.
2
, it indicates the pressure got lower due to the leakage of
refrigerant. Find the place of leakage and fix it.
Trouble shooting
2) If the difference of the outputs of high and low pressure is in the range of 1kg/cm , the pressure sensor is normal.
2
After power supplied, 2) I1)

f3)the
IfIfthedifference
thepressure
difference
ofof
of the outputs
manifold gauge
the outputs
of high
of is
and lowit pressure
0~1kg/cm
high and low, pressure
2
indicates is in1kg/cm
is the
the range
overpressure
2
,got
ofpressure
1kg/cm2,
thelower
theleakage
due sensor
to the pressurerefriger-
sensor
is out ofoforder, it
No 1. C
heck the connector location
is normal.
guide
the temperature on LGMV ant.
need Find thereplaced.
to be place of leakage and fix it.
and the connecting direction
is normal before 3) I2)
f4)the
IfThe
thedifference
difference ofof the outputsofsensor
thepressure
outputs ofhigh
high
andandlow low pressure
pressure is over
is in the range1kg/cm2,
of 1kg/cm the
2
, thepressure sensoris is
pressure sensor out of
normal.
2. Check the contact failure composition of
operating?
order,
3) If theit difference
need to be replaced.
of the outputs of high and low pressure is over 1kg/cm , the pressure sensor is out of order, it
2
Yes 4) The need to be replaced.

composition of pressure sensor
High Pressure Sensor : 0~5MPa
Pressure
4) The composition of pressure sensorVout 0.5~3.5V
Yes sensor
The output is normal? PCB checking and replacement Low Pressure Sensor : 0~2MPa
Vout 0.5~3.5V
Pressure High PressureVout
(Red) Sensor : 0~5MPa
No 0.5~3.5V
±5%
sensor
Control Logic
Low Pressure Sensor : 0~2MPa
(White)
No malfunction of temperature Vout 0.5~3.5V
(Black)
Replace the temperature sensor (Red)
sensor
±5%
(White)
The pressure sensor is composed like the circuit picture shown above. If DC 5V voltage flows on red and black
(Black)
wire, voltage would be made between the white and black wire. The pressure which is equivalent to the pressure
output is shown in the table above.
The pressure sensor is composed like the circuit picture shown above. If DC 5V voltage flows on red and black
Thewire,
pressure
voltagesensor is made
would be composed likethe
between the circuit
white andpicture shown
black wire. The above.
pressureIfwhich
DC 5V voltage flows
is equivalent to theonpressure
red and
black
output2.9
wire, Outdoor
voltage
is shown in would beFan
the table made between the white and black wire. The pressure which is equivalent to
above.
Central Control
the pressure output is shown in the table above.
1) The outdoor fan is controlled by the inverter motor which can control the number of rotations.
2.9 Outdoor Fan
2) The outdoor fan is controlled by the high/low pressure of the outdoor unit after the operation of compressor.
3) There is possibility that the outdoor fan does not operate due to low capacity operation or low outdoor tempera-
1) The
tureoutdoor fan compressor
even if the is controlled is
byoperating.
the inverter motor
This doeswhich can control
not mean the number
breakdown of rotations.
of the unit, the fan will start operating if
it reaches
2) The outdoorthe
fanset
is point.
controlled by the high/low pressure of the outdoor unit after the operation of compressor.
3) There is possibility that the outdoor fan does not operate due to low capacity operation or low outdoor tempera-
ture even if the compressor is operating. This does not mean breakdown of the unit, the fan will start operating if
it reaches the set point.
Back
- 67 -
196 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK Copyright ©2011 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Only for training and service purposes 197
LGE Internal_Use Only
11. Humidity Sensor
■ Checking Method (Flow Chart) If the humidity sensor has problem such as sensor open or short, no error display is shown at outdoor unit.
Normally LGMV shows humidity ratio such as below display box of LGMV.
Checking start
However, if the humidity sensor open/short occurred, it displays as "0".
In case of the sensor fault occurred, the system is operated not as the dual sensing SLC (Temperature +
Humidity) but as the SLC (Only Temperature)
Basic Part
After power supplied, This means that system is normally operated without humidity function even if humidity sensor has problem.
No The location and No
the pressure on LGMV
connection of connector Reconnection
is normal before
is normal on PCB?
operating?
Yes
Yes
Voltage of 5V is output No
PCB checking and replacement
from the PCB?
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Yes
LGMV
No malfunction of the pressure
Replace the pressure sensor
sensor
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Humidity : "0"
Central Control
Back
12. Pressure Switch 13. Main PCB
13.1 Failure Judge Method

Checking start
1. Error code check
Error Code Error diagnosis
·Check restart after power reset
-
In the pressure ·Check main PCB power supply. 1)
Basic Part
condition that the pressure Yes
switch is not working,
Start operating after cut off the CH50 ·Check N-phase wrong connection of power supply.
the compressor is stopped
power of pressure switch ·Check communication PCB (Indoor/Outdoor) connection harness (24pin), Main
CH53
suddenly? Yes - External PCB communication harness(6pin, Blue) connection condition
No
CH86 ·Check the EEPROM inserting (direction, pin break, etc.) condition
No ·Check Main - Inverter PCB communication harness(2pin, Blue) wrong con-
The operation is CH52, CH57, CH105
normal?
PCB checking and replacement nection condition
·Check Main - External PCB communication harness(6pin, Blue) wrong
Yes CH145
Intorduction
Multi V 5
No malfunction of the pressure
Replace the pressure switch
switch 2. Main PCB check
Check the power line connection status because it is not displayed in 7 segment
Option PCB
Trouble shooting
Caution W
Series
hen the long-term operation to turn off the power of the pressure switch, you can Comm.
receive a fatal damage to the components and piping systems.
guide
Pipe
Comm.
Leakage
Current
FLASH FLASH LG
WRITE (Short Key) MV
Control Logic
DeBug
220 V
(INPUT)
Pressure
Switch
Central Control
220 V
(INT)
220 V COMM EXT

(EXT) (485 Comm.) (Power, Comm.)
Back
14. External PCB
13.2 Failure Cause 14.1 Failure Judge Method

1. High voltage (T-N more than 484V, N phase wiring fault) → CH50 1. Error code check
2. Rainwater inflow by Control box / Front Panel / Service port open, Control box screw loosening Error Code Error diagnosis
3. Part short by foreign substance CH05, CH53, CH104, ·Even after checking the connection condition of indoor and outdoor communica-
4. Defective PCB / Diode / Resistance / Capacitor / Regulator CH237, CH238 tion lines (shield wire, unshield wire)
Basic Part
CH32, CH33, CH34, CH35,
CH36, CH41, CH42, CH43,
13.3 Precautions of Replacement CH44, CH45, CH46, CH47, ·Even after replace each temperature sensor, pressure sensor, and valve
CH113, replacement.
1. Be sure to use the main PCB suitable for the model (Check P/No) CH114, CH115, CH116,
2. Be sure to turn off the power and wear insulated gloves before touching the PCB. CH151, CH153, CH154
3. Use box or bag only for PCB. ·Even after checking Main - External PCB communication harness(6pin, Blue)
CH145
4. If on-boarding is required after replacement, check the program and EEPROM C/Sum (especially when using connection condition
Intorduction
an alternate Main PCB)
Multi V 5
2. External PCB check
Cycle
Commu - Digital
13.3 Check Point after Replacement On-boarding nication Sensor
Power
1. Check whether there is any abnormality when the cycle is stabilized at cooling or heating mode. DDC
Main
EEV1
Reserved
EEV ⅗⣆
2. Check current Hz control according to target Hz
Trouble shooting
3. Check that the target high / low pressure is reached Reserved ACT_
OIL 2 Main
EEV2
guide
ACT_ Active
OIL 1 Path SC
EEV
Receiver Receiver
MICOM
1) C
heck high pressure switch or operation cycle if Main PCB has no power. If high pressure switch is ON, the Out In
D VI
system will shut off power supply to Main PCB. Generally in this case, check pressure switch fault or outdoor HEX HEX EEV
High Low
unit service valve open. (Pressure switch will be ON when the high pressure is over 39~42kgf/cm2) VI
IN J OIL_ EEV1
Suction BAL_V1
• Difference of Main PCB VI
Control Logic
4way2 4way1 EEV2
Reserved1
Multi V IV Multi V 5 Accum IN V2 Snow Air Temp.
Oil Heater Sensor
Reserved2
Humidity Liquid Pipe Temp.
IN V1 Sensor
Main PCB Heater Heat Exchanger Upper
Main PCB IN V2 ODU.IDU.Dry contact Oil Level Low Pressure
P/SW IN V1 IN V1 Sensor SC Discharge
4. Ch24 displayed V IN V1 Discharge
2. Power Off ⅗⣆
AC Load High Pressure
Sensor Heat Exchanger
Dohug Suction Temp.
1. High
1. High Comm. Connetor Heat Exchanger Lower
pressure
Central Control
pressure SC Suction
detected External PCB Oil Level
detected 3. Signal to IN V2 IN V2 Discharge
Main PCB D VI Suction
D VI Discharge
Temp./Pressure
External
E t PCB
Sensor
2. Signal to
External PCB
ID U.B ID U.A DRY.1 DRY.1 GND 12V
Back
15. Inverter PCB

3. Part short by foreign substance - ·Checking restart after power reset
4. Defective PCB / Diode / Resistance / Capacitor / Regulator CH52, CH57 ·Even after checking 220V connection condition for Inverter SMPS power supply
Basic Part
·Even after checking Main - Inverter PCB communication harness(2pin, White)
CH52, CH57, CH105
·Even after checking R, S, T connection harness condition (Open, Wrong con-
CH23, CH50
nection) and connection sequence.
CH21 ·Even after replacing compressor
14.3 Precautions of Replacement CH21, CH26 ·Even after checking U, V, W connection condition
CH60 ·Even after checking EEPROM inserting (direction, pin break, etc.) condition.
1. Be sure to use the main PCB suitable for the model (Check P/No)
Intorduction
2. Be sure to turn off the power and wear insulated gloves before touching the PCB. 2. Inverter PCB check
Multi V 5
3. Use box or bag only for PCB.
4. If on-boarding is required after replacement, check the program and EEPROM C/Sum (especially when using Comm._in Comm._Out Fan_15 V
an alternate Main PCB)

SMPS
Debugger
Trouble shooting
Shortkey
14.3 Check Point after Replacement LGMV
guide
W
Micom.
V
1. Check whether there is any abnormality when the cycle is stabilized at cooling or heating mode.
2. Check current Hz control according to target Hz IGBT
U
3. Check that the target high / low pressure is reached
Drive IC
Control Logic
T
Fan DCLink
Central Control
Reactor
Film Cap.
Reactor
Back
16. Fan PCB

4. Defective Fan motor / PCB / Diode / Resistance / Capacitor / Regulator CH105 ·Even after checking 220V connection condition for Inverter SMPS power supply
Basic Part
·Even after checking DC_Link P, N connection harness assembly condition
CH76, CH107
(Open, Wrong connection)
·Even after replacing fan motor
CH77, CH106
·Even after fan motor connector misconnection(U, W, V output)
15.3 Precautions of Replacement 2. Inverter PCB check
Intorduction
PCB On-boarding Debug
2. Be sure to turn off the power and wear insulated gloves before touching the PCB.
Multi V 5
15 V
3. Use box or bag only for PCB. MICOM
4. Be sure to apply thermal grease.
5. When IGBT screw is fastened, it should be fastened two times. 15V Comm.
6. If on-boarding is required after replacement, check the program and EEPROM C/Sum
(especially when using an alternate Main PCB)
Trouble shooting
Comm..
guide
DCLINK
IPM
15.3 Check Point after Replacement

Fan1 U, V, W Output
3. Over current error check (CH29)
4. Check that compressor 1 and 2 are properly connected.
Control Logic
5. Check that the target high / low pressure is reached. Fan2 U, V, W Output
Central Control
Back
17. Communication PCB

4. Defective Fan motor / PCB / Diode / Resistance / Capacitor / Regulator CH05, CH53 ·Even after checking 220V connection condition for main SMPS power supply
Basic Part
·Indoor/Outdoor communication PCB connection harness(24pin), Main - External
CH76, CH107
PCB communication harness(10pin) connection condition
CH05, CH53, CH104, ·Even after checking the connection condition of indoor and outdoor communica-
CH237, CH238 tion lines (shield wire, unshield wire)
16.3 Precautions of Replacement 2. Communication PCB check
Intorduction
2. Be sure to turn off the power and wear insulated gloves before touching the PCB.
Multi V 5
3. Use box or bag only for PCB. Y-Cap
Connector BEAD
4. Be sure to apply thermal grease. (CN-Write)
5. When IGBT screw is fastened, it should be fastened two times. Connector
(485 Comm. PCB <-> Main PCB)
6. If on-boarding is required after replacement, check the program and
EEPROM C/Sum (especially when using an alternate Main PCB)
MICOM
Trouble shooting
LED
guide
16.4 Check Point after Replacement 통신 IC
LED
3. Over current error check (CH29)
4. Check that fan 1 and 2 are properly connected.
5. Check that the target high / low pressure is reached.
Control Logic
17.2 Failure Causes
1. Part short (by foreign substance, moisture)
2. Resistance / Capacitor / Micom / Comm. IC defect
Central Control
3. Connector & Housing Pin wrong connection
4. PCB Fault
Back
18. Phase Bridge Diode 19. Inverter IGBT
18.1 Phase Bridge Diode Checking Method 19.1 Inverter IGBT Checking Method
Internal circuit diagram Appearance Internal circuit diagram Appearance
Basic Part
U
V
W
N
P
Intorduction
Multi V 5
1. Wait until Comp PCB DC voltage gets discharged, after the main power switch off.
2. Pull out DC_Link connector, CN COIL 1, 2 connector connected with Converter PCB.
3. Set multi tester in diode mode.
4. Measured value should be 0.4~0.7V measuring as below table.
5. In case the measured value is different from the table, set multi tester to resistance mode and mea-
sure. If the value is small (0 Ω) or high (hundreds M Ω), PCB needs to be replaced.
6. In case that bridge diode is damaged, check if Comp, Converter PCB assembly(IPM) is needed to be 1. Wait until Inverter PCB DC voltage gets discharged, after the main power switch off (approximately
replaced. 5~10 minutes)
Trouble shooting
2. Pull out all the connector connected with Inverter PCB
guide
3. Set multi tester in diode mode
4. Measured value should be 0.2~0.6V measuring as below table.
Diode terminal
+ terminal : black(-) - terminal : red(+) 5. In case the measured value is different from the table, set multi tester to resistance mode and mea-
Tester terminal
sure. If the value is small (0 Ω) or high (hundreds M Ω), PCB needs to be replaced
R(~) : red(+) 0.4 V ~ 0.7 V -
S(~) : red(+) 0.4 V ~ 0.7 V -
Diode terminal
T(~) : red(+) 0.4 V ~ 0.7 V - P terminal : black(-) N terminal : red(-)
Control Logic
Tester terminal
R(~) : black(-) - 0.4 V ~ 0.7 V U terminal : red(+) 0.2 V ~ 0.6 V -
S(~) : black(-) - 0.4 V ~ 0.7 V V terminal : red(+) 0.2 V ~ 0.6 V -
T(~) : black(-) - 0.4 V ~ 0.7 V W terminal : red(+) 0.2 V ~ 0.6 V -
※ Red(+) and black(-) are the measuring terminals of multi tester.
P terminal : red(+) N terminal : red(+)
Central Control
U terminal : black(-) - 0.2 V ~ 0.6 V
V terminal : black(-) - 0.2 V ~ 0.6 V
1. C
heck the electric parts of c/box, 10 minutes after switching off the main supply and checking DC voltage
is discharged. Otherwise, there is chance of getting electric shock. W terminal : black(-) - 0.2 V ~ 0.6 V
2. There is chance of electric shock by charged voltage.
Back
20. Fan IPM App. Control Box, Inverter PCB Service and Replace Method
20.1 Fan IPM Checking Method n Control box / Inverter PCB Servicing / Dismantling Procedure.
WARNING
• Do not pull out the heat sink assembly before removing the middle bracket
screws. Mid bracket
screws
• Do not apply heavy force on tube parts while detaching the heat sink
Basic Part
assembly.
It may damage and leads to failure of device. Gently detach total heat sink
assembly.
Heat sink assembly
n Control Box assembly Servicing / Dismantling Procedure

DC_Link
Connector 1. Remove the 2. Remove the middle bracket screws 3. Gently detach the 4. Detach Fan lead wire from
control box as shown in the figure. Heat sink assembly the control box and compres-
cover. from the control box sor lead wires from the com-
Intorduction
pressors.
Multi V 5
5. Now the control box assem-
Mid bracket
Mid bracket
bly can be removed from the
outdoor unit after removing
Mid bracket screw the outer screws.
N Terminal 6. Inversely follow above proce-
U,V,W P Terminal Heat sink assembly dure (1~5) to reassemble the
Connector W Terminal
control box.
U Terminal V Terminal Note.
Apply thermal grease at the
Trouble shooting
heat sink if necessary.
guide
n Inverter PCB Servicing / Dismantling Procedure
1. Wait until Fan PCB DC voltage gets discharged after the main power switch off
2. Pull out DC Link connector and U, V, W fan motor connector connected with fan PCB 1. Remove the Thermal Pad mount- 2. Carefully pull out the Inverter 3. Detach the Compressor (U/V/W)
3. Set multi tester in resistance mode ing screws at the left side of the PCB from control box assembly. and the power input (R/S/T) lead
control box (4EA) wires.
4. If the value between P and N terminal of IPM is short (0Ω), PCB needs to be replaced
(IPM damaged)
5. If the measured value is different from the value given in the table, PCB is needs to be replaced
Control Logic
Diode terminal
P terminal : black(-) N terminal : red(-)
Tester terminal
U terminal : red(+) 4.98 ㏁ ± 10 % (25°C) 5.85 ㏁ ± 10 % (25°C)
V terminal : red(+) 4.98 ㏁ ± 10 % (25°C) 5.85 ㏁ ± 10 % (25°C) 4. Unscrew the middle IGBT mount- 5. Finally take out the PCB from the 6. Follow the same procedure (1~5)
ing screws (2EA) corner supporters. inversely to reassembly the
W terminal : red(+) 4.98 ㏁ ± 10 % (25°C) 5.85 ㏁ ± 10 % (25°C) inverter PCB.
Central Control
P terminal : red(+) N terminal : red(+) Note.
1. Apply thermal grease at heat sink
U terminal : black(-) 4.49 ㏁ ± 10 % (25°C) 0.72 ㏁ ± 10 % (25°C) if needed.
2. Carefully reconnect the wires with
V terminal : black(-) 4.49 ㏁ ± 10 % (25°C) 0.72 ㏁ ± 10 % (25°C) out interchanging the locations.
W terminal : black(-) 4.49 ㏁ ± 10 % (25°C) 0.72 ㏁ ± 10 % (25°C)

Back
Multi V 5 Trouble shooting
Basic Part Intorduction guide Control Logic Central Control Back
217
299
Ⅳ. Control Logic
Outdoor Unit Control
HR Unit Control
Ⅳ. Control Logic
Basic Part
Outdoor Unit Control
1. Outdoor Unit Control Classification 218
Intorduction
Multi V 5
2. Basic control 219
3. Special control 221
4. Protection control 226
5. function control 229
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
1. Outdoor Unit Control Classification 2. Basic Control
Function
1. Basic control
1.12.1 Normal operation
Outdoor Unit
Normal operation
Basic Control Normal operation Actuator Cooling operation Heating operation Stop state
Function
Compressor control Compressor Fuzzy control Fuzzy control stop
Master and slave unit's EEV control 1. Basic
Fan
control
Fuzzy control Fuzzy control stop
Basic Part
Fan motor control 1.1 Normal operation
Upper : Min. pulse
Main EEV Fuzzy control Min. pulse
Special Control Oil return Control Low : Full open
Actuator Cooling operation Heating operation Stop state
Defrost control Subcooling • Normal : Vapor injection Control
Compressor Fuzzy
Fuzzy control
control Fuzzycontrol
• Avoiding controlof high stop
Min. pulse
Partial Defrost EEV discharge temperature
Fan Fuzzy control Fuzzy control stop
Stopping operation Indoor Unit Superheating
Upper : Min. pulse Subcooling fuzzy control Min. pulse
Oil equalizing control EEV
Main EEV fuzzy control Fuzzy control Min. pulse
Low : Full open
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Protection Control Pressure protection control Note : Heating operation is not functional at an•outdoor
Normal :air temperature
Vapor of 27°C or more.
injection Control
Subcooling
Discharge Temperature control 1.2 Compressor
Cooling operationcontrol
is Fuzzy control at an •outdoor
not functional Avoidingair temperature
control of high of 2°C or lessMin.
withpulse
indoor unit
EEV discharge temperature
combination
Fuzzy control of 10% or evaporating
: Maintain less temperature(Te) to be constant on cooling mode and condensing
Inverter protection control
temperature(Tc)
Indoor Unit on heating mode by Fuzzy control to ensure the stable system performance.
Superheating
Subcooling fuzzy control Min. pulse
Phase detection (Tc: 47~51℃
EEV [116.6~123.8℉], Te: 2~5℃ [35.6~41℉])
fuzzy control
(1) Cooling mode
Pressure switch Te can be set various step at installation mode.
2.2 Compressor control
(2) Heating mode
Trouble shooting
Fucntion Control FDD Mode 1.2 Compressor control
Tc can be set various step at installation mode.
Function Mode
guide
Fuzzy control : Maintain evaporating temperature(Te) to be constant on cooling mode and condensing
Note: By setting on
temperature(Tc) dipheating
switch, mode
Te andbyTcFuzzy
are decided
control simultaneously.
to ensure the stable system performance.
SVC Mode (Tc: 47~51℃ [116.6~123.8℉], Te: 2~5℃ [35.6~41℉])
IDU Mode (1) Cooling mode
Te can be set various step at installation mode.
(2) Heating mode
System Capacity
Tc can be setFuzzy
various step atstart
control installation mode. Inverter
Comp 4
Note: By setting dip switch, Te and Tc are decided simultaneously.

Target (Linear Control)
Control Logic
Inverter Inverter
Comp 3 Comp 3
Inverter Inverter
Inverter
System Capacity
Min. frequency Comp 2
Comp 2 Comp 2
Inverter
Fuzzy control start
Stop(0Hz) Inverter Comp
Inverter4
Inverter
Comp 1 Comp 1
Comp 1
Target (Linear Control)
CoolingInverter
and heatingInverter
load
Comp 3 Comp 3
Fuzzy Control
Central Control
Inverter linear control asInverter
cooling and heating load
Inverter Inverterincreasing
Min. frequency Comp 2
Comp 2 Comp 2
Stop(0Hz) Inverter
Inverter
Comp 1
Inverter
Comp 1
Comp 1
Cooling and heating load

Fuzzy Control
Inverter linear control as cooling and heating load increasing

Back
3. Special Control
Function
2. Special control
2.3 Master and slave Unit's EEV control 3.1 Oil return control
2.1 Oil return control
(1) Main EEV control 3.1.1 Oil return control on cooling mode
Main EEV operates with fuzzy control rules to keep the degree of super Heat(Superheat) 2.1.1 Oil return control on cooling mode
(about 3°C [37.4°F])at the evaporator outlet stable during heating mode Oil return operation recovers Oil level in compressor by collecting oil accumulated in pipe.
The degree of Superheat = Tsuction - Tevaporation Each cycle component operates as shown on the below table during oil return operation.
Basic Part
Tsuction : temperature at suction pipe sensor(°C [°F]) Outdoor Unit
Tevaporation : evaporation temperature equivalent to low pressure(°C [°F])
Component Starting Running Ending
(2) Subcooling EEV control(about 15°C [59°F])) Inv Compressor 30Hz Setting Value 30Hz
Subcooling EEV works with fuzzy rules to keep the degree of Subcool at the outlet of subcooler during
cooling mode FAN Normal control Normal control Normal control
The degree of Subcool = Tcondensation - Tliquid Upper : Min. pulse Upper : Min. pulse Upper : Normal control
Main EEV Low : Max. pulse Low : Max. pulse Low : Normal control
Tliquid : temperature at outlet of subcooler(°C [°F])
Intorduction
Tcondensation : condensation temperature equivalent to high pressure(°C [°F]) Subcooling EEV Min. pulse 20 pulse 20 pulse
Multi V 5
(3) Avoiding excessive high discharge temperature : when discharge super heat degree is above (25°C 4way valve 1 OFF OFF OFF
[145°F]) in heating operation. 4way valve 2 OFF OFF
OFF
(4) Vapor injection flow-rate control at heating mode

The degree of Superheat (VI_SH) = Subcooler out(°C [°F]) – Subcooler in(°C [°F])
Indoor Unit
VI_SH can be controled according to current discharage super heat degree value. If discharge super
Trouble shooting
heat value is increased, then targe superheat value will be decreased to reduce refrigerant flow to Component Starting Running Ending
compressor.
guide
Fan Normal control OFF Normal control
Thermo on unit EEV Normal control Normal control Normal control
Thermo off unit EEV 40 pulse 400 pulse 40 pulse
Oil return signal OFF ON OFF

2.4 Fan motor control
Control Logic
Oil return operation time : 3 min for running step
Fan motor operates with Fuzzy control rules.
Starting condition : When low oil level which is measured by oil level sensor is kept continuously then oil
return operation will be started.
Oil return process ends if compressor protection control starts
Central Control
Back
Function Function
3.1.2
2.1.2 OilOil returncontrol
return controlon
onheating
heating mode
mode 3.2 Defrost control
2.2 Defrost
Outdoor Unit Defrost operation eliminates ice accumulated on heat exchanger, recovering performance of heat exchanger.
Each cycle component operates as following table during defrost operation.
Inv Compressor 30Hz Setting Value 25~40Hz Outdoor Unit
Basic Part
FAN Normal control Normal control Normal control Component Starting Running Ending
Main EEV Upper : Min. pulse Upper : Min. pulse Upper : Normal control Inv Compressor 30Hz Setting Value 25~40Hz
Low : Max. pulse Low : Max. pulse Low : Normal control
FAN Stop High pressure control Normal control
Subcooling EEV Min. pulse 20 pulse 20 pulse
Main EEV Normal control Max. pulse Normal control
4way valve 1 ON OFF ON
Subcooling EEV Normal control Min. pulse Normal control
Heat Recovery : OFF
Intorduction
4way valve 2 OFF OFF 4way valve 1 ON OFF OFF ON
Multi V 5
Heat pump : OFF
4way valve 2 OFF OFF OFF
Upper Heat Exchanger OFF OFF OFF
Indoor Unit
Lower Heat Exchanger ON OFF OFF OFF
Fan Normal control OFF Normal control
Trouble shooting
Thermo on unit EEV Normal control 400~800 pulse Normal control Indoor Unit
guide
Thermo off unit EEV 80~130 pulse 400~800 pulse 80~130 pulse
Fan OFF OFF OFF
Oil return operation time : 3 min for running step
Thermo on unit EEV Normal control 400~800 pulse Normal control
Starting condition:same as cooling mode
Oil return process ends if compressor protection control starts Ending condition
1) All heat exchanger pipe temperature are above setting temperature for 30 sec.
Control Logic
2) The running time of defrost operation is over 30% of the total heating time (Maximum 20 min.)
3) If compressor protection control starts by high discharge temperature of compressor.
Central Control
LGE Internal Use Only Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 24 -
Back
Function Function
3.3 Partial Defrost
2.3 Partial Defrost
3.4 Stopping operation
2.4 Stopping operation
Partial defrost operation divides heat exchanger with upper and parts that gives a chance to make the defrost 3.4.1
2.4.1 Stopping
Stopping operationononcooling
operation coolingmode
mode
separately in order to proceed the heating performance continuously. Each cycle component operates as follow-
ing table during partial defrost operation. Component Operation Note
Inv Compressor OFF -
Outdoor Unit
Basic Part
FAN Stop -
Inv Compressor Normal control Setting Value Normal control Main EEV 32 pulse -
FAN Normal control Low pressure control Normal control Stop(Min. pulse)
Subcooling EEV 16 pulse
Main EEV Normal control Normal control Normal control
4way valve 1 OFF -
Subcooling EEV Normal control Normal control Normal control
Intorduction
Heat Recovery : OFF -
Multi V 5
4way valve 1 ON ON ON 4way valve 2
Heat Pump : ON -
4way valve 2 OFF OFF OFF
Upper Heat Exchanger OFF OFF → ON → ON OFF
Lower Heat Exchanger OFF ON → OFF→ ON OFF

3.4.2
2.4.2 Stopping
Stopping operationononheating
operation heatingmode
mode
Component Operation Note
Trouble shooting
Inv Compressor OFF -
Indoor Unit
guide
FAN Stop -
Main EEV 32 pulse -
Fan ON(Setting) ON(Low) ON(Setting)
Thermo on unit EEV Normal control Normal control Normal control
Subcooling EEV 16 pulse Stop(Min. pulse)
n Ending condition 4way valve 1 ON OFF over 30℃ air temperature
Control Logic
1) Upper defrost ending condition over setting temperature.
4way valve 2 OFF -
2) Low defrost ending condition over setting temperature.
3) Max. 12 minutes
2.53.5
Oil Oil equalizing
equalizing controlcontrol
This function prevents oil unbalance between inverter compressors.
Central Control
When oil level which is measured by oil level sensor is kept differently between each compressor then oil
equalizing EEV will be open during 5 minutes.
※ Except for 1 compressor model

LGE Internal Use Only Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. - 26 -
Back

4. Protection Control
Function
Function
3. Protection control
4.1 Pressure Protection Control 3.24.2 Discharge
Discharge Temperature
temperature control Control
3.1 Pressure protection control n Outdoor unit control
4.1.1
3.1.1 Pressure
Pressure control
control on cooling
on cooling mode mode Temperature range Compressor Sub cooling EEV IDU EEV
High pressure control
Tdis
Tdis >113℃ (235.4℉) -5Hz/10sec. SC,SH decrease control SH decrease control
Pressure Range Compressor Fan
Basic Part
Pd ≥ 4003 kPa Stop Stop Tdis
Tdis >110℃ (230℉) -5Hz/30sec. SC,SH decrease control SH decrease control
Pd > 3775 kPa -15Hz/10sec. +100RPM/10sec. Tdis≥
Tdis 105℃ (221℉) Frequency holding SC,SH decrease control SH decrease control
Pd ≥ 3650 kPa Frequency holding +100RPM/10sec.
Tdis≤
Tdis 100℃ (212℉) +3Hz or less SC,SH decrease control SH decrease control
Pd ≥ 3480 kPa +2 Hz or less/10sec. +100RPM/10sec.
Pd < 3480 kPa Normal control Tdis
Tdis >100℃ (212℉) Normal control SC,SH decrease control SH decrease control
SC : Sub Cooling, SH : Super Heating

Low pressure control
Intorduction
3.34.3 Inverter
Inverter protection
protection control control
Multi V 5
Ps ≤ 110kPa Stop (1 min. later) Stop
Cooling & Heating or Cooling(Heating)
Ps ≤ 150kPa -10Hz / 10sec. -100RPM/10sec. Compressor
Chassis HP Normal Operation Frequency Down System Stop
Ps > 150kPa Frequency holding -100RPM/10sec. (kW)
Compressor1 Compressor2 Compressor1 Compressor2 Compressor1 Compressor2
Ps > 185kPa +2Hz or less/20sec. -100RPM/10sec. UXA 12 8 16(18)A or less - 16(18)A or more - 20A or more -
Ps > 220kPa +2Hz or less/20sec. -100RPM/10sec. UXA 17 10 24(26)A or less - 24(26)A or more - 28A or more -
Trouble shooting
Ps > 260kPa Normal Control
UXA 17 12 24(26)A or less - 24(26)A or more - 28A or more -
UXB 17 14 26(28)A or less - 26(28)A or more - 30A or more -
guide
Frequency holding : frequency (or RPM) is not increasing ( can decrease ) UXB 17 16 26(28)A or less - 26(28)A or more - 30A or more -
AC Input
Current UXB 17/12 18 24(26)A or less 18(20)A or less 24(26)A or more 18(20)A or more 28A or more 22A or more
4.1.2
3.1.2 Pressure
Pressure control
control on heating
on heating mode mode UXB 17/12 20 24(26)A or less 20(22)A or less 24(26)A or more 20(22)A or more 28A or more 24A or more
High pressure control UXB 17/12 22 25(27)A or less 21(23)A or less 25(27)A or more 21(23)A or more 29A or more 25A or more
UXB 17/17 24 26(28)A or less 26(28)A or less 26(28)A or more 26(28)A or more 30A or more 30A or more
UXB 17/17 26 26(28)A or less 26(28)A or less 26(28)A or more 26(28)A or more 30A or more 30A or more
Pd ≥ 4003 kPa Stop Stop
Control Logic
UXA 12 8 20A or less - 20A or more - 30A or more -
Pd > 3415 kPa -15Hz/10sec. -50RPM/10sec. UXA 17 10 28A or less - 28A or more - 41A or more -
UXA 17 12 28A or less - 28A or more - 41A or more -
Low pressure control
UXB 17 14 28A or less - 28A or more - 41A or more -
Pressure Range Compressor Fan Compressor UXB 17 16 28A or less - 28A or more - 41A or more -
Ps ≤ 110 kPa Stop Stop Current UXB 17/12 18 28A or less 20A or less 28A or more 20A or more 41A or more 30A or more
Ps ≤ 150 kPa -10Hz/10sec. +100RPM/10s UXB 17/12 20 28A or less 20A or less 28A or more 20A or more 41A or more 30A or more
Ps ≤ 185 kPa Frequency holding +100RPM/10s UXB 17/12 22 28A or less 20A or less 28A or more 20A or more 41A or more 30A or more
Central Control
UXB 17/17 24 28A or less 28A or less 28A or more 28A or more 41A or more 41A or more
Ps ≤ 220 kPa +2 Hz or less/10sec. +100RPM/10s
UXB 17/17 26 28A or less 28A or less 28A or more 28A or more 41A or more 41A or more£
Ps ≤ 260 kPa Normal control Normal control
h AC input current is input current of inverter compressor except constant current (current pass through noise filter)
Frequency holding : frequency (or RPM) is not increasing ( can decrease ).

Only for training and service purposes - 28 -
Back
5. Function control
Function
3.44.4 Phase
Phase detection
detection 5.1 Generation 4 Features
n If the power lines are connected incorrectly the product will not work and displays error like below. Generation 4 Features (Gen. 4)
Case1) 1 or more phase lines are missing (disconnected)
Case 2) Neutral (N) line connected wrongly to any phase line - Two (2) set point control between zone and central / gateway controllers.
- Improved cooling / heating thermal on / off range setting.
Case Operation
Basic Part
- Improved communication rate / auto addressing time.
M - -
Single Unit - Fan off during cooling thermal off setting.
Error No. 501 - -
- New Premium controller / upgraded programmable controller.
M S1 S2
- Improved group control airflow features.
Error No. 501 Error No. 502 Error No. 503
- Indoor unit power consumption display.
R, S, T M + S1 M + S2 M + S3
Missed - Added heating test mode / commissioning operation setting.
(At the same time) (At the same time) (At the same time)
Phase Series Units
Error No. 501 Error No. 502 Error No. 503 - Filter status notification.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
M + S1 + S2
- -
- System product check feature using wall controller.
(At the same time)
Error No. 501 - -
The latest versions of LG’s indoor units are Generation 4 (Gen 4).
N No error For Gen 4 indoor units to operate with Gen 4 indoor unit features, the air conditioning system must meet the
Single Unit Normal operation following requirements:
Reversed Single Unit Normal operation - All indoor units, heat recovery units, and outdoor units must be Gen 4 or higher.
R, S, T
Phase
If Neutral (N) line wrongly connects to any phase line (R or S or T) - All Outdoor units must have Gen 4 or higher software installed.
Trouble shooting
The Error No. 25 or 50 will be appeared.
- Outdoor units DIP switch 3 must be set to ON (factory default setting is OFF).
guide
h M : Master Unit, - All controllers must support Gen 4 indoor unit features.
S1 : Slave Unit 1
S2 : Slave Unit 2
S3 : Slave Unit 3 Select the mode/function/option/value using '▶', '◀' Button and confirm that using the '●' button after dip
switch No.5 is turned on.
3.54.5 Pressure
Pressure switchswitch
Control Logic
- Main has pressure sensing switch in series between compressor and power relay.
- The state of pressure sensing switch is normally on. It has small electric current from 220V AC. Never touch
the connecting terminal with hand nor two short wires directly.
Central Control
Back
Outdoor Indoor
Heat recovery boxes
Outdoor Unit
Operation Status 5.2 Function Control Setting
Units* Units** Dipswitch No.3
System will operate with Gen. 4 indoor Select the mode/function/option/value using '▶', '◀' Button and confirm that using the '●' button after dip
Must be ON
unit features. switch No.5 is turned on.
Model 2A ONLY
Gen 4 System will operate but without Gen. 4
OFF
Basic Part
ONLY indoor unit features.
Any combination of Must be OFF

Gen 4 Models 1A, 2A (factory default) Does NOT include Gen. 4 features.
or System will not operate if DIP Switch
Higher Model 2A ONLY No. 3 is ON, and an error code CH200
Any combi- Must be OFF will be generated to ODU and CH242
nation of Any combination of (factory default) on Gen 2 IDU.
Intorduction
Gen 2 and Models 1A, 2A
Multi V 5
Gen 4 ■ The Function Table
Any combination of
N/A*** Does not include Gen. 4 features.
Models 0A****1A, 2A FD - Function codes designated as "FDD" are used by the Multi V commissioning agent to assist with
system startup. No "FD" function code should be left in the "on" position without an authorized LG com-
* Gen 4 or Higher outdoor units : Multi V 5, Multi V IV or Multi V Water IV with Gen 4 or Higher software missioning agent approving the use.
(see table below for Gen 4 or higher serial numbers) or Multi V S.
FN - Function codes designated by "Installation" are used to modify the behavior of one or more compo-
** Gen 4 Indoor Units model numbers end in “4”; Gen 2 Indoor Units model numbers end in “2” or an “A”, nents of the VRF system. A change in the value of an "FN" function code typically impacts the behavior
Trouble shooting
including Hydro Kit. of the refrigeration system control universally.
*** DIP Switch No. 3 on Gen 2 outdoor units is not related to Gen 4 features as it is with Gen 4 outdoor
guide
SE - Function codes designated as "Service" should only be used by a qualified Multi V VRF Service Engi-
units.
neer. The "SE" codes are designed to provide the qualified service technician with manual control of the
**** 0A Model Heat Recovery boxes are not for use with Multi V 5, Multi V IV, Multi V Water IV, or Multi V III VRF system component(s) as an aide in isolating an operational problem during initial commissioning
heat recovery systems. and startup or to assist the service technician with diagnosing an operational problem. No "SE" function
code should be left in the "on" position without a qualified Multi V service technician on site.
ID - Function codes designated by "IDU" are used to modify the behavior of one or more of the indoor units.
A modification to an ID function code value typically is used to fix a localized issue with a single or group
Control Logic
of indoor units.
Model Type
Mode Display Function Selection Content Heat Heat Page
Recovery Pump
Fd 1 Automatic Refrigerant Charging (Cooling) ● ● 202
Fd 2 Automatic Refrigerant Charging (Heating) ● ● 202
Central Control
Fd 3 Refrigerant Amount Check (Cooling) ● ● -
Fdd Fd 4 Refrigerant Amount Check (Heating) ● ● -
Fd 7 Automatic ITR (Cooling / Heating) ● ● 205
Fd 8 All IDU operation (Cooling) ● ● 209
Fd 9 All IDU operation (Heating) ● ● 209
Back
Model Type Model Type
Mode Display Function Selection Content Heat Heat Page Mode Display Function Selection Content Heat Heat Page
Recovery Pump Recovery Pump
FN 1 Cool & Heat Selector - ● 210 SE 12 Number of Partial Defrost ● ● 251
FN 2 High Static Pressure Compensation ● ● 212 SE 14 Level Changes of CH200 ● - 252
SVC
Basic Part
FN 3 Night Low Noise ● ● 214 SE 15 Level Changes of CH53 ● ● 252
FN 4 Overall Defrost ● ● 216 SE 17 Fan Motor Service mode ● ● 000
FN 5 ODU Addressing ● ● 218 Id 1 EEV Pulse of Non-Operating IDU in Heating ● ● 253
FN 6 Snow Removal & Rapid Defrost ● ● 219 Id 2 Set IDU Superheat ● ● 254
FN 7 Airflow Adjusting for IDU ● ● 220 Id 3 Set IDU Subcool ● ● 254
FN 8 Target Pressure Adjusting ● ● 221 Id 5 Set Auto Pipe Detection ● - 255
FN 9 Low Ambient Kit ● ● 222 Id 6 Start Auto Pipe Detection ● - 255
Intorduction
Multi V 5
FN 10 High Efficiency Mode (Cooling Operation) ● ● 223 Id 7 Set Zone Master ● - 257
Idu
FN 11 Auto Dust Removal Mode ● ● 224 Id 8 Operating IDU Low Noise ● - 258
FN 12 Compressor Max. Frequency Limit ● ● 225 Id 9 In Cooling IDU EEV Max. Pulse ● ● 259
Func FN 13 ODU Fan Max. RPM Limit ● ● 226 Id 10 Comfort Cooling ● ● 260
FN 14 Smart Load Control ● ● 227 Id 11 Non-Operating IDU Subcool ● ● 262
FN 16 Humidity Reference ● ● 231 Id 12 Set IDU Superheat for Fan ● ● 263
Trouble shooting
FN 17 Active Oil Control ● ● - Id 13 IDU Fan RPM Direct Control ● ● -
guide
The Connecting of Central Control at IDU
FN 19 ● ● 232 * Functions save in EEPROM will be maintained continuously, though the system power was reset.
Terminals
FN 20 Compressor Input Current ● ● 233
FN 21 The Smart Plug ● ● 234
FN 22 Overall Defrost Entrance for Low temperature ● ● 235
FN 23 Optional Base Panel Heater ● ● 236
Control Logic
FN 24 Change Defrost Control for Noise Reduction ● ● 000
FN 25 Priority Cooling ● ● 000
FN 26 Refrigerant gas leak detection system mode ● ● 000
SE 1 Pump Down ● ● 237
SE 2 Pump Out ● ● 239
SE 3 Vaccum ● ● 243
SE 4 Back Up ● ● 244
Central Control
SE 5 Forced Oil Return ● ● 246
SVC
SE 6 Forced Defrost ● ● 246
SE 8 Display Cycle Information ● ● 247
SE 9 Noise Reduction ● ● 248
SE 10 Entry Heating Oil Return ● ● 249
SE 11 Heating Fan Low Noise ● ● 250
Back
5.3 FDD Mode 5.3.2 FDD Code Display
5.3.1 FDD Check List Code Display Cause

130% more than outdoor unit rated capacity or 80% less than
■ Please check the following. E01 outdoor unit rated capacity
Basic Part
E02 System Unstable Error
1. Automatic address setting has been preceded by a test drive will proceed on the premise.
After installation, auto address must be checked because it is related the number of Installation E03 Temperature Range Error
E04 Can't operate FDD function to be frost
2. 3 minutes after the initial power on test drive at one point.
After the power on, MICOM data reset and communication with indoor unit time is 3minute E05 In case error occurs during sensor checking process
3. Indoor units must be manufactured after Feb. 2009. E06 Occurs when the indoor unit number is one
Intorduction
Multi V 5
E07 If not click the button in auto charging function
4. In FDD test drive, state of the test drive and error are displayed using 7 segment.
The process of the test drive and state of error are displayed using only the master outdoor unit. FDD feature forced termination or Refrigerant auto charging
E08 normal termination
5. If the error is occurred during the test drive, it will be operated the last step after turn off the test drive. E09 Wait a system-off for operate FDD function
After the dipswitch off, pressing the black button for 2 seconds in order to reset all data and return to
E10 Need additional refrigerant sealed
operation standby state
Itr / Inlt No FDD test run
Trouble shooting
6. SW04C (X: Cancel) button and SW01C (●: execute) button is pressed for more than 5 seconds at the
When it is judged that refrigerant sealing is necessary during
same time when the test drive must be turned of the reason of abrupt trouble during test drive. PrEs / Butn
guide
auto charging function
7. All indoor units are turned off or the results are displayed after 90 seconds when the test drive is over. System error Occur system error
8. First, please pressing the main PCB reset button for 3 minutes when you want to use all FDD functions.
9. Normal test run is operated when you use more than LGMV 7.1.1 version.
Control Logic
· If the product is used for the first time after installation, the ITR (Fd7) must be completed before normal
use.
Central Control
· The indoor unit can not be operated during FDD operation (indicated by 'HL' on the wired remote control).
· When replacing the main PCB, please use it as the old EEPROM. (Test run information is stored in
EEPROM)
Back
5.3.3 Refrigerant Auto Charging (Cooling / Heating) ■ Detailed information
• Install refrigerant charging device like this page.
This function charge suitable refrigerant amount in system through cycle operation automatically. If the refriger- • If it is out of the guarantee temperature range, can end by not operating refrigerant charging.
ant amount is inaccurate by service, pipe leakage, etc, can use this function. Function - Outdoor guarantee temperature range
cooling : 0~43°C [32~109.4 °F] / heating : -10~24°C [14~75.2°F]
Basic Part
■ 4.3 Refrigerant
Setting Auto Charging
the function - Function
Indoor guarantee temperature range
This function charge suitable refrigerant amount in system through cycle operation automatically. cooling : 0~32°C [32~64.4°F] / heating : 10~27°C [50~80.6°F]
Function
If the refrigerant amount is inaccurate by service, pipe leakage, etc, can use this function. • Install refrigerant charging device like this page.
Use refrigerant charging, if service only. • If the
• If itsystem areguarantee
is out of the turned off continuously
temperature range,by
canlow
endpressure decrease
by not operating excessively
refrigerant charging. due to refrigerant lack
Refrigerant
Put the refrigerant Auto Charging
by calculating Fd 1 (Cooling) / Fd 2 (Heating)
the refrigerant amount surely, if install. - Outdoor guarantee temperature range (cooling : 0~43℃ [32~109.4 ℉], heating : -10~24℃ [14~75.2℉])
Refrigerant charging time can be different following the charging refrigerant amount.
before E10 expression, try again after add about 15% refrigerant of regular refrigerant amount.
- Indoor guarantee temperature range (cooling : 0~32℃ [32~64.4℉], heating : 10~27℃ [50~80.6℉])
( Charging time : about 3 minute/kg )
■ Flow Chart • If the system are turned off continuously by low pressure decrease excessively due to refrigerant lack before E10 expres-
• Press
sion,SW04C(X: Cancel)
try again after button
add about and down
15% refrigerant dip switch
of regular afteramount.
refrigerant function end.
• Press SW04C(X: Cancel) button and down dip switch after function end.
Start
Intorduction
■ Refrigerant Charging
4.4 Refrigerant Method
charging method and error contents
Multi V 5
Cooling
Blowing mode for 1 minute Heat recovery system Heat pump system
Heating
No
Temperature/load
condition suitability
Yes
Trouble shooting
Start system full room operation
Operate refrigerant amount judgment mode
guide
Refrigerant Charging kit Refrigerant Charging kit
(25minute operation)
(PRAC1) (PRAC1)
No Operation time No
Cycle stability
40minute over
Yes Yes
No
Refrigerant lack
Cycle instability
Control Logic
Yes
Expression
< ORDER >
• Procedure
1. Prepare Manifold, refrigerant and scale. (sold separately)
2. Connect
1. Prepare Manifold
Manifold, to refrigerant
refrigerant charging
and scale. portseparately)
(sold As shown in the figure above.
SW02C,SW03C No No 3. Connect Manifold and refrigerant.
(�, �) Push Button
12 minutes over after 2. Connect Manifold to refrigerant charging port As shown in the figure above.
E10 expression 4. Perform the air purge between Manifold hose.
over 3 second 3. Connect Manifold and refrigerant.
5. When / is appeared, push ‘►’ or ‘◀’ button.
4. Perform the air purge between Manifold hose.
6. When or is appeared, open the valve and fill the system with the refrigerant.
Yes 5. When is appeared, push '▶' or '◀' button.
7. When or is appeared, close the valve and remove connected charging port.
Central Control
Start refrigerant charging 6. When is appeared, open the valve and fill the system with the refrigerant.
7. When is appeared, close the valve and remove connected charging port.
Refrigerant amount
No WARNING
• When perform the leakage test and air purge, please use a vacuum pump or an inert gas. (nitrogen)
Yes
If you use Oxygen, compressed air and flammable gas, there are fire and danger of explosion.
Reverse switching, indoor unit OFF There are risk of death, personal injury, fire, explosion.
End
CAUTION
1. When you put refrigerant, using the specified equipment.
Back
2. Please the wired remote control to set the main unit.
3. During Indoor unit operating, be careful not to be Thermo off.
236 _TROUBLE
Copyright ©2017 SHOOTING
LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
- 35 -
GUIDE BOOK LGE Internal Use Only 4. If The Outdoor unit occurred frost when Heating automatic refrigerant filling, _ 237
Please restart corresponding function after forced defrost.
LGE Internal
ITR (Cooling / Heating / Automatic)
Use Only
WARNING 5.3.4 Automatic ITR (Cooling / Heating)
· When perform the leakage test and air purge, please use a vacuum pump or an inert gas.
It is a function to get information about amount of refrigerant and EEV status in IDU, ODU if normal or not.
(nitrogen) ITR (Cooling / Heating / Automatic)
· If you use Oxygen, compressed air and flammable gas, there are fire and danger of explosion. There are
risk of death, personal injury, fire, explosion. This
■ Setting thefunction
functionis checking process for normal operation of parts and system on
operating system.
Basic Part
Function
■ Setting
Automaticthe
ITRfunction
(Cooling / Heating) Fd 7
· When you put refrigerant, using the specified equipment. Function
· Please the wired remote control to set the main unit. ■ Flow Chart
ITR (Cooling) Fn 7 (Cooling / Heating / Automatic)
· During Indoor unit operating, be careful not to be thermo off.
· Use refrigerant charging, if service only. 1. Cooling
· Put the refrigerant by calculating the refrigerant amount surely, if install. ■ Flow
• If the systemChart
is in operation before entering the cooling test operation, "IDU / STOP" is displayed, then
Intorduction
· Refrigerant charging time can be different following the charging refrigerant amount. the indoor unit is turned off and the FDD operation is entered. please enter the total amount of refriger-
Multi V 5
1. Cooling
ant accurately before entering mode.
(charging time : about 3 kg / min)
· If The outdoor unit occurred frost when Heating automatic refrigerant filling,
Please restart corresponding function after forced defrost.
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
LGE Internal
ITR (Cooling / Heating / Automatic)
2. Heating Use Only ■ The Display of Results
• If the system is in operation before entering the heating test operation, "IDU / STOP" is displayed, then
the indoor unit is turned off and the FDD operation is entered. please enter the total amount of refriger- Judgment Code Display
ant accurately before entering mode.
2. Heating OK 5-Cn
IDU EEV NG 5-C1
Basic Part
Impossible to Judge 5-CF
ITR(Cooling) More than standard ex) 20%
Less than standard ex) -15%

Refrigerant
Don't Adjustment required 00
Intorduction
Multi V 5
OK 6-Cn
IDU EEV NG 6-C1
OK 7-Cn
Outdoor
Trouble shooting
NG 7-C1
ITR(Heating) Main EEV
guide
More than standard ex) 20%
Less than standard ex) -15%

Refrigerant
Don't Adjustment required 00
Control Logic
· Ask an authorized technician to setting a function.
· Guaranteed temperature range.
- IDU : 18~32°C [64.4~89.6°F] / ODU : 0~43°C [32~109.4°F]
Central Control
· In case the function is not used, set the dip S/W oFF and reset the power.
· If the indoor unit error occurs, indoor unit operate in fan mode. the indoor unit number that occurred an
error is not displayed.
· Fd3 and Fd4 (refrigerant amount check) is function to judge the system's refrigerant automatically
through the system operation. For details, refer to the service manual.
Back
Function
■ The Display of Results 5.3.5 All IDU operation (Cooling / Heating)
4.10 Multi V ITR result report
Follow the process.
It is a function to continuously operate in cooling / heating for one hour.
■ Setting the function
Basic Part
Function
Multi V Start up Confirmation(example)
All IDU operation (Cooling) Fd 8
Installation Information All IDU operation (Heating) Fd 9
Name Company / Address product composition
Installer Outdoor unit 1
CIQ
Supervisor
Indoor unit
HR unit
4
0
■ Detailed information
Site Total refrigerant quantity 10.3 Kg • This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery.
*Please make sure that the product configuration information
. matches the actual installation.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trial run Condition • It is used for the purpose of checking the drain or heating cycle (EEV etc. parts inspection) when cooling
Air temperature Standard value Status of trial run / heating continuous operation is not possible due to themo off.
Cooling: 10°C ≤Indoor temperature ≤ 35°C
Indoor 26.9 °C Heating: 15°C ≤Indoor temperature ≤ 35°C
Operation mode Cooling trial run
Cooling: 0°C ≤ Outdoor temperature ≤ 45°C Trial run error

Outdoor 25.1 °C Heating: -10°C ≤ Outdoor temperature ≤ 35°C Normal shutdown
information
Trial run report

Amount of refrigerant Outdoor uint EEV Indoor unit EEV · Ask an authorized technician to setting a function.
Trouble shooting
Normal
Amount of refrigerant : 10.2kg
- Normal · This function enables additional charging of the refrigerant and installation inspection before ITR.
guide
Cycle summary
ODU 1 ODU 2 ODU 3 ODU 4
Item Criteria
Minimum Maximum Average pass/fail Minimum Maximum Average pass/fail Minimum Maximum Average pass/fail Minimum Maximum Average pass/fail
High pressure 2000~3500kPa

( kPa ) 2112 2643 3372 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (Cool/Heat)
Low pressure 650~1200kPa(Cool)

( kPa ) 677 726 1124 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 200~1000kPa(Heat)
ODU EEV
30 65 130 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -
Control Logic
pulse
Discharge
superheating - - 22 - - 0 - - 0 - - 0 10 ~ 50°C
( °C )
Suction
superheat. - - 13.8 - - 0 - - 0 - - 0 0.5 ~ 30°C
( °C )
Subcooling
( °C )
- - 19.2 - - 0 - - 0 - - 0 0.5 ~ 20°C
INV1 Discharge
temperature - - 84 - - 0 - - 0 - - 0 50 ~ 100°C
(°C)
INV2 Discharge
temperature - - 82 - - 0 - - 0 - - 0 50 ~ 100°C
(°C)
Input
voltage 380 380 380 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 345~456V
(V)
Central Control
Phase
current 10 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 20A↓
(A)
INV1 CT
current - - 15 - - 0 - - 0 - - 0 24A↓
(A)
INV2 CT
current - - 15 - - 0 - - 0 - - 0 24A↓
(A)
- 43 -
Back
5.4 Function Mode ■ Detailed information
• This function is used with heat pump only.
5.4.1 Cool & Heat selector
• Heating, Cooling, Fan Only, Dry modes are a change in the setting impact.
It is a function to control the cooling / heating limit through the switch of cool & heat selector and ODU
This is used to prevent heterogeneous operation and unnecessary energy wastage. • Cool & Heat selector information
Basic Part
- IDU control without central controller.
■ Setting the function - Select operation mode : Cooling, Heating, Fan mode.
- Mode lock for cooling & heating mixing error-proof during the change of season.
Function Option
- The Cool & Heat selector switch consists of two toggle switches mounted over/under. The upper
Cool & Heat selector Fn 1 oFF, op1~op2 switch is two-position and manually locks out heating and cooling operation allowing Fan only or
allows heating or cooling operation depending on the position of the lower switch. The bottom switch
is two-position and manually sets the position of the outdoor unit's reversing valve. If the left side
■ Option Selection
Intorduction
is depressed, the valve is in the cool position. If the right side is depressed, the valve is in the heat
Multi V 5
position.
Switch Control Function
Switch (Up) Switch (Down) oFF op1 op2 • Wiring Diagram
Right side (On) Left side (Left) Not operate Cooling Cooling
Right side (On) Right side (On) Not operate Heating Heating
Left side (On) - Not operate Fan mode Off
Trouble shooting
• If "On" & "op1" is selected, the following three operating scenarios are possible:
guide
1) Cooling mode
The right side of the upper switch + The right side of the lower switch.
2) Heating mode
The right side of the upper switch + The left side of the lower switch.
Control Logic
2) Fan mode
The left side of the upper switch (The position of the lower switch is irrelevant)
Mechanical refrigeration is locked out and the IDU fans are allowed to operate.
Left Right
Central Control
Upper · If do not use a function, set an off-mode.
· If use a function, first install a Cool & Heat selector.
· Simultaneous model can not be used.
· Communication line length can be maximum 300m, use Communication line as thick as 1.25mm.
Lower
· This function is disabled during central controller connection.
(Central control mode lock function is prior to this function)
Back
5.4.2 High Static Pressure Compensation ■ Detailed information
• This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery.
This function secures the air flow rate of ODU, in case the static pressure has been applied like using duct at
fan discharge of ODU. • All modes of operation involving compressor operation are a change in the setting impact.
When the static pressure is added to the air flow rate of ODU, the air flow rate is reduced. This function com-
pensates the reduced air flow rate by increasing the RPM of fan according to the static pressure. • The operating symptoms that might be corrected using this function During normal operation in cooling
Basic Part
mode, the system head pressure is consistently high relative to target pressure. In heating mode during
■ Setting the function normal operation, the system suction pressure is too low relative to the target pressure.
Function Option • If the air flow rate of ODU is decrease according to the static pressure, the efficiency of the system de-
High Static Pressure creases. generally, when the air flow is less than 80% of the rated air flow, the cycle changes abnormally.
Fn 2 oFF, op1~op3
Compensation (ex. high pressure over-pressure, low pressure over-pressure)
• Each option increases the max RPM to ensure air flow rate at least 80% of the rated air flow rate, depend-
Intorduction
ing on the static pressure.
Multi V 5
UXA (8~12HP)
Setting
RPM Pa CMM at 0Pa CMM at 80Pa
Standard (Default) 880 0~20 240 175
op1 910 21~40 255 190
op2 930 41~60 265 200 · If the indoor unit combination is more than 100%, a higher level option setting should be considered.
Trouble shooting
op3 950 61~80 270 205 · The air flow increases when the option is set at a higher level than the static pressure. This causes
increase in noise and power consumption.
guide
· It is recommended to check the correct static pressure when setting the option step.
UXB (14~26HP)
Setting
RPM Pa CMM at 0Pa CMM at 80Pa
Standard (Default) 1000 0~20 320 190
op1 1040 21~40 335 230
op2 1070 41~60 350 260
Control Logic
op3 1100 61~80 360 280
※ Based on connecting duct
Central Control
Back
5.4.3 Night Low Noise ■ Detailed information
The night low noise function is used to reduce the operating speed of the outdoor unit fans under normal operat- • Cooling mode is a change in the setting impact.
ing conditions in the evening while the outdoor unit is operating in the cooling mode.
• Multi V 5 continuously monitors the building's cooling demand. On a rolling 24 hour basis, the peak cool-
Basic Part
■ Setting the function ing demand is maintained and an internal timer begins counting hours since the peak demand was set.
Depending on which setting value is selected, Multi V 5's Night Low Noise function will delay the begin-
Function Option ning time of the restricted fan speed operation. Also, depending on which setting value is selected, the
Night Low Noise Fn 3 oFF, op1~op12 restricted fan speed period time varies.
• Night Silent Operation

Judgment Time Operation Time Noise
Intorduction
Setting
Multi V 5
(Hr) (Hr) UXA UXB
op1 8 9 55 59
op2 6.5 10.5 55 59
op3 5 12 55 59
op4 8 9 52 56
Trouble shooting
op5 6.5 10.5 52 56
op6 5 12 52 56
guide
op7 8 9 49 53
op8 6.5 10.5 49 53
op9 5 12 49 53
op10 Continuous Operation 55 59
Control Logic
• J udgment Time : The time that the outdoor temperature is highest - Function starts time
•O
peration time : The time that the low noise operation function is maintained after the function is turned
on
•O
ption : Determine the target noise level (limited Max FAN RPM by option step)
Central Control
· In case of setting the target noise level, cooling capacity can be decreased.
· In most applications, since the cooling load decreases during the night, setting this function has no
detrimental impact on cooling capacity.
· You can set the low noise mode control main agent by using wired remote controller (for details, refer to
the new standard remote controller's manual.
Back
5.4.4 Overall Defrost • Schematic Diagram
1) Overall Defrost
It is a function to select the overall or partial defrost when the defrost is in operation.
Basic Part
Function Option
Overall Defrost Fn 4 on, oFF
2) Partial Defrost (Heat Pump)
Setting Detail of function
Intorduction
on Overall defrost
Multi V 5
oFF Partial defrost (Default)
• Overall Defrost - Return to heating after quick defrosting operation
• Partial Defrost - Operate defrosting while heating
Trouble shooting
• In locations where the relative humidity remains high during the heating season or where experience
guide
has shown that defrosting all the outdoor units at the same time saves energy and/or shortens the time it 3) Partial Defrost (Heat Recovery)
takes to defrost the outdoor unit coil without impacting the comfort level in the building.
•T
his function is used with heat pump and heat recovery.
•H
eating mode is a change in the setting impact.
Control Logic
•T
he operating symptoms that might be corrected using this function When the outside ambient air tem-
perature is above 0°C(32°F), visual inspection shows that all frost (or ice) is not cleared from the outdoor
unit's coil following a defrost cycle.
•O
verall defrost mode recommended environment When the temperature of continuous heating is kept for
a long time in a low temperature and high humidity environment in winter.
(outdoor temperature : -5°C or less / humidity : 70% or more)
Central Control
· Although the discharge temperature is lowered, the heating operation rate increases while partial defrost.
· If you use continuous heating mode, please select partial defrost mode.
Back
5.4.5 ODU Addressing 5.4.6 Snow Removal & Rapid Defrost
It is the outdoor unit address setting function for outdoor unit when central controller is installed. It is a function to prevent accumulation of snow in the snowy area or to judgment the fast defrost in the humid
area.
Basic Part
Function Option ■ Setting the function
ODU Addressing Fn 5 0 ~ 254 Function Option
Snow Removal & Rapid Defrost Fn 6 oFF, op1~op3
■ Option Selection ■ Option Selection

Setting Detail of function Fan speed during snow removal (RPM)
Setting Mode
Intorduction
0 Default (Not Install a central controller) UXA UXB
Multi V 5
1 ~ 254 Number of outdoor unit oFF Not setting - -
op1 Snow removal 670 850
•T
his function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. op2 Rapid defrost - -
op3 Snow removal & Rapid defrost 670 850
Trouble shooting
guide
· If use a function, first install a central controller. 1. Snow Removal
•A
function to prevent the snow from accumulating and blocking the flow path during the outdoor unit
non-operation.
(set in areas of the country where snow may accumulates on the top of the unit)
•O
utside temperature 3 degrees or less, 2 minutes every 30 minutes outdoor fan operation while non-
operation.
Control Logic
2. Rapid Defrost
•T
his is optional logic that limits the severity of frost accumulation on the outdoor unit coil between
defrost cycles. it calls for more frequent defrost cycles.
•R
apid defrost start condition.
Conditions
Tout ＜ 0°C ΔTt ＞ 9°C Tt ＜ -15&&operating time ＞ 90min
0°C ＜ Tout ＜ -15°C ΔTt ＞ 10°C T indoor, pipe in(avg) ＜ 40°C
Central Control
Tout ≤ -15°C - operating time ＞ 120min
Tout ＜ 5°C RH ＞ 85% operating time ＞ 180min
* ΔTt : Outdoor Temp. - Heat Exchanger Temp.

· If do not use a function, set an off-mode.
Back
5.4.7 Airflow Adjusting for IDU 5.4.6 Target
5.4.8 Snow Removal
Pressure&Adjusting
Rapid Defrost
It is the function to cope with the overload by changing air flow in the room to the low air flow when the compres- It is a function to change the target pressure of ODU according to field installation conditions (ex. pressure loss
sor Hz is the maximum but the high pressure is low. according to piping length) and customer characteristics (ex, cooling or heating capability).
Basic Part
■ Setting the function ■ Setting the function
Function Option Function Option
Airflow Adjusting for IDU Fn 7 on, oFF Target Pressure Adjusting Fn 8 oFF, op1~op6
■ Option Selection Setting Cooling (Low Pressure, kPa) Heating (High Pressure, kPa)
Intorduction
oFF 804 2990
Multi V 5
on Low capacity mode (discharge temperature up) op1 725 3121
oFF Not setting op2 765 3056
op3 869 2827
•U
se when it is known the outdoor unit is operating at full capacity during the heating season and the op4 935 2663
indoor unit air temperature in all zones is low, or feels drafty in nearly all the conditioned spaces served op5 1000 2500
Trouble shooting
by the system.
op6 1065 2337
guide
•T
his function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. op7 804 2990
•H
eating modes is a change in the setting impact. ■ Detailed information
•T
•T
he operating symptoms that might be corrected using this function
This function should only be used on a temporary basis. It is typically used when the outdoor unit is un- •H
eating, Cooling and Dry modes is a change in the setting impact.
dersized. Symptoms occur most often when the design combination ratio (i.e. [nominal cooling capacity
Control Logic
of all IDUs] / [nominal cooling capacity of the outdoor unit]x100) is greater than 130%. •T
Low compressor operating speed on peak design days (or low compressor operating
Symptoms include one or more of the following: hours) during the heating or cooling seasons or both (in the case of an oversized outdoor unit).
1) One or more IDU fans will not start because the temperature of the indoor unit coil does not reach
85°F (i.e. perpetual "hot start" mode)
2) Indoor unit fans run, but the leaving are temperature is low.
· Option values of UXA / UXB Chassis are the same.
Central Control
· A power consumption or capacity can be changed.
· Ask an authorized technician to setting a function. · This function can not be set with the remote control.
· Always verify the refrigerant charge is correct before considering the use of this function. This function is
not a fix for a poorly designed piping system or a system that is not properly operating.
Back
5.4.6 Low
5.4.9 SnowAmbient
RemovalKit& Rapid Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.10 High Removal
Efficiency&Mode
Rapid Defrost
It is a function to Informs the Multi V microprocessor controller the low ambient kit is installed. High efficiency mode refers to increasing the compressor capability to cool at high ambient temperatures.
This function automatically lowers the target low pressure as the outdoor ambient temperature rises while the
outdoor unit operates in cooling mode (i.e. reversing valve in cooling position).
Basic Part
Function Option
Low Ambient Kit Fn 9 on, oFF
Function Option
High Efficiency Mode Fn 10 on, oFF
Setting Detail of function ■ Option Selection
Intorduction
on Low ambient kit installation
Multi V 5
oFF Not setting (Default) on High efficiency mode
oFF Default
•T
his function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. ■ Detailed information
(However, the kit does not extend the range of cooling below -15°C(5ºF) unless all indoor units are •T
operating in cooling when heat recovery is used)
Trouble shooting
•C
ooling and Dry modes is a change in the setting impact.
• Low ambient cooling modes is a change in the setting impact.
guide
•T
•T
he operating symptoms that might be corrected using this function On extremely hot days when cooling demand is the highest, depending on the capacity of the outdoor
This option assist the Multi V core logic maintain compressor suction pressure at low ambient tempera- unit relative to the actual load, if the VRF system is struggling to keep the space temperature, invoking
tures. this option may be the solution to provide a little more capacity to meet the need.
• In buildings where the zones served by the Multi V system will all need cooling when outdoor ambient •H
igh efficiency mode can be used for all cooling dominant installations. Using this option will provide ad-
temperatures fall below 5°F. ditional cooling capacity, but will do so by increasing the amount of work (i.e. raises lift) the compressor
Control Logic
will perform. Net energy consumed may increase if this option is invoked.
•O
peration range after installation of low ambient kit
Before : -15~48°C / After : -25~48°C (detailed refer to the manual)

· Ask an authorized technician to setting a function. · Always verify the refrigerant charge is correct before using this function. If the refrigerant charge is low,
· If do not use a function, set an off-mode. the use of this function will not provide any benefit.
Central Control
· If low ambient kit is installed, this function must be enabled.
· Refer to the accessory manual or PDB for how to set up and use the guide.
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.4.11 Auto Dust
Removal
Removal
& Rapid
Mode
Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.12 Compressor
RemovalMax.
& Rapid
Frequency
DefrostLimit
This function is able to improve the heat exchange efficiency to maintain clean state on heat exchanger of ODU. It is a function to limit the maximum speed (frequency) of inverter compressor.
Dust is removed on heat exchanger of outdoor unit by reverse rotation of fan.
Basic Part
Function Option
Function Option
Compressor Max. Frequency Limit Fn 12 oFF, op1~op9
Auto Dust Removal Mode Fn 11 oFF, op1~op5
Setting Inverter (Hz) Setting Inverter (Hz)
Reverse cycle fan Time delay Number of oFF - op5 113
Setting
Intorduction
runtime (min) between cycles cycles op1 143 op6 105
Multi V 5
oFF - - - op2 135 op7 98
op1 5 2 hours No limit op3 128 op8 90
op2 5 2 hours 2 op4 120 op9 83
5 minutes
op3 3 1
(following compressor shutdown) ■ Detailed information
op4 1 - 1
Trouble shooting
•T
op5 1 1 2
guide
•A
ll modes is a change in the setting impact.
•T
•T
Setting the maximum compressor speed can be a method to artificially downsize an outdoor unit either
temporarily until all indoor units are installed on a core and shell project or permanently on projects
•C
ooling and Dry modes is a change in the setting impact.
where the outdoor unit installed has excess capacity on both heating and cooling design days.
•T
Control Logic
*Note : If interested in this option, please note there is no concern a selection will inhibit proper defrost or
When the outdoor unit is installed in arid climates, where moisture levels are very low, this option can be
oil return operation. The oil return requires algorithm operates the compressor at speeds that are
selected to assist with keeping outdoor unit coil heat transfer optimized.
lower than the available minimum speed selectable.
•T
he op3 selection requires the Multi V demand limit I/O PCB board be installed. If the demand limit
controller is installed in the master outdoor unit and a binary signal is sent to the outdoor unit via a third
party source, VRF system normal operation can be interrupted and an auto dust removal cycle can be
performed.
Central Control
· If use a function, first install a central controller. (refer to the Installation manual)
· Do not depend on this option to lower the maximum current draw of the outdoor unit. The maximum
· Ask an authorized technician to setting a function. speed selected is ignored by the Multi V microprocessor during defrost.
· This option is not a substitute for coil cleaning and does not completely clear the coil of all debris. A coil
cleaning procedure should be included when performing regular preventative maintenance.
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.4.13 ODURemoval
Fan Max.&RPM
Rapid
Limit
Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.14 SmartRemoval
Load Control
& Rapid Defrost
It is a function to limit the maximum RPM of ODU. Smart Load Control function enables comprehensive understanding of environmental conditions in order to
optimize energy efficiency. This technology allows active control of discharge refrigerant temperature which
eventually increases the efficiency for average outdoor unit in comparison to the previous models.
Basic Part
Function Option
ODU Fan Max. RPM Limit Fn 13 oFF, op1~op7
Function Option
Smart Load Control Fn 14 oFF, op1~op3
Max ODU Fan Speed ■ Option Selection
Setting Normal Operation / Low Ambient or Overheat Operation (RPM) Setting Start-up Detail of function
Intorduction
Multi V 5
UXA UXB oFF Basic operation SLC not selected
oFF 880 / 1000 1000 / 1150 op1 Smooth Slowly controlled to become target pressure
op1 860 / 980 950 / 1100 op2 Normal Normally controlled to become target pressure
op2 840 / 960 900 / 1050 op3 Peak Quickly controlled to become target pressure
op3 820 / 940 850 / 1000
op4 800 / 920 800 / 950 ※ Outdoor temperature Range : (Cooling) 35 ~ 20°C / (Heating) -10 ~ 5°C
Trouble shooting
op5 780 / 900 750 / 900 • Smooth Mode (Op1) : Maximize energy savings, rate of temperature change less important.
guide
op6 760 / 880 700 / 850 • Normal Mode (Op2) : Balance the rate of temperature change with energy consumed.
op7 740 / 860 650 / 800 • Peak Mode (Op3) : Quickly cool/heat the building, energy consumption less important
•T
his function is used to limit the maximum speed of the outdoor unit fans in applications where the build-
ing owner desires to reduce the noise generated by the fans. The maximum fan speed limit set by this
Control Logic
function is ignored for defrost operation.
•T
•H
•T
No adverse operating conditions are solved using this function. The function is for convenience to pro-
vide a method to address any possible noise complaints.
Central Control
· This option does not limit the speed of the fans during defrost operation.
· The 'ODU Fan Max. RPM Limit' and 'Night Low Noise Function' functions can be set simultaneously.
MAX RPM is set to a smaller value among the set values. ※ Outdoor temperature Range : (Cooling) 35 ~ 20°C / (Heating) -10 ~ 5°C
· Efficiency or capacity can be changed according to option.
Back
■ Detailed information 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.15 Humidity
Removal
Reference
& Rapid Defrost
• Heating, Cooling and Dry modes are a change in the setting impact. It is the function to set whether to use the humidity sensor. The outdoor unit considers the current outdoor ambi-
ent humidity condition when making adjustments to the control values of the refrigeration cycle.
•T
Basic Part
This feature does not correct adverse operating conditions. It is an energy enhancement feature. ■ Setting the function
ex) If outdoor setting is Op1(red line), Function Option
outdoor unit start operation slowly compared than basic operation but save energy during start-up and Humidity Reference Fn 16 on, oFF
after start up, discharge air temperature is automatically changed according to outdoor and indoor
temperature. ■ Option Selection
Intorduction
on Humidity sensor use
Multi V 5
oFF Not setting (Default)
•T
he humidity sensor's real time reporting of the outdoor ambient humidity level is used in the Advanced
Smart Load Control (FN14), Comfort Cooling (ID10), and Intelligent Defrost - Smart Heating (core logic)
to prepare the system for changes in the building load.
Trouble shooting
•T
guide
•H
•C
ooling / Heating operation by using humidity sensor
- When used cooling operation of SLC function, it will improve energy efficiency because evaporation
temperature will be decreased
- When used heating operation in case of high humidity condition, deforest will be delayed because
Control Logic
target high/low pressure will be changed.
•A
ctivation function by using humidity sensor.
· Ask an authorized technician to setting a function. Multi V Ⅳ Multi V Ⅳ Multi V 5 Multi V 5 Multi V 5
Comfort Dual Sensing Dual Sensing Increased heating
SLC
Cooling SLC Comfort Cooling time(Frost delay)
cooling O O O O X
Operation
Central Control
Heating O X X X O
Consider- Temperature O O O O O
ation Humidity X X O O O
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.4.16 The Connecting
Removal & of
Rapid
Central
Defrost
Control at IDU Terminals 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.17 Compressor
RemovalInput
& Rapid
Current
Defrost
This function allows the field connection of the AC-EZ central controller to the indoor unit communications buss This function is used when the current management is required by proportionally reducing the maximum MFA
on Multi V 5. specification of the product.
Basic Part
The Connecting of Central Control Compressor Input Current Fn 20 oFF, op1~op10
Fn 19 on, oFF
at IDU Terminals
Compressor input Compressor input
Setting Detail of function Setting Setting
current limit (%) current limit (%)
Intorduction
Multi V 5
on AC EZ connection oFF - op6 70
oFF Not setting (Default) op1 95 op7 65
op2 90 op8 60
■ Detailed information op3 85 op9 55
•T
op4 80 op10 50
op5 75
Trouble shooting
guide
•T
•A
ll modes are a change in the setting impact.
•S
ince the MFA value is different for each HP and the value is limited proportionally, it does not mean that
the option value differs for each chassis.
Control Logic
(Maximum current value for each model is stored in EEPROM in main PC)

· If use a function, capacity may go down.
Central Control
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.4.18 The Smart
Removal
Plug& Rapid Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.19 Overall
Removal
Defrost&Entrance
Rapid Defrost
for Low temperature
It is a function that displays the power consumption on the wired remote control when the outdoor unit is operat- It is a function to operate overall defrost.
ing.
Basic Part
■ Setting the function Function Option
Function Option Overall Defrost Entrance for Low
Fn 22 on, oFF
The Smart Plug Fn 21 SPL0, SPL1, Pd10, Pd11 temperature
■ Option Selection ■ Option Selection

Setting Detail of function Setting Detail of function
on Overall defrost
Intorduction
SPL0 oFF Smart Plug Logic OFF (Default)
Multi V 5
Pd10 PDI non-installation oFF Default
SPL1
Pd11 PDI installation
•T
•P
d10 - Monitor the value from the watt hour meter.
•P
d11 - Monitor the calculated value in the outdoor unit. (error ± 5%)
• Heating modes is a change in the setting impact.
Trouble shooting
■ Detailed information •O
verall defrost operates every 3 hours whenever the outdoor air temperature is below 10°C. (If defrost-
•T
his function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. ing is not possible for 3 hours)
guide
•A
ll modes is a change in the setting impact. •T
his function may be used in any location. It is most likely used in climates where moisture levels are
high the outdoor unit's heating capacity is slightly undersized, the condenser coil is partially restricted, or
•W
hen the optional PDI is installed, the PDI monitors outdoor unit power consumption as well as indoor other local factors dictate that no frost must be allowed to build on the coil.
unit power consumption. PDI allocates outdoor unit power consumed to indoor units based on the
volume of refrigerant flow through each indoor unit during the billing period. For VRF systems without the
PDI, outdoor unit power consumption is reported, however indoor unit power consumption is ignored.
Control Logic
• If the Smart Plug function is turned on, the power consumption data may be viewed using one of LG's · Ask an authorized technician to setting a function.
central control/monitoring devices such as ACP, AC Smart, or the multi site communications manager. · If do not use a function, set an off-mode.
For installations where a third party BMS system Is present, consumption data is also made available for
viewing at the BMS front end using LG's BACnet gateway.
Central Control
· When PDI is installed, be sure to set the outdoor unit option to PDI ('PDI1').
(If the setting is not set to PDI1, the value displayed on the remote control may differ from the actual
value.)
· It is possible to check the power consumption during operation while setting the function, but it can differ
value compared to actual power consumption.
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.4.20 Optional
Removal
Base &Panel
RapidHeater
Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.21 Change
Removal
Defrost
& Control
Rapid Defrost
for Noise Reduction
It is a function to prevent freezing of ODU base pan in a cold area. This is a optional function to change defrost control algorithm for reducing noise.
Basic Part
Optional Base Panel Heater Fn 23 on, oFF Change Defrost Control for Noise
Fn 24 on, oFF
Reduction
on Base pan heater kit installation
on Setting the noise reduction option for defrost cycle
Intorduction
oFF Base pan heater kit non-installation (Default)
Multi V 5
oFF Default
•T
his function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. ■ Detailed information
•T
•H
eating mode is a change in the setting impact.
• Inverter frequency will be down from 30Hz to 25Hz at Step1 of defrosting cycle to reduce noise.
Trouble shooting
•T
Reduces ice-build up in the bottom of the unit that may occur in some installation scenarios where drain- • Control fan rpm directly and make speed down at Step3 and Step6 of defrosting cycle to reduce noise
in the Indoor. Make sure that IDU rpm can be controlled by ODU only for Generation 4 communication
guide
age holes in the bottom pan of the unit are obstructed or where the surface temperature of the bottom
pan is below freezing. system.
•T
he optional base pan heater maintains the bottom surface of the outdoor unit at a temperature above
0°C to keep condensate water in a liquid state while in the base pan. When the surface temperature of
the base pan is above 0°C, the condensate flows into channels formed in the pan that guide the flow
of water to one-inch diameter holes in the base pan along the bottom of the channels in which water
Control Logic
flows out the bottom of the unit. If the base pan surface temperature is below 0°C, the condensate that
contacts the surface of the pan will freeze preventing it from flowing in the channels to the holes. As a · Ask an authorized technician before set the function.
result ice may build up in the bottom of the unit.
•U
sing this setting, it allows a third party heater to be energized to keep the bottom surface of the unit at a
temperature above 0°C.
Central Control
· Heater is accessory.(sold separately)
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.4.22 Priority
Removal
Cooling& Rapid Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.4.23 Refrigerant
Removalgas&leak
Rapid
detection
Defrost
This is a function to make cooling mode is more important than heating mode for outdoor operating mode. This is a function to make cooling mode is more important than heating mode for outdoor operating mode.
Basic Part
Priority Cooling Fn 25 on, oFF Refrigerant gas leak detection system Mode oFF, oP1, oP2, oP3
Fn 26
mode set on, oFF
Setting Detail of function ■ Option Selection
on Set cooling priority mode Setting Detail of function
Intorduction
oFF Default oFF Default, Ignore CH230 Error
Multi V 5
oP1 System is Off when CH230 error has occurred
Mode
■ Detailed information oP2 Pump Down and Close main pipe line of outdoor unit when CH230 error has occurred.
• This function is only used to Heat Pump System. You can not use for Heat Recovery System. oP3 Close pipe line of refrigerant gas leak indoor unit when CH230 error has occurred
oFF Default, Clear CH230 Error
• This function can be operated properly under only Gen4 communication feature state. Set
on Maintain CH230 error state.
Trouble shooting
• If priority cooling option is enable state, then you can turn on the indoor unit as heating mode even though
outdoor unit is operating as cooling mode. ■ Detailed information
guide
• This function can be operated properly under only Gen4 communication feature state.
• After system detect refrigerant gas leak, system can operate differently according to option.
(1) In case of oP1

- System is shutdown
- CH230 error is displayed on 7 segment of ODU.
(2) In case of oP2
Control Logic
· Ask an authorized technician before set the function. - System is shutdown and CH230 error is displayed on 7 segment of ODU.
· This function is a specialized feature only for North America Area, especially CANADA. - ODU sends a close signal to I/O module to close liquid and high pressure gas pipe line.
- After do that, 2 minute later, pump down operation is started automatically.
- During the pump down operation, if low pressure is drop down to 307kPaG limit or operating time has passed
over 12 minute, then ODU sends a close signal to I/O module to close low pressure side pipe line.
(3) In case of oP3
- ODU can be operated without shutdown but CH230 error is displayed on 7 segment of ODU.
- Only indoor unit which has a gas leak is shutdown and try to close its pipe. This operation process is
Central Control
down without any ODU direction signal.
· Ask an authorized technician before set the function.

· Pipe line can be closed by external actuator which should be installed. LGE do not supply an external
actuator.
· LG VRF system is send a digital signal to I/O module and installer must connect signal line between I/O
Module and external actuator which can close pipe line to prevent gas leak.
Back
5.5 SVC Mode ■ Detailed information
5.5.1 Pump Down
*Note : The amount of refrigerant that can be pumped out is limited by the amount of refrigerant that can
This function gathers the refrigerant present in the system to ODU.
be stored in the outdoor unit and additional refrigerant storage containers may need to be used.
Use this function to store refrigerant of system in ODU for leakage or IDU replacement.
The maximum amount of refrigerant for Multi V 5 is size dependent and varies between 14.3 and
Basic Part
37.5 lbs / frame. If the system charge is greater than the volume that can be stored, a supplemen-
■ Setting the function tal storage device will be required to totally evacuate the system.
Function Option
Pump Down SE 1 Pd (display "Low Pressure"), oFF
■ Flow Chart · Use pump down function within guaranteed temperature range.
- IDU : 20~32°C [68~89.6°F] / ODU : 5~40°C [41~104°F]
Intorduction
· Make certain that IDU doesn't run with thermo off mode during operation.
Multi V 5
· Maximum operation time of pump down function is 30 min. (in case low pressure doesn't go down)
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
*Note 1) If low pressure become under 307kPa,close the gas service valve of all ODU immediately.
*Note 2) If low pressure descends below 229kPa, the system turns off automatically. Close the gas service
valve immediately.
Back
5.4.6 Pump
5.5.2 Snow Removal
Out & Rapid Defrost ■ Detailed information
This function gathers the refrigerant to other ODU and IDU.
Use this function in case of compressor failure, ODU parts defect, leakage. *Note : In systems with short piping systems, the amount of refrigerant that can be pumped from the
outdoor unit may be limited and additional refrigerant storage containers may need to be used.
Basic Part
Function Function Option
Pump Out SE 2 Po (display "Low Pressure"), oFF
4.12 Pump Out · Use pump out function within guaranteed temperature range.
This function gathers the refrigerant to other ODU and IDU. - IDU : 10~32°C [50~89.6°F] / ODU : 5~40°C [41~104°F]
■ Flow Chart · Make certain that IDU doesn't run with thermo off mode during operation.
Use this function in case of compressor failure, ODU parts defect, leakage.
· Pump out function takes 2~5 min. after compressor start.
Setting method [Case 1] ODU Service Valve Setting
Make certain that IDU doesn't run with thermo off mode during operation.
Intorduction
(for Heat Recovery System) (in case low pressure doesn't go down)
Multi V 5
Close liquid service valve of each unit.
Refer the right side figures of this page
and open the proper valve by each system.
Close Close Open

Power reset after Dip switch setting of ODU
Refer to Dip switch setting page
(General case, Inv. Comp failure case) Liquid Low pressure High pressure
Pipe Gas Pipe Gas Pipe
[Case 2] ODU Service Valve Setting
Trouble shooting
Press the red button (SW01C) (for Heat Pump System)
guide
*Current low
All IDU heating operation
pressure
Close Close Open
No Liquid No used Gas

Satisfy low pressure target? Pipe (Keep closed) Pipe
Note 2) Yes [Case 1] ODU Service Valve Setting

(for Heat Recovery System)
Control Logic
Note 1)
*Current low
Low pressure > 229kpa Pump out completed
pressure
*Current low pressure Close Close Close
under 307kPa (blink)
Press the red button
(SW01C) Liquid Low pressure High pressure
Pipe Gas Pipe Gas Pipe
[Case2] ODU Service Valve Setting

(for Heat Pump System)
IDU, ODU OFF
Central Control
Power reset after Dip switch off Close Close Close
Liquid No used Gas

Pipe (Keep closed) Pipe
[Note]
*Note 1)pressure
If low If low pressure become
become under under
307kPa 307kPa,
(blink), close
close the the gas
gas service service
valve valveimmediately.
of all ODU of all ODU immediately.
If low
*Note 2)pressure descends descends
If low pressure below 229 kPa,
belowthe system
229 kPa,turns
theoffsystem
automatically. Close
turns off gas service valve
automatically. immediately.
Close gas service valve
This function is operating only Heat Pump model.
immediately. This function is operating only Heat Pump model.
Caution
Back
1.Use pump out function within guaranteed temperature range
IDU : 10~32℃ [50~89.6℉]
274 ODU_TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK
: 5~40℃ [41~104℉] _ 275
2. Make certain that IDU doesn't run with thermo off mode during operation
3. Pump out function takes 2~5 min. after compressor start.
LGE Internal LGE Internal
Pump Out Use Only Pump Out Use Only
■ Example (Slave2 ODU inverter compressor failure) ■ Example (Slave2 ODU inverter compressor failure)
■ Example (Slave2 ODU inverter compressor failure) ■ Example (Slave2 ODU inverter compressor failure)
• For• Heat
For Recovery
Heat Recovery
System System • For• Heat
For Pump
Heat System
Pump System
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
1. Close liquid pipe and low pressure gas pipe of the unit for pump out operation. 1. Close
1. Close liquid liquid
pipe ofpipe of the
the unit unit for
for pump out pump out operation.
operation.
2. Operate pump out. 2. Operate
2. Operate pump pump
out. out.
1. Close liquid pipe and low pressure gas pipe of the unit for pump out operation.
Central Control
3. Close high pressure gas pipe of unit after completion. 3. Close
3. Close gasofpipe
gas pipe of unit
unit after after completion.
completion.
2. Operate pump out.
4. End pump out. 4. End4. pump
End pump
out. out.
3. Close high pressure gas pipe of unit after completion.
5. After replacing the compressor, eliminate remaining refrigerant of corresponding 5. After
5. After replacing
replacing the compressor,
the compressor, eliminaterefrigerant
eliminate remaining remaining of refrigerant of corresponding
corresponding
4. End pump out.
ODU and perform vacuum work. (with vacuum mode) ODUODU and perform
and perform vacuumvacuum
work. (withwork. (with
vacuum vacuum mode)
mode)
5. After replacing the compressor, eliminate remaining refrigerant of corresponding
6. Add the refrigerant with auto charging function. 6. Add6. the
Addrefrigerant
the refrigerant
with autowith auto function.
charging charging function.
ODU and perform vacuum work. (with vacuum mode)
6. Add the refrigerant with auto charging function.
Back
LGE Internal
Back Up Use Only
5.4.6 Vacuum
5.5.3 Snow Removal & Rapid Defrost 5.4.6
5.5.4
Back UpBack
SnowUp
Removal & Rapid Defrost
This function is used when backing up outdoor units or compressors.
This function is used for creating vacuum in the system after compressor replacement, ODU parts replacement This function is used when backing up outdoor units or compressors.
or IDU addition/replacement.
Basic Part
■ Setting the function Function
Function
Function Option Back Up SE 4
Back Up SE 4
Vacuum SE 3 Vacc, oFF
■ Manual Back Up
■ Detailed Information Manual
■ This Back
function Upthe system to operate in case of inverter compressor failure by backing up compressor
allows
• This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. This function allows the system to operate in case of inverter compressor failure by
manually.
backing up be
Service can compressor manually.
asked by displaying error to the customer every 6 hours.
Intorduction
• If the vacuum mode start, ODU valve / ODU & IDU EEV open with "Vacc" display. Service can be asked by displaying error to the customer every 6 hours.
Multi V 5
• Option Setting
• Option Setting
• Vacuum mode cancellation method
Option Detail of function
: Push the reset button on master unit PCB after setting all dip s/w oFF. Option Detail of function
Unit Unit Outdoor
Outdoor unit backunitupback up
* Note : Isolation valves, manual shutoff valves, or 3rd party electronically operated valves, and non- Inv1 Inv1 Inverter compressor No.1 back
Inverter compressor No.1up
back up
operating or malfunctioning electronic valves must be opened manually prior to initiating service Inv2 Inverter compressor No.2 back
Inv2 Inverter compressor No.2up
back up
setting SE3.
Trouble shooting
• Operation Method
• Operation Method
guide
1)
1) Check whichcompressor
Check which compressor is broken.
is broken. (refer (refer to “Trouble
to "Trouble ShootingShooting
Guide") Guide”)
2)
2) Turn offthe
Turn off thepower.
power.
· ODU operation stops during vacuum mode. compressor can't operate. 3)
3) Set thedip
Set the dipS/W
S/Wof of defective
defective outdoor
outdoor unit. unit.
4)
4) Turn onthe
Turn on thepower.
power.
ex1) Inverter SLAVE1 compressor fail of Slave1  option “Inv1” selection
ex1) Inverter SLAVE1 compressor fail of Slave1 → option "Inv1" selection
Control Logic
ex2)Unit
ex2) Unit fail
failofofSlave2
Slave2→
option "Unit"
option selection
“Unit” selection
** In
In1comp model, setting the 'inv2' can not becan
used.
Central Control
1comp model, setting the 'inv2' not be used.
** IfIfyou
youmake
makea backup
a backupof compressor in 1comp model,
of compressor the outdoor
in 1comp model, unitthe
is automatically
outdoor unit backed up.
is automatically backed up.
·•Manual
Manual back
back up function
up function mode mode is applied
is applied after pushafter push
the main PCBthereset
main PCB reset button.
button.
·•You
Youmustmustsetset
the the function
function of the of the outdoor
outdoor unit to beunit
backedto be
up. backed up.
·•IfIfyou
youwant
want to disable
to disable the backup,
the backup, please
please set set the 'off'.
the 'off'.
·•TThis function
his function is ais a temporary.
temporary. do not do nottoforget
forget turn thistofunction
turn this function
off after off after
replacing compressor. Long term
replacing
use compressor.
of this function will lead toLong term
multiple use of this
compressor function
failures on thewill lead to multiple
system.
compressor failures on the system.
Back
LGE Internal
Back Up Use Only
■ Auto Back Up
■ Auto Back Up 5.4.6 Forced
5.5.5 Snow Removal
Oil Return
& Rapid Defrost
This function
This function allows
allows the systemthe systemintocase
to operate operate in case
of inverter of inverter
compressor compressor
failure by failure by
backing up compressor
automatically.
backing up compressor automatically.
Service can becanasked This function is used in recovering the oil level of the compressor through recollecting the accumulated oil in the
Service beby displaying
asked error to theerror
by displaying customer every
to the 6 hours. every 6 hours.
customer
pipe.
Basic Part
Function Option
Forced Oil Return SE 5 01, oFF
Inverter commpressor failure
(No. 21, 22, 26, 27, 29 error occur) ■ Option Selection
Intorduction
oFF Off (Default)
Multi V 5
01 Oil return on
• Automatically disabled the forced oil return function after finishing oil return function.
Trouble shooting
guide
·If a compressor is lost and it is unknown if oil is trapped in the pipeline, ask an authorized technician.
5.5.6 Forced Defrost

This function is used in defrosting of heat exchanger.
Control Logic
ex) Slave1 unit Inverter compressor 1 start failure error No. 21 occur
Function Option
Forced Defrost SE 6 Def, oFF
Central Control
oFF Off (Default)
Def Defrost on
• Request
· Request serviceservice immediately
immediately if error occurs.
if error occurs.
· Auto• Auto
back upback upupistoset
is set up to compressor.
1 inverter 1 inverter compressor. ■ Detailed information
• If Inverter
· If Inverter compressor
compressor auto backauto backerror
up starts, up displays
starts, error
for 10 displays
min. everyfor 10 min. every 6 hours.
6 hours. • This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery.
• Error
· Error displays
displays continuously
continuously at the corresponding
at the corresponding ODU. ODU.
• Automatically disabled the forced defrost function after finishing manual defrost.
Back
5.4.6 Display
5.5.7 Snow Removal
Cycle Information
& Rapid Defrost 5.4.6 Noise
5.5.8 Snow Removal
Reduction& Rapid Defrost
This function is to display the main parameter value displayed by LGMV in real time through the 7-segment It is a function to reduce the noise of the entire system.
of the master outdoor unit for smooth operation when the LGMV cable is faulty or missing. The 7 segment is
display 26 different cycle data.
Basic Part
Function Option
Noise Reduction SE 9 oFF, op1~op2
Function Option
Display Cycle Information SE 8 op1~op26 ■ Option Selection
oFF Normal operation (Fast cooling & Fast heating)
step Title 7-seg example seg_1 seg_2 seg_3 seg_4
Intorduction
op1 Powerful Refrigerant noise reduction
Multi V 5
op1 Current High Pressure P1 4321 kPa 4 3 2 1
op2 Current low Pressure P2 1234 kPa 1 2 3 4 op2 Mild Refrigerant noise reduction Mode
op3 Inv 1 Freq. h1 120 Hz 1 2 0
op4 Inv 2 Freq. h2 30 Hz 3 0 • oFF : Performance priority
op5 fan rpm h3 110 RPM 1 1 0 • op1 : Refrigerant noise reduction priority
op6 Subcooling degree T1 53°C 5 3 (Initial indoor EEV 120 pls / compressor Hz slow up, Europe model default)
op7 Superheating degree T2 -4.5°C - 4 5 • op2 : Mid mode between OFF and OP1
Trouble shooting
op8 ODU Air Temp. T3 10°C 1 0 0 (Initial indoor EEV 150 pls)
op9 Suction Temp. T4 43.4°C 4 3 4
guide
op10 Comp1 discharge temp. T5 150°C 1 5 0 ■ Detailed information
op11 Comp2 discharge temp. T6 124°C 1 2 4 • This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery.
op12 Liquid pipe temp. T7 10°C 1 0 0
op13 Sc_in T8 10°C 1 0 0 • In case of SE9, it is an option to set control based on an outdoor unit. It is a function to control (reduce)
op14 Sc_out T9 10°C 1 0 0 the noise of the entire system, not to control noise in individual indoor units.
op15 hex_total T10 10°C 1 0 0 That is, it is all indoor unit control, not individual indoor unit control. Individual indoor unit control is pos-
op16 hex_hi T11 10°C 1 0 0 sible through indoor unit setting option.
Control Logic
op17 hex_low T12 10°C 1 0 0
op18 Inlet pipe temp of IDU T13 -10°C - 1 0 0 • Differences between SE9 and SE11
op19 main1 eev PLS1 1950 pls 1 9 4 0 - SE9 (Noise Reduction): outdoor unit noise control + indoor unit noise control
op20 main2 eev PLS2 32 pls 3 2 - SE11 (Heating fan Low noise): outdoor unit fan noise control
op21 sc eev PLS3 16 pls 1 6 (control factor : the outdoor temperature, heat exchanger temperature, indoor unit operation rate, not
op22 oil eev PLS4 50 pls 5 0 always controlled)
op23 vi eev1 PLS5 1350 pls 1 3 5 0
op24 vi eev2 PLS6 50 pls 5 0
Central Control
op25 IDU running capacity IDU1 24 kBtu/h 2 4
op26 Total number of IDU IDU2 10 EA 1 0
·Ask an authorized technician to setting a function.
■ Detailed information ·Change a power consumption or efficiency.
Back
5.4.6 Entry
5.5.9 Snow Heating
RemovalOil
& Return
Rapid Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.5.10 Heating
Removal
Fan Low
& Rapid
NoiseDefrost
This function is for performing oil recovery operation while heating operation. It is a function to reduce outdoor fan max rpm by adjusting low target pressure while heating mode.
The refrigerant noise claim occurs due to repetition of oil recovery operation, this function will be checked and
applied.
Basic Part
Function Option
Heating Fan Low Noise SE 11 oFF, on
Function Option
Entry Heating Oil Return SE 10 oFF, on ■ Option Selection
oFF Off (Default)
Intorduction
on Function enabled
Multi V 5
oFF Default
on Operate entry heating oil return ■ Detailed information
• This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. •T
he fan rpm is reduced by about 50 to 70% and may vary depending on environment and logic.
Trouble shooting
• If the oil level is not recovered and cycle issue such as high pressure rise / low-pressure drop after the oil • Differences between SE9 and SE11
recovery in the heating mode, the oil recovery is performed in the cooling mode. - SE9 (Noise Reduction): outdoor unit noise control + indoor unit noise control
guide
- SE11 (Heating fan Low noise): outdoor unit fan noise control
• It is effective if the heating operation rate is high and the possibility of occurrence of cycle issue is low (control factor : the outdoor temperature, heat exchanger temperature, indoor unit operation rate, not
due to installation / operation conditions. however, if a cycle issue occurs, it may be ineffective by re- always controlled)
entering the cooling mode.
ex) In case of SE11, optimize fan noise by adjusting the target low pressure when
the outdoor temperature is more than 5°C, the indoor unit operation rate is less
than 30%, and the heat exchanger temperature is more than 3°C
Control Logic
·If a cycle issue occurs, check the cycle by performing forced oil recovery operation (SE5).

·Change a power consumption or efficiency.
Central Control
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.5.11 Number
Removal
of Partial
& Rapid
Defrosts
Defrost 5.4.6 Snow
5.5.12 LevelRemoval
Changes&ofRapid
CH200Defrost
This function is used for continuous heating control by option setting split defrost (heating cycle, upper / lower It is a function to change CH200 error level.
valve control)
Basic Part
■ Setting the function Function Option
Function Option Level Changes of CH200 SE 14 oFF, on
Number of Partial Defrosts SE 12 oFF, op1~op11
■ Option Selection Option Detail of function
Option Maximum Partial Defrost Cycles Option Maximum Partial Defrost Cycles oFF level 3 (CH200 display, system off, default)
Intorduction
oFF None (Default) op6 6 on level 4 (CH200 display, system on)
Multi V 5
op1 1 op7 7
op2 2 op8 8 ■ Detailed information
• This function is used with heat recovery.
op3 3 op9 9
op4 4 op10 10 • In case CH200 occurs because of communication error or individual breaker,
op5 5 op11 11 - Option is 'ON' → Changes to level4 and system on with CH200 display
Trouble shooting
- Option is 'OFF' → Changes to level3 and system off with CH200 display.
guide
* Note : In order to prevent the accumulation of ice on the side of the outdoor unit, it is considered that the 5.4.6 Snow
5.5.13 LevelRemoval
Changes&ofRapid
CH53Defrost
number of partial defrost is minimized and that overall defrost is effective on the outdoor unit side.
however, on the indoor unit side, frequent overall defrost can cause the lack of heating (according It is a function to change error level in the state of CH53.
conversion to cooling cycle).
Control Logic
Function Option
Level Changes of CH53 SE 15 oFF, on
·Change a power consumption or efficiency. ■ Option Selection
oFF level 4 (CH53 display, system on, default)
Central Control
on level 4 (CH53 display, system on)
• In case CH200 occurs because of communication error or individual breaker,

- System operation is possible with level4 regardless of option setting.
- But after setting the option 'on', if CH21, 26, 29, or 116 occurs in the state of CH53, the system will not
operate because it is switched to level 1.
Back
5.4.6 Snow
5.5.14 Fan Motor
Removal
Service
& Rapid
mode
Defrost 5.6. IDU Mode
This is a function that can check each motor defect in a model with 2 fan (UXB/UXC chassis)
5.4.6 EEV
5.6.1 SnowPulse
Removal
of Non-operating
& Rapid Defrost
IDU in Heating
■ Setting the function It is the function to adjust EEV pulse of no IDU in heating.
Basic Part
Function Option
Fan Motor Service mode SE 17 oFF, on ■ Setting the function
Function Option
EEV Pulse of Non-operating IDU seg1, seg2 : IDU No.
Option Detail of function Id 1
in Heating seg3, seg4 : EEV * 10pls
oFF Default
on Fan Motor Service mode
Intorduction
Multi V 5
seg1, seg2 seg3, seg4
■ Detailed information 1 ~ 64 40 ~ 120 * 10pls
• After completion of the inspection, 2 motor wires must be connected again.
There is no distinction between upper and lower connectors) • EEV pulse can be set in units of 10pls from 150 to 300pls. ('0': No setting)
Trouble shooting
·Use this service mode for inspection of motor defect with 2 fan model because in case of 2 fan model
• It is a function to take action in case of unusual issue in the field.
guide
like UXB/UXC chassis, only 1 inverter operate 2 fan motor. If you disconnect 1 wire of motor without this
service mode, the system will display error.
·This function is available at system off without any error. ex) EEV pulse of indoor unit is typically 80pls. (different by model)
·Reset the system after inspection. ① Claims due to refrigerant noise in non-operating IDU → EEV pulse ▼
·In case of outdoor unit combination, this function will be operated at each unit. ② Refrigerant shortage cycle non-operating IDU during low load operation → EEV pulse ▲
Control Logic
·If the EEV pulse is large, the risk of noise generation may increase and if the EEV pulse is small, the risk
of liquid accumulation may increase.
Central Control
Back
5.4.6 Set
5.6.2 SnowIDU
Removal
Superheat
& Rapid
/ Set Defrost
IDU Subcool 5.4.6 Set
5.6.3 SnowAuto
Removal
Pipe Detection
& Rapid Defrost
/ Start Auto Pipe Detection
This function is used to set additional superheat and subcool in the indoor unit. The function that sets connection relationship automatically between the indoor unit and heat recovery unit.
Basic Part
seg1, seg2 : IDU No. Set Auto Pipe Search Id 5 oFF, Ath, Atc, Nor
Set IDU Superheat Id 2
seg3, seg4 : IDU Superheat
seg1, seg2 : IDU No. Start Auto Pipe Search Id 6 oFF, StA
Set IDU subcool Id 3
seg3, seg4 : IDU Subcool
■ Option Selection Set Auto Pipe Detection Start Auto Pipe Detection
Intorduction
seg3, seg4 Option Detail of function Option Detail of function
Multi V 5
seg1, seg2
IDU Superheat IDU subcool oFF None (Default) oFF None (Default)
1 ~ 64 -9 ~ +9 -5 ~ +9 Ath Mode1 StA Start Pipe Search
Atc Mode2 - -
• Set EACH IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id2 or 3" → EACH → Select Indoor Unit No. → Set Value
• Set All IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id2 or 3" → ALL → Set Value Nor Manual Pipe Search - -
Trouble shooting
• "Ath" Setting : Outdoor temperature is over 15°C(59°F) (If it fail, use "Atc")
• "Atc" Setting : Outdoor temperature is below 15°C(59°F) (If it fail, use "Ath")
guide
• In cooling mode, ■ Detailed information
1) IDU Superheat ▲ → refrigerant flow ▼ → refrigerant noise ▼ & performance ▼
2) IDU Superheat ▼ → refrigerant flow ▲ → performance ▲ 1. Auto Pipe Detection
(Caution to the performance down of other indoor units and liquid compression) • 5~30 minutes are required depending on the number of the indoor units and outdoor temperature.
• In heating mode, • The number of the indoor units connected is displayed on7-Segment of the outdoor unit main PCB for
Control Logic
1) IDU Superheat ▲ → refrigerant flow ▼ → refrigerant noise ▼ & performance ▼ about 1 minute.
2) IDU Superheat ▼ → refrigerant flow ▲ → performance ▲
(Caution to the performance down of other indoor units) • In case of auto pipe detecting error, '200' is displayed .
• Auto pipe detection process is completed after '88' is disappeared.
Central Control
Back
5.4.6 Set
5.6.4 SnowZone
Removal
Master& Rapid Defrost
·Execute auto pipe detection again whenever the indoor PCB and HR unit PCB is replaced.
- Operation error occurs unless power is supplied to the indoor and HR units. It is a function to operate according to the mode of the master indoor unit when several indoor units are con-
·Error No.200 occurs if the number of connected indoor units and that of scanned indoor units are differ- nected to one of the branch of the heat recovery model.
ent.
·If auto pipe detection process fails, complete it with manual pipe detection
Basic Part
(see Manual pipe detection part). ■ Setting the function
·If auto pipe detection process is completed normally, manual pipe detection is not required. Function Step Option
·If you want to do auto pipe detection again after auto pipe detection fails, do after reset of outdoor unit by seg1 : Branch No.
all means. 1
Set Zone Master Id 7 seg2 : Pipe No.
·During 5 minutes after pipe detection is completed, do not turn off the main unit PCB to save the result of
2 seg3, seg4 : IDU No.
pipe detection automatically.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
2. Manual Pipe Detection seg1 seg2 seg3, seg4
• Procedure 1~G 1~4 1 ~ 64
1) Enter the central control address into each indoor unit using its wired remote controller.
2) Turn No.1 of DIP s/w SW02M of HR unit PCB on.
3) Reset the power of HR unit PCB.
• This function is used with heat recovery.
4) On the HR unit PCB, manually set address of each valve of the HR unit to the central control address
of the indoor unit connected to the valve.
• Operation
Trouble shooting
5) Reset the power of outdoor unit PCB.
Step 1 : Branch No. (using '◀' button) & Pipe No. setting (using '▶' button)
6) The number of the indoor unit installed is displayed after about 5 minutes.
Step 2 : Indoor Unit No.(using '◀'' ▶' button)
guide
ex) HR → The number of the indoor
( The number of the indoor unit to be displayed is the number of the indoor
7) Reset the power of outdoor unit PCB, HR unit.
unit connected to the zone selected in step 1)
8) Manual pipe detection is completed
* To proceed to next stpe, press SW01C (●: execute) button.
·In case that central controller is not installed, firstly set up central controller's setting to make address
Control Logic
setting of indoor units. ·Ask an authorized technician to setting a function.
·In case that central controller is installed, please set central control address in wired remote control of
indoor unit.
·HR unit's manual pipe address is set by the central control adress of indoor units.
·Address of valve which is not connected with indoor unit should be set differently with the address of a
valve which is indoor unit connected (If address is overlapped valve will not work preperly).
·If there occurs some error during pipe detection process, it means pipe detection process is not properly
finished.
Central Control
·If an error occurred, it means that manual pipe setting is not completed.
·During 5 minutes after pipe detection process is completed, do not turn off the main outdoor unit's PCB to
save the result of pipe detection automatically.
Back
5.4.6 Operating
5.6.5 Snow Removal
IDU Low
& Rapid
NoiseDefrost 5.4.6 In
5.6.6 Snow
Cooling
Removal
IDU EEV
& Rapid
Max.Defrost
Pulse
This function is used to reduce refrigerant noise when the indoor unit starts to run for heat recovery system. It is the function to prevent excessive opening by setting EEV maximum pulse of indoor unit in cooling.
Basic Part
Function Step Option Function Option
seg1, seg2 : - seg1, seg2 : IDU No.
1 In Cooling IDU EEV Max. Pulse Id 9
seg3, seg 4 : IDU No. seg3, seg4 : Max. EEV * 10pls
seg1 : 1, 2
Operating IDU Low Noise Id 8 2
seg2, seg3, seg4 : - ■ Option Selection
seg,1, seg 2 : -
3 seg1, seg2 seg3, seg4
seg 3,4 : EEV pulse
1 ~ 64 150 ~300 * 10pls
Intorduction
Multi V 5
• Maximum EEV pulse can be set in units of 10pls from 150 to 300pls. ('0': No setting)
Step seg1 seg2 seg3, seg4 • Set EACH IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id9" → EACH → Select Indoor Unit No. → Set Value
1 - - 1 ~ 64 • Set All IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id9" → ALL → Set Value
2 1 (Cooling) / 2 (Heating) - -
Cooling 0, 13 ~ 17 ■ Detailed information
- - • This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery.
('1' in step 2) (13 0 ~ 170pls)
3
Trouble shooting
Heating
- - 0, 1 (140pls) • In cooling mode, the typical normal maximum pulse is 600. If superheat is too low,
('2' in step 2)
guide
you can restrict IDU max pulse to reduce noise in cooling caused by valve hunting.
• Impossible to set all indoor unit at once Only possible to set each indoor unit
• Adjust operating range to stop hunting and stop noise
■ Detailed information EEV valve normal range 0 ~ 1350 pulse
• This function is used with heat recovery. EEV in cooling typically open < 600 pulse, never greater than 1000 pulse
EEV in heating typically 8 ~ 1350 pulse
Maximum open can be adjusted down to 300 pulse
Control Logic
·Maintain setting EEV pulse when the indoor unit starts to run for about 3min. ·Ask an authorized technician to setting a function.
Central Control
Back
5.4.6 Comfort
5.6.7 Snow Removal
Cooling& Rapid Defrost 5.4.6 Non-operating
5.6.8 Snow RemovalIDU
& Rapid
Subcool
Defrost
It is function to reduce the ODU energy consumption by the continuous operation without thermo off. It is function to reduce refrigerant noise that might be heard when non-operating IDU EEV is opened to recover
liquid accumulated inside IDU.
Basic Part
Function Option
seg1, seg2 : IDU No. Function Option
Comfort Cooling Id 10
seg3, seg4 : 0, 1~3 seg1, seg2 : IDU No.
Non-operating IDU Subcool Id 11
seg3, seg4 : IDU Subcool
seg1, seg2 seg3, seg4 seg3, seg4
0 No setting seg1, seg2 seg3, seg4
Intorduction
Multi V 5
1 Cooling capacity low, Power consumption low 0 Default
1 ~ 64 1 Add 1°C of IDU subcool
2 Cooling capacity mid, Power consumption mid 1 ~ 64
3 Cooling capacity high, Power consumption high
7 Add 7°C of IDU subcool
• Set EACH IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id10" → EACH → Select IDU No. → Set Value
• Set All IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id10" → ALL → Set Value • Set EACH IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id11" → EACH → Select Indoor Unit No. → Set Value
Trouble shooting
• Set All IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id11" → ALL → Set Value
guide
• This function is used with heat pump and heat recovery. ■ Detailed information
• Possible setting condition
Indoor setting temperature - Indoor temperature < -2°C
• Operation
- Exist Indoor unit humid sensor : Use Indoor unit humid Value ·Ask an authorized technician to setting a function.
Control Logic
- Non Exist Indoor unit humid sensor : Use Default Value
- Accurate superheat control using calculated values
·For detailed logic, please refer to the next appendix page.
Central Control
Back
5.4.6 Set
5.6.9 SnowIDU
Removal
Superheat
& Rapid
For Fan
Defrost
It is a function to alleviate dew condensation on indoor unit panel by setting additional superheat according to
the indoor air volume when moisture is continuously generated or input into the room.
Ⅳ. Control Logic
Basic Part
Function Option
seg1, seg2 : IDU No..
Set IDU Superheat for Fan Id 12
seg3, seg4 : IDU Superheat
HR Unit Control
seg3, seg4 1. Basic Control 300
Intorduction
seg1, seg2
Multi V 5
Option Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 2. Special Control 301
0 0 0 0
1 0 +1 +2
1 ~ 64
2 +1 +2 +3
3 +2 +3 +4
Trouble shooting
• Set EACH IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id12" → EACH → Select Indoor Unit No. → Set Value
• Set All IDU : Select "Idu" → "Id12" → ALL → Set Value
guide
• In high humidity region, this option can be applied to prevent dew condensation
• Set step1 ~ step 3 to each or all IDU according to field condition (high humidity)
Control Logic
·This function reduces IDU capacity when fan speed reduces by raising superheat as fan speed lowers
·When setting this function, the temperature of the indoor unit may rise by about
1 °C ~ 4 °C.
·When used with the target pressure adjusting function (Fn8), the temperature of the indoor unit connected
Central Control
to the same outdoor unit may rise as well.
Back
Functions
1. Basic Control 2. Special Control
Functions Functions Functions
Functions
1. Basic Control 2. Special Control
Functions
1.11.1 Normal
Normal Operation
Operation Functions
2. Special Control
2.12.1
Oil Oil Return/Defrost
Return/Defrost ControlControl
1. Basic Control 2.1 Oil Return/Defrost Control
Functions Cooling Heating Component Starting Running Ending
Actuator Power on Stop state
1.1 Normal Operation operation operation Component
Inverter compressor Starting
Stop Running
60 Hz Ending
40 Hz
High pressure gas valve Close Close Open Keep Inverter compressor Stop 60 Hz 40orHz
1. Basic Control
Actuator Power on
Cooling Heating
Stop state
High pressure gas valve Keep Close Open Close
Basic Part
After 30 sec. High pressure gas
gas valve
valve Keep Close Open
operation operation Low pressure Keep Open Open or
or Close
Close
1.1 Normal Operation
Low pressure gas valve
Open
Open Close Keep
High pressure gas valve Close Close Open Keep LowBalancing
pressure gas valve
valve Keep
Open for 30s Open
Close Open or Close
Close
Liquid valve Close
After 30 sec. Open
Cooling Close
Heating Close
Balancing valve Open for 30s Close Close
LowActuator
pressure gas valve Power on Open Close Stop state
Keep
Open operation operation
1.2 Starting Control(Heating Mode Only)
High pressure gas valve Close Close Open Keep
Liquid
If the system valve
is operated Close
in the heating Open gas valves Close
mode, all high pressure are opened Close 2.22.2
Liquid Bypass
Liquid ControlControl
Bypass
1.2 Starting Control(Heating
After 30 sec. Mode Only) 2.2 Liquid Bypass Control
1.2 Starting
1.3 Valve Control(Heating
Low pressure
Control gas valve Mode Only) Open
Open
Close Keep
If the system
Mode changeistimer
operated in the heating
is calculated mode,
as Table all valves
1, and high pressure gas valves
are controlled are opened
by Mode change timer according to Indoor units operating
Intorduction
Table 2. Liquid valve Close Open Close Close
Multi V 5
Indoor units operating
1.3 Table
Valve1. Control
Mode change timer calculation
1.2Mode
Starting
change Control(Heating Mode
timer is calculated as Table Only)
1, and valves are controlled by Mode change timer according to
If 2. Previous
the system
Table modein the heating mode,
is operated Changing
all highmode Mode
pressure gas valves arechange
openedtimer
1.3 Valve
Table 1. Mode
Stop
Control
change timer calculationCooling or heating
or ventilation 120 sec
1.3 Valve Control
Previous
Mode change mode
is calculated as TableChanging
timermode
Cooling 1, and mode
valves
Heating Mode
are controlled by Modechange
sec timer
change
180 timer according to
Are whole indoor units No
Table 2. operating
Are whole indoor units No
Stop or ventilation
Heating mode Cooling or heating
Cooling 120
120 sec
sec cooling mode?
operating
Trouble shooting
Table 1. Mode change timer calculation
Cooling mode Heating During 180 sec: 60 sec cooling mode?
Previous
Cooling mode
or heating Changing
Stop mode
or ventilation Modeheating
change timer
guide
During cooling : 0 sec
Heating mode Cooling 120 sec Yes
Stop or ventilation Cooling or heating 120 sec
Yes
Table 2. Valve or
Cooling control by mode changeStop
heating timeror ventilation During heating : 60 sec
Cooling mode Heating During 180 sec : 0 sec
cooling Solenoid valve open
Operating Mode change H/P gas L/P gas Balancing for liquid bypass
Heating mode Cooling Solenoid valve open
mode timer valve valve 120 sec valve
Table 2. Valve control by mode change timer (High
for pressure gas →
liquid bypass
During heating : Close
60 sec
Cooling or heating 120 ≤ timer Stop or ventilation
Operating Mode change
Keep
H/P gas
Keep
L/P gas coolingBalancing
Low pressure
(High pressuregas valve)
gas →
During : 0 sec
mode 0 < timer
timer< 120 Close
valve Close
valve Open
valve Low pressure gas valve)
Control Logic
Cooling
Table 2. Valve control by mode
120 ≤change
timer = 0 timer
timer Close
Keep Open
Keep Close
Close
Operating
Cooling 180
0Mode
< ≤change
timer timer
< 120 Keep
H/P gas
Close Keep
L/P gas
Close Close
Balancing
Open 2.32.3 Subcooling
Subcooling EEV Control
EEV Control
mode
Heating timer< 180
0 <timer
timer =0
valve
Close
Close
valve
Close
Open
valve
Close
Close 2.3 Target
Subcooling EEV Control
: about 25℃(77℉)
Subcooling
Target EEV
: about works with Fuzzy rules to keep the degree of subcooling at the outlet of subcooler during
25℃(77℉)
120
timer
180 ≤
≤ timer
=0
timer Keep
Open
Keep Keep
Close
Keep Close
Close simultaneous operation
Subcooling EEV works with Fuzzy rules to keep the degree of subcooling at the outlet of subcooler during
0 Close The
simultaneous operation = T outlet of subcooler – T inlet of subcooler
degree of subcooler
Cooling
Heating 00<
<<timer
timer < 120
timer< 5180
Close
Cooling mode :
Close Close
Keep
Open
Close
Close
timer Close Open The degree of subcooler = T outlet of subcooler – T inlet of subcooler
Stop or timer ==00 Close
Open Close Close
Close
Central Control
ventilation Heating mode :
180 ≤ timer LowKeep
pressure Keep Close
0Timer = 05
< timer Cooling mode : Keep
Keep Close
Close
Heating 0 < timer < 180 gas valve
Close
Close Close Close
Stop or ➔ Close
ventilation timer = 0 Heating
Openmode : Close Close
Low- 61
pressure
- Keep Close
Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. AllTimer =0
right reserved.
gas valve
Cooling mode : LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes 0 < timer 5 Keep Close
Close
➔Close
Stop or
ventilation Heating
- 61 mode
- : - 62 -
Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved. Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
Low pressure Keep CloseLGE Internal Use Only LGE Internal Use Only
Only for training and service purposes Timer = 0 Only for training and service purposes - 62 -
gas valve Copyright ©2017 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.
➔ Close LGE Internal Use Only
- 61 -
Back
Ⅴ. Central Control
Basic Part
2. Common Part 311
3. Product Part 321
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Basic Part
Introduction of LG HVAC Controller
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
1. Introduction of LG HVAC Controller
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
*( ) Name used before BECON HVAC.
guide
Note :
AC Manager 5
• PDI : Power Distribution Indicator. Displays the power usage rate of the VRF system’s indoor unit
• 4 85 G/W : Installed for communication with central controllers in certain products (indoor, outdoor equipment)
•D ry Contact : Product for controlling the SAC of external equipment via contact or modus communication.
Note :
•D o-kit : Assigns an address to the air conditioner central controller for controlling the on/off of externally
• A wide range of central controllers can be adopted depending on the size of the building.
connected equipment through the central controller.
• BMS G/W functions as a central controller as well as a G/W.
• ACS IO Module : Expansion module connected to the central controller for enabling the control of
Control Logic
• ACM IV is the S/W for integrating other hardware controllers.
external equipment.
• ACM V is possible to connect PC, Tablet, Smart Phone.
Central Control
Back
■ Compatibility between Controllers
(S/W) (S/W) (S/W) (S/W) (S/W) (S/W) Slave (B)
AC Ez AC Smart ACP
AC Ez ACP IV ACP Lonworks PDI
Touch IV BACnet
AC Ez AC Ez Touch AC Smart IV ACP IV AC Manager IV AC Manager 5 Master (A)
Model Code PQCSZ250S0 PACEZA000 PACS4B000 PACP4B000 PACM4B000**** PACM5A000**** AC Ez O X X X X X X
Basic Part
Max. IDUs 32 64 128 256 8,192 8,192
253.2 x AC Ez Touch O O X X X X O
Size (mm, W x H x D) 190 x 120 x 17 137 x 121 x 25 270 x 155 x 65 - 270 x 155 x 65
167.7 x 27 AC Smart IV O O O X X X O
ERV/ERV DX Control ● ● ● ● ● ● ACP IV O O O X X X O
Hydro kit Control ● ● ● ● ● ACP BACnet O O O X X X O
LG AHU Control ● ● ● ● ACP Lonworks O O O X X X O
LG Chiller Control ●* ●* ● ● PDI X X X X X X X
Total On/Off (All IDUs) ● ● ● ● ●
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Individual / Group Control ● ● ● ● ● ●
Visual Navigation ● ● ● ● ■ Compatibility with Integrator
Schedule ● ● ● ● ● ● Slave (B)
AC Ez AC Smart ACP
Error code display ● ● ● ● ● ● AC Ez Touch IV ACP IV BACnet ACP Lonworks PDI
History ● (error) ● ● ● ● Master (A)
Lock
Total ● ● ● ● ● ● AC Manager IV X X O O O O X
Trouble shooting
Partial ● ● ● ● ● AC Manager 5 X X O O O O X
● ● ● ●
guide
Peak Control
Time limit Note : Only one master can be selected for one 485 node.
Auto Control ● ● ● ● Products can be divided into ones that only operate as master and ones with the master/slave
Control Auto selection option.
changeover ● ● ● ● ●
Setback ● ● ● ● ●
Energy Electricity Use ●** ●** ●** ● ●
●** ●** ●** ● ●
Control Logic
Report Gas Use
Emergency
Pattern ● ● ● ●
Virtual Group
Interlocking
Control ● ● ● ●
ACS I/O
Module ● ● ● ●
2 Setpoint ●*** ●*** ●*** ● ●
Central Control
Energy
Navigation ●** ●** ●
Remote
By PC S/W Web (flash) Web (flash) By PC S/W Web (HTML5)
Access
I/O Port
DI : 1 DI : 2 / DO : 2 DI : 10 / DO : 4
(including)
* Need Chiller Option S/W(PCHLLN000)
** Need PDI Standard / Premium
*** Available with 4 generation Indoor unit
**** Integrator products(AC Manager IV or 5) require AC Smart IV or ACP IV for physical connection of HVAC system
Back
Basic Part
Common Part
1. Communication Hierarchy 312
Intorduction
Multi V 5
2. PI 485 Gateway 313
3. Centeral Control Address 317
Trouble shooting
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
1. Communication Hierarchy 2. PI 485 Gateway
■ In some circumstances, the 485 G/W can be omitted when installing the central
controller.
Central
Multi V controller
ERV
PI485
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Single/Multi
Cool/20°C/High/Temperature lock setting
Trouble shooting
Note : The LG SAC central controller communicates with the product through the LGAP central control
protocol. The BMS and AC Manager are based on Ethernet communication but has different
guide
protocol.
AHU
■ 485 G/W installation is unnecessary if the conditions listed below are met.
Control Logic
Multi V Plus2, Sync2 or later model (Multi V III, IV)
Outdoor unit
For Multi V S model, please refer to PDB
Indoor unit 2 series or later(4 series)
Remote Controller Below new type or later model
Note : Please refer to the manual or product PDB for information on what PI485 G/W is compatible with
Central Control
each product.
Back
■ Inspection of PI485GW ■ Inspection of 485 module (for MV IV)
LED03 : Module’s power status Indicator
Always OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Basic Part
<Dip Switch> LED01C/LED02C :
communication between
<PI485>
outdoor PCB and 485 module
<Status indicating LED> CN6

Housing for outdoor equipment connector
Intorduction
Outdoor equipment is inverter product.
Multi V 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
<Status Indicating LED>
Outdoor equipment is non inverter
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
product.
Installation and connecting to outdoor equipment

PI485 G/W installed indoor unit or ERV
Trouble shooting
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 - Install the central controller
guide
module board in the location
for optional modules in the
outdoor equipment control
• Check for normal communications box.
(Hang the upper part and fix
• LED1(Green) the lower part with screws)
Blinks when the PI485 and central controller PI 485 Dip s/w setting procedure
Control Logic
(AC-Ez/ACP/AC Smart/…) are communicating.
• LED01G(Red) <PI485 Dip S/W> Location for optional module
L
Blinks when receiving information from outdoor
on the number of indoor unit with addresses
(once in 3 minutes). s/w #1 on – Multi V, Multi MPS inverter
(for multi and multi v, number of blinks is equal s/w #2 on – MPS fixed speed multi
to the number of indoor unit) s/w #3 on – Ventilator, Duct, Single
• LED02G (Yellow) s/w #4 on – LGAP implemented product
s/w #5 on – (up to Multi V 7 series),
Central Control
When data is received by the PI485 from
outdoor off(subsequent models)
• LED03G (Orange)
When data is transmitted from PI485 →
Outdoor.
Back
3. Centeral Control Address
• Check for normal communications ※ Do not set the same address to different IDUs connected to the same Central Controller.
[Normal operations] Standard II

- LED01C(green, Rx), LED02C(green, Tx ) : Press button(3sec)
Blinking once every 2s ~ 10s Repeat Pressing button (Function code 02 : XX)
ơ If the above sequence is not
Basic Part
Set address with Up/Down
observed, check the connections
Press ok/Clear (saved)
to main board.
Press ESC
- LED03C(red) :
Power on status (Always On)
ơ If the above sequence is not
observed, check the connection between
A and B terminal of the central controller
communications line Standard III
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Select setting category and Press [Ʒ(up)] for 3 seconds.
Input the password and press [OK].
Select [Centeral Control Address] and set address.
• Connect to central controller
Trouble shooting
- Connect the communication
line of the central controller to
guide
the central controller terminal
(CEN_A, CEN_B) on the
external board. Wireless
For Setting Address
Press FUNC + Reset
Run/Stop Button (Saved)
Control Logic
<*Pay attention to wire polarities when connecting> Press Reset (Exit)
※ PI485 for Multi V Super doesn’t require separate dip switch setting.
For Checking Address Press

Plasma+Reset (Toward the IDU)
Central Control
Press Start/Stop button (count the number of blinking)
Press Reset (Exit)
※ It’s different on wireless remote controller model. Refer to each manual.
Back
Hydro kit AHU control kit
Press button(3sec)
Press button(3sec)
Repeat Pressing button
Basic Part
Repeat Pressing button
(Function code 07 : XX)
(Function code 07 : XX)
Press ok/Clear (saved) Set address with Up/Down
Press ESC Press ok/Clear (saved)
Press ESC
Intorduction
Multi V 5
ACS IO module (PEXPMB000)
Modbus G/W for IDU (PDRYCB500)
Trouble shooting
Address range
: 01~F7
guide
Recommend
: 20~2F
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
■ Basic Check Point
Products Normality Central Control Addressing
Check Products(IDU, ODU) normality IDU’s address checking

: without Central controller (Duplication & Omission of IDU address)
Basic Part
Address checking of All IDU’s address
ODU Auto Addressing
- All IDUs should have unique central control
Error state check
address
: after removing control system If address is duplicated, those IDUs cannot
The other factor checking communicate with central controller
- Pump, Sensor and so on Address checking When using Group Control
Product Part
Communication Cable wiring Master/Slave & PI485 setting 1. AC – Ez 322
Intorduction
Multi V 5
“BUS Wiring” is mandatory Central Controller Master/Slave setting
PI485 G/W checking by products
2. AC – Ez Touch 333
Checking Disconnection/Short of cable
3. AC Smart IV 346
Comm. cable checking There should be only one Master device
(disconnection / short / polarity) on a communication line 4. ACP IV 355
- ACP, ACP_BACnet is Master device only
Node limitation checking - The other controllers are selective device 5. AC Manager IV 369
(checking the number of ODU/PI485) : AC Smart, AC Ez, PDI
Cable spec check (VCTF-SB 0.75sq) PI485 G/W Setting for Single & Ventilation 6. AC Manager 5 371
Trouble shooting
7. PDI (Standard/Premium) 377
8. BMS Gateway 400
guide
9. Dry Contact 425
<Note>
1. The session of “Install” in product part is not include ‘Unit Reg-
istration’ on ACP, AC Smart, ACP BACnet etc . Refer to prouduct
Control Logic
manal.
2. The session of “Install” in product part has explaination of some
function that much times asked to HQ.
3. Some proudcts which have same GUI & functions do not explain
in duplicate.
4. “AC Manager IV is discontinued. We have oinly ‘Flow Chart’
category.
Central Control
Back
1. AC-Ez
Basic Info Wiring Installation Flow chart Case study Basic Info Wiring Installation Flow chart Case study
■ Components
Standard Features Control mode select button

• Indoor Unit Control/Monitoring by Groups/Indoor Units LCD Display
Total ON/OFF control
• Control & Monitor : On/Off
Operation mode
Basic Part
Set temperature
Room temperature
AC Ez Fan speed
Auto swing Schedule
Advanced Function
• It is available to select each Individual, Group, All unit
• Unit status check by intuitive LED light
Intorduction
• Connectable with upper level controller
Multi V 5
• Weekly Schedule Events (8 schedules per 1 day)
• Exception day setting for Schedule function
Group change Detailed Function control part

Model no. PQCSZ250S0
Trouble shooting
Dimension (WxHxD) 190mm x 120mm x 17mm
Individual On/Off control Control Lock
Max. number of unit 32 /Room temp. check
guide
and status LED display
- One unit type : 32 IDU or 32 Vent
- Mixed unit type : 16 IDU & 16 Vent
Applicable unit type Air conditioner, ERV, DX ERV
Display LED, LCD Display
Power 12VDC, 600mA (Not Included)
Control Logic
Surrounding Conditions Operating Temperature : 0~40°C
Storage Temperature : -20~60°C
Humidity : 0~98% (non-condensing)
LG Comm. type 1 Channel RS485
*Channel 1 : Outdoor unit, PI485GW
Central Control
Back
■ ODU Wiring ■ ODU Wiring

*Communication line has polarity : Bus A / B
Wrong wiring (Star Wiring) Right Wiring (Bus Wiring) < Single/Vent/etc >
*ODU PCB mixed with PI485GW is allowed
‫ڸ‬ ‫ڸ‬
Basic Part
BUS B
BUS A
BUS B
BUS A
2 branches
‫ڹ‬ ‫ڹ‬ Backside of Ez
< After Multi V II >
Intorduction
Multi V 5
CEN B
CEN A
CEN B
CEN A
‫ں‬ ‫ں‬
backside of Ez
Trouble shooting
Master master
(BECON HVAC slave (BECON HVAC slave
guide
Controller) Controller)
■ Power Supply
1) From ODU PCB (after Multi V II)
Control Logic
GND
12V
2) From PI485GW (Single/Vent/etc)
Central Control
backside
12V
GND
*Caution ) Power supply is permitted up to 1 Ez per 1 ODU PCB or PI485GW
Back
3) From external source. ■ Combination

1) 1 AC Ez with one line
[ Master ]
up to 32 units Unit Address Setting
Basic Part
[00] … [07]
[08] … [0F]
AC
Group No. : 0
DC12V * Mode setting : Master [10] … [13]
Adaptor * Group 1 setting
- Product : Air Conditioner [14] … [17]
- Number : 0
Intorduction
[18] … [1B]
Multi V 5
backside * Group 2 setting
- Product : Ventilation [1C] … [1F]
- Number : 1 Group No. : 1

Use an appropriate Power Adaptor : DC12V and more than 600mA
2) A number of AC Ez with one line.
Trouble shooting
up to 8 Ez with one comm. line up to 256 units
guide
[ Master ] [ Slave ] [Slave ]
Group 1 No : 0 Group 1 No : 2 Group 1 No : E

Group 2 No : 1 Group 2 No : 3 Group 2 No : F
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
3) A number of AC Ez with two lines. ■ Installer Setting Code Table

Unit Address Setting
No. Function Code Value
[00] … [07]
[ Master ] [ Slave ] 1 Master/Slave Setting 1 M : Master S : Slave
No. Function Code Value
Group 1 product Select Air conditioner / Ventilator
Basic Part
[08] … [0F] 12 Master/Slave Setting 12 M : Master S : Slave
Group Number Setting 0~F : Group Address - : No use of this group
Group
Group 12 product
product Select
Select Air
Air conditioner
conditioner // Ventilator
Ventilator
[10] … [17] 23 23
Group 1 No : 0 Group 1 No : 2 Group
Group Number Setting
No. Setting 0~F
0~F :: Group
Group Address
Address -- :: No
No use
use of
of this
this group
group
Group 2 No : 1 Group 2 No : 3 Group 2 product Select
Indoor units searching Air conditioner / Ventilator
[18] … [1F] 34 34
Group Indoor unit searching
(MasterNo. Setting only)
controller 0~F : Group Address - : No use of this group
[20] … [27] Indoor units searching °C : Celsius

45 °C / °F setting 45 Indoor unit searching
(Master controller only)
Intorduction
°F : Fahrenheit
Multi V 5
[28] … [2F] °C : Celsius
5 need
If you °C /more
°F setting 5 product manual
detail, please refer to °F : Fahrenheit
[ Master ] (http://partner.lge.com/global : Home > Download > Manuals)
[30] … [37] If you need more detail, please refer to product manual
(http://partner.lge.com/global : Home > Download > Manuals)
[00] … [07] ■ Group Type
Trouble shooting
Group 1 No : 0 Unit type of each Group can be set as Air conditioner type or Ventilation(including DX model).
[10] … [13]
One Group can have only one unit type(it cannot be divided by different unit type), so only following
guide
Group 2 No : 1
combinations are allowed.
: max 32 IDU / max 32 Vent. / max 16 IDU + max 16 Vent.

4) Upper level controller is maser, and others are slave mode.
[ Master ] [ Slave ] [Slave ]
Control Logic
Group 1: 16 IDU or 16 ERV Group 2: 16 IDU or 16 ERV
< Example of wrong case >
Group 1: 16 IDU or 16 ERV Group 2: 16 IDU or 16 ERV
< Example of wrong case >
Central Control
Group 1: 16 IDU Group 2: 10 IDU or 6 ERV
Group 1: 16 IDU Group 2: 10 IDU or 6 ERV
Back
Symptom Primary Check Point Symptom Primary Check Point

- Basic Check Point In case of more than one AC Ez, - Power Supply Source of AC Ez should be
- Check AC Ez Group No. to be matched with Intermittently unexpected shutdown of AC Ez checked
corresponding IDU
Auto searching failure of all or some units
- Check AC Ez Master / Slave Setting
Basic Part
(Only one master device is allowed on a AC EZ get power source from No
AC Ez’s power source is additional adapter.
RS485 line) ODU or PI485.
Yes Yes
Basic Check Point is O.K. No
(Address setting and Communication Setting again
cable) Check Adapter specification.
ODU or PI485 PCB Modify that the number of AC-Ez
can support only 1 AC-Ez connected to adapter does not over
Yes
the adapter specification.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
(Each AC-Ez needs 9~12V, 600mA)
AC Ez “Group No.” is set No Try to change Group No. in AC Ez
properly. It should be matched with corresponding IDU
( settable range : 0~F) (Ex. IDU address 10~18 / Group No of AC Ez:1)
Yes
AC Ez “Master/Slave” is set No If single AC Ez is connected on a RS485 line
Trouble shooting
properly. → set as “Master”
(Master) If multiple AC Ez connect on a RS485 line
→ “Only 1 AC Ez” should be Master
guide
Yes
No
IDU addresses are not duplicated. Check IDU Address one by one
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
2. AC-Ez Touch
Symptom Primary Check Point

- Basic check Point Standard Features
In case of AC Ez with ACP,
- ACP’s IDU device setting should be completed • Indoor Unit Control/Monitoring by Groups/Indoor Units
AC Ez does not recognize all or some units
before setting of AC Ez • Web Access with Graphical User Access Control
• Total 200 Schedule Events
Basic Part
: Weekly, Monthly, Exception day setting
All Basic Check Point is No
satisfied. (Address and Communication Re-check and Setting again • 1 Digital Input
Cable) • Multiple Language Selections
AC Ez Touch (Eng, Ita, Spa, Por, Rus, Fra, Ger, Tur, Pol, Chi, Kor)
Yes • Max.5,000 error history (1 year)
• Max.5,000 alarm history (1 year)
No Change all AC Ez to be slave
All of AC Ez set as Slave
(ACP is Master device) Advanced Function
Intorduction
• Two Set point Auto-changeover / Setback
Multi V 5
Yes • Temperature Set point Range Limit
• Remote Controller Lock (All, Temp, Mode, Fan Speed)
No Complete auto searching and saving into the • Energy save mode
All IDUs have been set to the ACP ? ACP (Master device should set before slave • Change alarm: Oil change / Filter change
device setting)
• Energy Management with PDI (prediction, saving)
: today / week / month (max. 4month)
Yes
Trouble shooting
Optional Accessories
guide
No
Correct Group No is set to the AC Change the AC Ez Group No. to be Matched to • PDI(Power Distribution Indicator) - PQNUD1S40
Ez? corresponding IDUs
PPWRDB000
* This file is base on v1.10.4 of AC Ez Touch.
Model no. PACEZA000

Dimension (WxHxD) 137mm x 121mm x 25mm
Control Logic
Weight (kg) 0.66 kg (Gross:1.618kg)
Max. number of unit 64
Applicable unit type Air conditioner, ERV, DX ERV, Hydro kit (Heating)
Display 5 inch color LCD Screen (800*480)
Power 12VDC (3.33A), 24VAC (Included)
Central Control
Humidity : 0~98% (non-condensing)
*Channel 1 : Outdoor unit, PI485GW
Ethernet 100Mbps
External Interface 1 Digital Input, 1 Analog Input
Back
■ Components ■ ODU Wiring
Wrong wiring (Star Wiring) Right Wiring (Bus Wiring)

‫ڼ‬
‫ڸ‬
‫ڸ‬ ‫ڸ‬
Basic Part
2 branches
‫ڹ‬ ‫ڹ‬
Intorduction
‫ڹ‬ ‫ں‬ ‫ڻ‬
Multi V 5
<Front>
‫ڿ‬ ‫ڽ‬ ‫ھ‬
‫ں‬ ‫ں‬
‫ ڸ‬LCD display window ‫ ھ‬AI / DI input part
‫ ڹ‬Back button AI+: Reserved
: move to the previous screen DI+: Contact point input (dry contact input)
Trouble shooting
‫ ں‬Home screen button COM: Common GND
‫ ڻ‬Power input part ‫ ڿ‬Reset Button Master Master
guide
‫ ڼ‬LAN communication part (BECON HVAC slave (BECON HVAC slave
Controller) Controller)
‫ ڽ‬RS-485 communication part
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
■ ODU Wiring ■ RJ45 Connection

<
< Single/Vent/etc
Single/Vent/etc >
> * Communication line has polarity : Bus A / B
Backside of
Backside of
AC Ez
AC Ez touch
touch
Basic Part
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUSBB
BUSAA
BUSBB
BUSAA
Need to remove knockout

structure before connection
<
< Multi
Multi V
V Series
Series (After Multi V II) >
(After Multi V II) >
Intorduction
Multi V 5
CEN
CEN
CEN
CEN
CENBB
CENAA
CENBB
CENAA
Backside
Backside of
Trouble shooting
of
AC
AC Ez
Ez touch
touch ‫ ڸ‬Cut the rim of the groove part on ‫ ڹ‬After cutting, bend the knockout
guide
the both sides of the knockout structure to the inward direction &
structure using a nipper. Outward director for 2 times, respectively.
■ Power Supply And tear the knockout structure.
Case 1 Case 2 Case 3
Control Logic
Same sized cover
No cover Bigger cover than RJ45
with RJ45
Power
Power Source
Source Type
AC 100~240
AC 100~240 V
V
DC12V
DC12V
Adaptor
Adaptor OK OK OK after remove cover
Central Control
Connection
Guide
If the cover can not be

remove, Please change
RJ45 connector.
Back
■ Decide the space for install the AC Ez ■ Set Master/Slave

Master Slave
Each equipment lock setting O X
Set temp range O X
Basic Part
2 set point O X
IDU 2 set O X
Auto search device O X
LAN Energy report O X

Wall LAN Cable Cable Wall Energy save mode O X
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Power Cable
DC12V
Adaptor
Communication
Power Communication Line [ Master ]
Cable Line
Trouble shooting
guide
■ How to access “Installer Mode”
[ Master ] [ Slave ]
Control Logic
Central Control
[ Slave ]
digital21
If you need more detail, please refer to product manual.

( http://partner.lge.com/global : Home > Download > Manuals)
Back
■ Network Setting(AC Ez Touch) ■ Network Setting(PC)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
1) Connection directly between AC Ez touch and PC.
- IP Address
1) AC Ez touch : 123.456.729.100
Control Logic
2) PC : 123.456.729.101
- Subnet Mask : 255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
Central Control
Unused
2) Using Building Network → Need to discuss with
IT Administrator.
Back
■ Connecting
http:// 123.456.789.100
Basic Part
1 Insert IP & Installation file download
ACEzTouch _
123.456.789.100
Intorduction
Multi V 5
5 Run PC Program and Name/IP Address ‘Set up’
2 Installation file
Trouble shooting
guide
ACEzTouch _
Control Logic
123.456.789.100
3 Installation process 4 Execution file on main screen 6 Access & Login
* If AC Ez Touch will be updated on new version, below step should be

repeated same as first web access process.
Central Control
Back
Symptom Primary Check Point Symptom Primary Check Point

- Basic Check Point - Basic check Point
In case of AC Ez Touch with ACP AC Ez Touch
Auto searching failure of - Check AC Ez Touch Master / Slave Setting - ACP’s IDU device setting should be completed
does not recognize all or some units
all or some units (Only one master device is allowed on a before setting of AC Ez
RS485 line)
Basic Part
All Basic Check Point is No
Basic Check Point is O.K. satisfied. (Address and Re-check and Setting again
No
(Address setting and Communication Setting again Communication Cable)
cable)
Yes
Yes
No Change all AC Ez Touch to be slave
If single AC Ez Touch is connected on a All of AC Ez Touch set as Slave
AC Ez Touch “Master/Slave” is set No (ACP is Master device)
Intorduction
RS485 line.
Multi V 5
properly. (Master)
→ set as “Master”
If multiple AC Ez Touch connect on a RS485 Yes
line.
→ All AC Ez Touch should set the IDU
Yes Manually No
Do set all IDUs in AC Ez
Slave AC Ez Touch should set IDUs manually
Touch(slave) manually?
No
IDU addresses are not duplicated. Check IDU Address one by one
Yes
Trouble shooting
Complete auto searching and saving
guide
No
All IDUs have been set to the ACP ? into the ACP (Master device should set
before slave device setting)
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
3. AC Smart IV
■ Components
Standard Features 253.2mm

‫ڸ‬
• Indoor Unit Control/Monitoring by Groups/Indoor Units
• Web Access with Graphical User Access Control
• 200 Programmable Schedule Events
Basic Part
• Operation and Event History Log
• Forced Off Digital Input
167.7mm
• Multiple Language Selections
(Eng, Ita, Spa, Por, Rus, Fra, Ger, Tur, Pol, Chi, Kor)
Advanced Function
• Two Setpoint Auto / changeover / Setback
• Temperature Setpoint Range Limit
• Remote Controller Lock (All, Setpoint, Mode, Fan Speed) <Front>
Intorduction
Multi V 5
• Device Interlocking (for LG units and DI/DO interface)
• Control of ACS I/O module ‫ڹ‬ ‫ڼ ڻ ں‬ ‫ڽ‬
• Peak/Demand Control / Run Time Limit
• Visual Floor plan Navigation
• Error Notification by E-mail/LCD Display
• Energy Reporting with PDI (Excel export)
• Energy Management with PDI (prediction, saving)
Trouble shooting
Optional Accessories
•P DI(Power Distribution Indicator) - PQNUD1S40, PPWRDB000
guide
• ACS I/O Module - PEXPMB000
• Chiller option kit (PCHLLN000)
Model no. PACS4B000 ‫ھ‬ <Back> ‫ڿ‬

Dimension (WxHxD) 253.2mm x 167.7mm x 27mm
27.0mm (whithout Bracket)
Weight (kg) 0.914 kg (including power adaptor) 28.9mm (whith Bracket)
Control Logic
Max. number of unit 128 ‫ہ ۀ‬ ‫ۂ‬
Applicable unit type Air conditioner, ERV, DX ERV, Hydro kit, AHU control/comm. kit, LG <Bottom>
Chiller(option kit required)
Display 10.2 inch WSVGA TFT LCD Touch Screen (1024*600)
① Touch Screen (LCD) ⑧ AC 24V power input
Power 12VDC (3.33A), 24VAC
② SD memory slot (reserved) ⑨ Micro USB port
Surrounding Conditions Operating Temperature : 0~40°C ③ 2 Digital Output signal (≤ 1.5A, 30V) : for data backup/restore, floor plan upload
Central Control
④ 2 Digital Input signal (non voltage input only) ⑩ Mini USB
Humidity : 0~98% (non-condensing) : DI #1 is reserved for forced off : for software debugging (serial port)
LG Comm. type 2 Channel RS485 ⑤ RS485 port (CH1, CH2) ⑪ Power On/Off switch
*Channel 1 : AHU Control kit ⑥ DC 12V Adaptor input : Push less than 10 seconds to control LCD
*Channel 2 : Outdoor unit, PI485GW ⑦ Ethernet port backlight.
Ethernet 100/10Mbps Push 10 seconds or more to reset AC Smart IV
External Interface 2 Digital Inputs, 2 Digital Outputs, 1 micro USB
Back
■ Terminal Port of Backside ■ Components

Digital Input (non voltage) Enter the Environment menu
Digital Output
*DI1 is reserved for Forced Off
DO1 DO2 DI1 DI2
Basic Part
Set the temp. difference for auto
set LGAP master or slave changeover and Setback operation of
*ACP cannot be a Slave mode 2 Setpoint function
*Setting range : 0.5 ~3 , (by 0.5 unit)
Set Comm. type : reserved
Intorduction
For detail functionality, refer to the
Multi V 5
AHU control kit Multi V ERV ‘2 Setpoint’ section
(PRCKD21E, PRCKD41E) (AC, ERV DX, Hydro kit)
This setting allows central controller to
process each particular communication
OR : Cycle monitor
: Cycle control (Peak control, Energy navigation)
Trouble shooting
: PDI power usage
: PDI gas usage
guide
LG Chiller ACS I/O module Multi/Single AHU comm. kit
(PRCKA1, PUCKA0) : In Enable, allows Slave controller to control
: In Disable, allows Slave controller to control the ‘Hard locked’ IDU
OR For Hard lock, refer to the ‘Lock Function’ in Control/Monitor section
Control Logic
CH1 CH2
DI2
Central Control
Bus A Bus B Bus A Bus B
Set the Peak control operation mode
For the detail functionality, refer to
the ‘Peak Control’ section
Back
■ Disable Function in Slave mode ■ Menu Activation by Account Level

Installer level
Function Disable Note
- ID : system_admin (fixed)
Control/Monitor Lock (Total / Partial / Set Temp. Range) 2 Setpoint is allowed - Control/Monitor for all group
- [Environment] allowed
Schedule - No limit
Basic Part
Auto Logic Peak Control / Time Limit Control Interlocking is allowed
Energy Report Power, Gas RunTime is allowed
Event Log - No limit
Installing Cycle Monitoring Grouping & Installing is allowed Administrator level
- Control/Monitor for all group
Environment - Some setting is disabled - [Environment] not allowed
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Normal User level
- Control/Monitor for selective group
Trouble shooting
- Limited function
guide
* Visual Navigation setting is not allowed for normal user
Control Logic
Installer/Administrator view Normal User view

Central Control
Back
■ Type of Energy Measurement

Enter the Control/Monitor menu
‫ڹ‬ ‫ں‬
Electricity for ODU Gas & Electricity for GHP ‫ڸ‬
Basic Part
• Unit : kW Ex) 122.3kW • Unit : kL Ex) 122.34kL Edit
• Required equipment • Required equipment
Select Group Drawing
PDI WHM PDI Gas meter/ WHM
Intorduction
• Applicable unit : • Applicable unit :
Multi V 5
IDU, ERV DX, AWHP IDU, ERV DX, AWHP
Add
‫ڼ‬
Drawing
IDU Run time
Trouble shooting
• Unit : Hour ex) 12.15 → 12h 9m
guide
‫ڻ‬ ‫ڽ‬
• Required equipment : nothing
Select Drawing
• Applicable unit :
IDU only
To use Energy Report, Unit address ‫ھ‬
• Running time : IDU is turning on status
Control Logic
must be unique among different unit type.
regardless of operation mode
- Power : Power consumption data for EHP
- Gas : Gas consumption for GHP
- RunTime : Operating time for indoor unit
For detail PDI setting and wiring, please
refer to the PDI product manual. Locate each icon onto the map
(dragging is not supported)
Central Control
‫ڿ‬
Back
4. ACP IV
■ Reauired TCP Port

TCP Port Used to access AC Smart/ACP : 80(can be modified), 9300
Standard Features
• Indoor Unit Control/Monitoring by Groups/Indoor Units
Right case : Port opened • Web Access with Graphical User Access Control
OK
• 200 Programmable Schedule Events
Basic Part
• Operation and Event History Log
• Forced Off Digital Input
• Multiple Language Selections
(Eng, Ita, Spa, Por, Rus, Fra, Ger, Tur, Pol, Chi, Kor)
80,9300
Advanced Function
• Two Setpoint Auto / changeover / Setback
• Temperature Setpoint Range Limit
• Remote Controller Lock (All, Setpoint, Mode, Fan Speed)
Wrong case : Port blocked
Intorduction
? • Device Interlocking (for LG units and DI/DO interface)
Multi V 5
• Control of ACS I/O module
• Peak/Demand Control / Run Time Limit
• Visual Floor plan Navigation
• Error Notification by E-mail/LCD Display
• Energy Reporting with PDI (Excel export)
* If required ports are blocked because of security policy, it’s
’ necessary to open them by IT • Energy Management with PDI (prediction, saving)
administrator in the site. Optional Accessories
Trouble shooting
• PDI(Power Distribution Indicator) - PQNUD1S40, PPWRDB000
guide
• ACS I/O Module - PEXPMB000
Q) How to deal with Web access error? • Chiller option kit (PCHLLN000)
Case)
Model no. PACP4B000
- Web access using internet browser
- Internal access using private IP Dimension (WxHxD) 270mm x 155mm x 65mm
Weight (kg) 1.3 kg (including power adaptor)
Problem) Max. number of unit 256
Control Logic
It looks connected but cannot enter the log-in Applicable unit type Air conditioner, ERV, DX ERV, Hydro kit, AHU control/comm. kit, LG
page Chiller(option kit required)
Display 20x4 Character LCD
Measurement) Power 12VDC, max 2.3A
#1. Refresh the page & wait until ready to type
#2.Delete Temporary files in browser &
try again
#3. Try login with another web browser Humidity : 0~95%
#4. Reboot AC Smart IV & try again Comm. Port(Channel) Ch.1~4 : LG AP1)(ODU, ERV, DX ERV, Hydro kit)
Central Control
#5. S/W update as latest version & try again Ch.5 : LG AP(AHU Control kit) or Modbus(ACS I/O module)
Ch.6 : Modbus(ACS I/O module)
*Regarding external access using public IP, you need to make sure that the network connectivity has no Ethernet 100/10Mbps
problem through required TCP ports.
External Interface 10 Digital Inputs (DI1 : Forced stop only)
* In case that internet speed is extremely slow, this can happen.
4 Digital Outputs,
1 USB (Software update, Data backup)
1 SD card (Data backup, Data logging)
Back
■ Components ■ Part description

270mm
* After 31st August 2015, a caution label is stuck in
Digital In/Out place of a unused 9 pin serial port.
Basic Part
Top
155mm
Setup Key Left Right
Front 3 4
1
Intorduction
Multi V 5
2
LCD Display Digital In/Out
5 6
Multi V ERV
Trouble shooting
(AC, ERV DX, Hydro kit) 7
Bottom 8
ACS I/O
guide
LG Chiller
module
9 10
A B | A B .. +-
Multi/Single AHU comm. kit
(PRCKA1, PUCKA0)
1) Power socket 7) Debugging port (mini USB type)
Control Logic
2) LCD & Button key 8) USB
3,4) Digital I/O 9) LAN
5) RS485 port 10) SD card
6) RS485 port for AHU control kit, ACS I/O
module, Digital I/O
AHU control kit
(PRCKD21E, PRCKD41E)
Central Control
Back
■ ACP Digital Input ■ S/W Update & DB management

There are three ways to handle S/W update and DB management.
Type of signal input must be <Example of Input devices>
1. Using Front menu and USB. 2. Using GUI and USB.
dry contact relay (No voltage) ȯSimple On/Off Switch
Basic Part
ȯInput signal from the other system
Intorduction
Multi V 5
I/O Controller Emergency stop
Trouble shooting
guide
■ ACP Digital Ouput
<Example of Output devices>
Acceptable Electric spec. ȯControl On/Off device
: ≤ 30V, 1.5A
AC
External
Input
Control Logic
Device 3. Using Service tool and PC.
Light Pump
Relay
Fan
Central Control
ȯOutput signal to the other system
I/O Controller Error Monitoring
Back
■ S/W Update & DB management - S/W update by USB ■ S/W Update & DB management - S/W update by Laptop
1. Create “ramdisk” folder in root USB memory. 1. Run update Tool (Java Application (*.jar))
2. Copy the ramdisk S/W file within ′ramdisk′ folder. At this time, only one S/W file must be put in there. * you can download latest servicetool
3. Run update by using ‘S/W update’ menu. from LG global website
‫ ڸ‬Select current S/W Version
Basic Part
‫ ڹ‬Input the ACP’s IP address
‫ ں‬Click [Start update]
Intorduction
Multi V 5
‫ ڻ‬Select S/W file which you
want to update
Trouble shooting
‫ ڼ‬Click [Open]
guide
2. Confirm the success message and Check version information on ACP’s display after rebooting.
Control Logic
*Checking ACP version on LCD
Central Control
Back
■ S/W Update & DB management - DB Management Symptom Primary Check Point

<DB Backup>
- Check Network setting
1. Insert USB memory or SD card into the ACP
Can not access to ACP from PC - Check LAN Cable
2. SET >[Function] >SET >[DB back up] >SET >[USB] or [SD card]>SET
- Check Status of DHCP Setting
3. After completing backup, DB files is saved in ‘db’ folder
Basic Part
<DB Recover>
No
1. copy the DB files in “db” folder Does ACP’s IP is not changed after Change DHCP setting to No(not using)
reboot ? and reboot
2. SET >[Function] >SET >[DB recover] >SET >[USB] or [SD card] >SET
3. ACP is automatically restarted for data recovery
Yes
Does Lamp of ACP Ethernet

port is blinked? No Change LAN Cable of ACP
Intorduction
Green lamp : always On (Refer to the next page)
Multi V 5
Yellow lamp : blinked .
Yes
No Network Environment checking

Deos PING Test is succed ?. (usability, duplication of ACP IP and
network switch specification)
Trouble shooting
Yes
guide
Deos security system block the web No Request to clear the security system
accessing. (To site Network administrator)
Control Logic
Central Control
Back

Summary
Auto searching f ailure from ACP (CH 242 error) - Basic check point
- Check Product type (EHP, AHU, AWHP)
• Site Name : Site OO, Korea
• Issue : Can not access in ACP.
Basic Part
Does all basic check points No
are satisfied? (IDU Address and Re-check and Setting again
communication cable)
• Some devices such as M-AHU, Chiller, ACS IO Module does not displayed on auto serching result.
• ACP IV CH5,6 can set either LGAP or Modbus on ACP IV GUI.
Inspection
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Firewall
Switch
Trouble shooting
guide
Router #2
Router #1
Control Logic
ACP placed on network #1 and do accessed by using PC
located in network #2
Central Control
Back
Cause Summary
• Network firewall do block the packet that came from other • Site Name : Site OO, Korea
networks • Product Involved : ACPI
Basic Part
• Issue : Occur the error code “CH 242” on ACP
Solution
Inspection
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
The packet of ACP can communicate in between ACP and Router #1. Error code is occurred after few days
But can not communicate with Router #2 because of firewall.
In that case we need to request the adjust in security level of ACP by network
Control Logic
administrator.
Central Control
Back
5. AC Manager IV

Cause
AC Manager IV execution failure - Check If Program is installed cpmpletely
- Check AC Manager plus / IV server IP setting
• Loose contact of communication line between IDU and ODU
Basic Part
AC Manager server is running No
Reinstall AC Manager IV server
properly.
Yes
Solution No Set Server IP as PC IP

Server IP is set properly.
Or 127.0.0.1(loopback IP)
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Yes
No Update after downloading

AC Manager IV is latest version.
from Global Web site
• AC Manager 5 do not need any installation. Because it is connected by web server function.
Trouble shooting
guide
Loose contact
After re-wiring works, it operate normallly
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
6. AC Manager 5
Symptom Primary Check Point Model name : PACM5A000

- ACP accesability from the PC ACM plus installed
AC Manager display CH246 error - ACP Version Check
- AC Manager version check
Basic Part
ACP is accessible from the PC No Network setting and Ping Test
that ACM plus installed. (Refer to the ACP Installation chapter)
Yes
ACP is registered to the No

Check ACP IP address and the other setting
AC Manager properly.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Yes Description
No
ACP version is compatible with
Update the ACP s/w last version The product is specially designed for large buildings. It can control Max. 32 ACP and AC Smart.
AC Manager.
It can easily control large number of indoor unit in the PC, Mobile, Tablet screen.
Yes
Trouble shooting
Specification
guide
No
AC Manager is latest version.
Update after downloading Components :
from Global Web site
Standalone
Max. No. of Controllable units : 8,192
Control Logic
Structure
Central Control
Back
■ Feature ■ Feature
270mm
User Friendly Interface Convenient Automation
- Flexible design - Operation Trending Report
- Automatic E-mail Sending
Basic Part
Integrates Easily Other External equipment
Controls 155mm
- Schedule Function
Efficient Power Control

- Energy Management
Intorduction
List AC Manager IV AC Manager 5
Multi V 5
Top
1 Left
2
Standalone 1. Digital In/Out(Reserved)
Model Code PACM4B000 PACM5A000
Front
Max. IDUs 8,192
Trouble shooting
Remote Access Software Access PC,Mobile,Tablet
Group Composition 1 depth Multi-Level 3
guide
2. Power Socket
IDU, Ventilation, LG AHU, Systemboiler,
Control 3. LCD & Button Key (Adapter)
Chiller, ACS I/O
Energy Electricity/Gas - Debugging Access
Report Energy Navigation - for developer - DB Backup/Restore
Operation Trend - - S/W Update
Bottom
Control Logic
Simple On/Off (All IDUs)
Visual Navigation
Debugging Port
Schedule
5 6 USB Socket
Full
Lock
Partial
Error code 10 RS485(Reserved)
4 7 8 9 SD CARD Socket
Peak Control
Central Control
Auto
Time limit Control
Control
Auto change over AC24(USA
RJ45(LAN) - DB Backup/Restore
History Model Only)
Emergency Pattern Power Switch

Inter LAN Cable
Virtual Group Control
locking - Ethernet communication910/100Mbps)
Expansion I/O Section to PC to Network Hub
I/O Port (including) - Cable Type Cross Direct
Back
■ S/W Update & DB management

Structure
There are two ways to handle S/W update and DB management
1. Using Front menu and USB
Basic Part
AC Manager 5
Necessary
Intorduction
Multi V 5
ACP IV
AC Manager 5
2. Using Service tool and PC
Trouble shooting
AC Smart IV
guide
Devices that can be interfaced
- The devices of AC Manager 5 that can be interfaced are as follows. ‫ڹ‬
Product type Interfacing product Remark ‫ڸ‬
ACP Standard It shall be connected to AC Manager 5 through TCP/IP
ACP Premium It shall be connected to AC Manager 5 through TCP/IP
‫ں‬
Control Logic
ACP IV It shall be connected to AC Manager 5 through TCP/IP
Central controller AC Smart Premium It shall be connected to AC Manager 5 through TCP/IP ‫ ڸ‬Input IP address of AC Manager5 that installed in the
input field
AC Smart IV It shall be connected to AC Manager 5 through TCP/IP
ACP Lonworks It shall be connected to AC Manager 5 through TCP/IP ‫ڹ‬ Click the […] button Select SW file
ACP BACnet It shall be connected to AC Manager 5 through TCP/IP
‫ ں‬Click the Start button
PC Needs web browser supporting HTML5(Safari v5.1.7 or
Remote control Tablet PC higher, Internet Explorer 10 or higher, Crome v55.0 or
Central Control
Smart Phone higher)
Back
7. PDI (Standard/Premium)
■ S/W update by USB

1. Create “ramdisk” folder in root USB memory
2. Copy the ramdisk S/W file within ′ramdisk′ folder. At this time, only one S/W file must be put in there Standard Features
3.Run update by using ‘S/W update’ menu • Maximum Displayed IDU
(New version software file can be downloaded from LG Electronics System Air Conditioner homepage.) - 128 IDUs(EHP)
• Maximum Displayed ODU system
Basic Part
- 2 ODU system(PPWRDB000)
- 8 ODU system(PQNUD1S40)
• WHM Pulse output connection
• Indoor unit accumulate Power Consumption Monitor
Click SET
button • Outdoor unit accumulate Power Consumption Monitor
• Instant Power monitor
• Operation Display
- Pulse signal
- RS485 communication
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Click SET • Error Display
button - Error – 01 : RS485 Communication error
- Error – 02 : Wattmeter no signal error
Click SET Advanced Function
button
• Data backup during power outage(50h)
• Interlock with Central Controller
Wati for - ACP , AC smart , AC Ez touch
Trouble shooting
10~20 sec.
guide
Model no. PQNUD1S40(Premium), PPWRDB000(Standard)
Dimension (WxHxD) 270mm x 155mm x 64.8mm
Max. number of unit 128
Applicable unit type Air conditioner, DX ERV
Display 77mm x 32 mm
Power AC 220V 60Hz , AC 24V 60Hz
Control Logic
Surrounding Conditions Operating Temperature : -20~50 °C
Storage Temperature : -20~80 °C
Humidity : Under 90% RH
Central Control
Back
■ Specification ■ Pulse Line

1. Length limit : The length of Each Pulse Line 2. Polarity Limit : Connecting +/- pulse
Standard (PPWRDB000) Premium (PQNUD1S40 ) should be under 10m. line that is from WHM to each
+/- pulse port of PDI
Basic Part
Outline PDI
ELB WHM
Number of Max IDUs 128 128
Air Conditioner(EHP, GHP) Air Conditioner(EHP, GHP)
Type of ODU
ERV DX, Hydro kit ERV DX, Hydro kit
Intorduction
Number of Max WHMs 2 8
Multi V 5
LCD Display 4 Lines 4 Lines
Pulse Line
LED Display Power/Comm./Pulse status Power/Comm./Pulse status
Electric Line
■ Component
Trouble shooting
guide
Connect to Pulse type WHM ■ Communication Line
(standard model has 2 ports)
Do not mismatch between 220V and 24V. Pulse status LED 1. Length limit 3. RS485 A/B Polarity Limit
- The length between each Outdoor unit 200 M - When connecting RS485 line(Communication)
If mismatched, it may be burned - Maximum Length of 1 RS485 Line 1KM all lines should be matched to each A/B port
2. Node limit 1) Select one channel
- Maximum node of 1 RS485 Line 32 of CH1 ~ CH4
( Multi V Outdoor count * 2 ) + PI485 count + ( central controller count ) 32 2) Connect
Control Logic
Line BUS A port A
PDI ACP Line BUS B port B
220V AC
Cf. RS485 Bus line
RS485 - A has to be connected
ELB WHM RS485 - B from the PDI the
24V AC others port
Central Control
Unused part
(standard model doesn’t
have this part)
Multi V
220V Connect
Connection to BUS A CEN A
Central Controller BUS B CEN B
On Super IV
Multi V ODU PCBA
Back
1. Put CT Ratio to WHM 2. Set & Put the Pulse Ratio to WHM 1. Set CT Ratio 2. WHM Setting
- ˝ Putting CT Set value - ˞ Setting the Pulse Ratio ‫ ڸ‬Set Actual CT Ratio - ‫ ڹ‬Putting CT Set value
= pri : sec = 1 : 1 → You can set this value within the WHM Spec * Cover WHM capacity (ex. 5A) = pri / sec = 100 / 5
. ex WHM Spec = 1~99999 impulses (EX. 5A= Isrc/CT ratio =100A/20=5A ) - ‫ ں‬Setting & Putting
if you choice 10 pulse/1KWh → Set Actual CT : pri / sec =100 / 5 Pulse value : 10
Basic Part
→ ③ Putting Pulse Ratio : 10 (if you set 10 pulse/1KWh)
Ɠ Set “1” in CT : [ ]
Because CT Ratio was already reflected
ln Programmable WHM (100:5)
If you set the CT Ration(CT=20) in PDI,
3. PDI Setting Consumption data is x 20
- ˠ Putting CT ratio =1
Intorduction
Multi V 5
& Pulse value 3. PDI Setting
- ‫ ڻ‬Putting CT ratio & Pulse value
MENU
1 10 MENU
SELECT 1 10 SELECT
Trouble shooting
guide
R S T
R S T Isrc
Isrc 100A
100A
‫ڹ‬CT Set PULSE
100:5
= 10 pulse / 1KWh
‫ڹ‬CT Set
Control Logic
100:5
PULSEwhm
= 10 pulse / 1KWh ‫ڹ‬CT Set
PDI Premium 100:5
Input 5A
WHM Awareness ! 100A 5A WHM Awareness
100A
100A Input 5*20=100A
* 20 = 100/5
Central Control
Set Pulse Rate
10 pulse/1kwh
PDI Awareness
10 pulse = 1KWh
%1KWh*1=1KWh
Back
■ Standby Power Consumption Logic ■ Standby Power Consumption Logic

When All IDU (connected to a ODU) stop, STBP(Standby Power Consumption) mode start When All IDU (connected to a ODU) stop, STBP(Standby Power Consumption) mode start
And there is a different according to the PDI mode Set. And there is a different according to the PDI mode Set.
1) Set as AUTO : In this mode, PDI distributes the STBP to the each IDU unit. 2) Set as Manual : In this mode, PDI saves the STBP in PDI STBP’s page , do not distribute to each IDU.
Basic Part
‫ ڸ‬Mode setting ‫ ڸ‬Mode setting
CONNECTION : SLAVE WHM CONNECTION : SLAVE WHM

TYPE : PULSE TYPE : PULSE
REMOTE COM : NOT USE REMOTE COM : NOT USE
STANDBY P : AUTO STANDBY P : AUTO
* In 20 minutes after turning on * In 20 minutes after turning on
Intorduction
Multi V 5
‫ ڹ‬STBP operating
‫ ڹ‬STBP operating
Stop Stop Stop Stop
Stop Stop Stop Stop
STBP
Trouble shooting
STBP
STBP/3
STBP/3
guide
STBP/3 You can check the STBP data in the PDI
as following ‫ں‬
‫ ں‬Result checking
‫ ں‬Result checking INSTANT P(1) 1080 W
ID-01 : 360 W
ID-02 : 360 W
Control Logic
ID-03 : 360 W
ACCUM P(1) 1.2KW

ID-01 : 0.4KW
ID-02 : 0.4KW
ID-03 : 0.4KW
INSTANT P(1) 1080 W
ID-01 : 360 W
INSTANT P(1) 1080 W ACCUM P(1) 1.2KW ID-02 : 360 W
Central Control
ID-01 : 360 W ID-01 : 0.4KW ID-03 : 360 W
ID-02 : 360 W ID-02 : 0.4KW
ID-03 : 360 W ID-03 : 0.4KW
INSTANT P(1) 1080 W ACCUM P(1) 1.2KW

STBP : 0 W STBP : 0.0KW
Back
■ Difference due to WHM displaying Logic ■ WHM Verification Steps

WHM’s minimum displayable value is 0.1kw(100w)
1) Check the WHM’s Spec Value
In case of 100pulse/1kwh(10W/P) setting , last digit(marked with red color) is not be shown on WHM
LCD panel.
It can cause maximum 1kwh difference in checking period.
The actual value is counted and memorized internally. (the checking period is extended , it doesn’t
Basic Part
increase)
Start day in checking period End day in checking period ‫ڸ‬: WHM Pulse Spec = 1000pulse/kwh 1W/P
Display value 11.0kw 111.0kw 111.0kw

Internal Value 11.00kw 111.00kw 111.09kw
WHM
Intorduction
2) Check PDI‘s Pulse Setting value
Multi V 5
9pulse input(90Wh) MENU
ELECTRIC POWER
DISTRIBUTOR
SELECT
PDI
Trouble shooting
Checking period
Display value 22.0kw 122.0kw 123.0kw Press Menu & Select key at the same time
guide
Internal Value 22.99kw 122.99kw 123.08kw
‫ڹ‬: Check PDI ‘s Pulse setting Should be = 1W/P
Internal Count Value LCD Display
= Power of End day – Power of start day = Power of End day – Power of start day
MENU
WHM = 111.09-11.00=100.09 WHM = 111.0-11.0=100
PDI = 123.08-22.99=100.09 PDI = 123.0-22.0=101
Same value! 1kw Difference. SELECT
Control Logic
‫ں‬: WHM Pulse Spec = ‫ڹ‬PDI ‘s Pulse setting
Central Control
Back
3) Confirm what WHM Value increase means.

‫ ں‬WHM Pulse Spec = 1000pulse/kwh = 1W/P, - Check Central Control Address of IDUs
PDI display ER-01
WHM Value increase 0.1 = 0.1kW = 100W - PDI Master/Slave Setting
Power consumption is not distributed to IDUs
- Central Controller Communication satus
properly.
Checking
Increased 0.1 means that pulses of 100 times
Basic Part
went out from WHM
All Basic check point is satisfied. No
So, PDI ‘s pulse count value should increase (Address and communication cable)
Recheck
100 count than before
Yes
4) Check the PDI’s increased value the WHM’s increased value = the PDI’s increased value. PDI address range setting No
Intorduction
Check Central Control Address
Multi V 5
is matched to IDUs properly.
* Before Starting a check,
you first change the mode of PDI to test mode Yes
MENU No With Central Controller : Slave

PDI Master/ Slave is set properly.
ELECTRIC POWER Without Central Controller : Master
DISTRIBUTOR SELECT
Trouble shooting
guide
‫ڸ‬Press Up arrow key & Right arrow key at the same time
MENU
ELECTRIC POWER
DISTRIBUTOR
SELECT
‫ڹ‬Select key 4 times until you see like right side display
Control Logic
* you press the “MENU” key so that you could get back the operating mode
Count Number should increase 100 count

than before.
Central Control
If the outdoor unit is in operation,
but the number displayed does not increase or < 100
Check wiring between WHM # PDI
Replace the PDI with one that works correctly to test it for defects
Back

Summary
PDI display ER-02. - Check Polarity of WHM Pulse output
Increasing data between WHM and PDI is - Check inferiority of WHM
different. - Check Length between WHM and PDI (<10m) • Field name : Site OO, Korea
• Product involved : PDI, wired remote control
• Issue: Power consumption of PDI is not matched with WHM
Basic Part
WHM pulse output is properly No
connected to PDI Check Pulse polarity(+,-) of WHM
according to polarity.
Yes
PDI counts the pulse well. No Inspection

Replace PDI
(do the short test for pulse port)
Intorduction
-> PDI pulse port matching TEST
Multi V 5
Yes
No check the Pulse rate

Instant power is a little increased as much as stanby power
Check equality of periodic amount
between PDI and WHM (WHM company checking) when connected to P3 (WHM) ODU is operating
Yes
Trouble shooting
guide
Pulse cable length is shorter than No Shorten WHM <-> PDI cable length
10M. Within 10M
•Do not try short test too many.

The Power consumption data of Short test will be added to the PDI.
Instant power P6 is increased as much as operating power
Control Logic
when connected to P3 (WHM) ODU is operating
Central Control
- Instant power react in the opposite way
PDI port and WHM matching was wrong
*Address of IDUs connected to ODU
Back
■ App. PDI(Old) + WHM + ODU

Cause
‫ڸ‬ ‫ڸ‬ ‫ڸ‬
• WHM is incorrectly connected to PDI port.
Basic Part
‫ڹ‬ ‫ڹ‬
‫ڹ‬
Solution
‫ں‬
‫ں‬
-> Change Pulse cable. ‫ں‬
Intorduction
Multi V 5
‫ڻ‬ ‫ڻ‬
‫ڻ‬
<Caution>
Power OFF *WHM, PDI, ODU(ELB) should be matched properly.
Trouble shooting
<ACP> (Ex. ① If IDUs address connected to ① ODU are 00~03
guide
① PDI address range should be set as 00~03)
Change Pulse cable

P3<-> P6
Control Logic
From the date modified, power distribution returned to normal.
Central Control
Back
■ App. PDI(Premium) + WHM + ODU

Summary
• Site Name : Site OO, Turkey
• Product Involved : ACP, PDI
• Issue : Mismatch between the power used by PDI and the power
Basic Part
measured by the power meter.
Inspection
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
Example
guide
1. CH1 Port setting
-> WHM1 pulse rate -> Select Indoor Unit -> No pulse error is occured
IDU addr range setting(10 – 15)
2. CH2 Port setting
-> WHM2 pulse rate -> Select Outdoor Unit ->
IDU addr range (10 – 12)
3. CH3 Port setting
-> WHM3 pulse rate -> Select Outdoor Unit ->
Control Logic
IDU addr range(13 – 15)
The line (from WHM) polarity does not checked
Central Control
Back
Cause Summary
• W/pulse signal line wrong wiring(Polarity mismatch). • Site Name : Site OO
• Issue : Mismatch between the power used by PDI and the power measured
Basic Part
by the power meter.
Solution
Inspection
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
After changing the polarity of extended line, it operates nomally.
Control Logic
Central Control
Check the electric panel CT → CT Ratio 20
Back
■ App. Global WHM Notification

Cause *Refer to technical bulletin.
• False setting of the W/P resulted in the difference in the power usage data. Maker Spec
N Reference
Image
o Pulse Output Site
A
Basic Part
Model Type
(Max Current) Width W/Pulse
Schneider 0.1, 1, 10, 100,

10, 50,100, 300, 1000, 10000, May, 2012
1 3P4W 6A
500, or 1000ms or Brazil
Power Logic 100000kWh/P
Solution
PM200P
Schneider
50. 100, 200, 0.1, 1, 10, May, 2012
2 3P4W 6A
300ms 100kWh/P Brazil
Intorduction
Multi V 5
PM9P
ABB
(Sweden)
100P/kWh Oct, 2010
3 3P4W 65A 100ms
(10W/P) Czech
OD4165
XIZI June.2013
200P/kWh China
Trouble shooting
4 3P4W 40A -
(5W/P) (singapore
DTS 601
Reexamine the settings on the Pulse Type CT Ratio = 20 tech)
guide
power meter and PDI
Kohler
1000P/kWH April, 2013
5 3P4W 100A -
(1W/P) Turkey
AEL.TF.10
Saia-burgess
Jun, 2013
6 3P4W 65A 50ms 1W/P, 10W/P
AAE3D5F10 Swiss
Control Logic
PR3A00,
ALE3D5F10
Pulse duration = 50msec Ziegler

0.1KWh/pulse -> 10pulse / 1KWh PT = 1.0 60ms, 100ms May, 2015
7 3P4W 5A Programmable
So, PRwhm = 10 or 200ms Iran
3430
ABB
<PDI Setting> 8 3P4W 6A
Programmable:
Programmable
May, 2015
Central Control
10~990ms Kenya
B24
CT00001 / Pr:00010
ABB
Programmable: Feb, 2014
9 3P4W 80A Programmable
10~990ms Singapore
A43
Back
Summary Cause
• Site Name : Apartment, Philadelphia, USA • The IDU address is set wrong.
• Issue : Power is not distributed to the indoor unit
Basic Part
Solution
Inspection
Intorduction
Multi V 5
ROOM02 CC address
ODU 1 Normal Case
missing case ROOM01 ROOM02 ROOM03
ROOM01 5KWh 7.5KWh 01 20 03 CC addr
Trouble shooting
ROOM02 5KWh 0 [01-03]
02
guide
ROOM03 5KWh 7.5KWh
TOTAL(ODU1) 15KWh 15KWh
The power usage of 1 indoor unit is not displayed 21 22 23
Control Logic
[20-23]
PQRCFCS0C
PDI Indoor Unit Address Range The problematic indoor unit was found and after correcting the address,
the power was supplied properly.
[01 -0A]
02 00 0 00 0 0000 0
Central Control
Indoor Unit No communication
No. with indoor unit
PDI Diagnostic Mode Check the communication status with the indoor unit.
Back
8. BMS Gateway
8.1 ACP-BACnet ■ Components
BMS
BACnet IP
Modbus TCP
Basic Part
LG HVAC unit
LGAP 1)
<Front Case>
Model no. PQNFB17C0
Dimension 270mm x 155mm x 65mm Standard Features
(WxHxD) • Interface between BACnet/IP BMS and LG
Intorduction
HVAC unit
Multi V 5
Weight (kg) 1.3 kg (including power adaptor)
• Modbus TCP support (No setting)
Max. number 256
• ACP IV functions
of unit
• BTL Certified (B-ACS)
Applicable unit Air conditioner, ERV, DX ERV, • Product list offering BMS Points
type Hydro kit, AHU control/comm. kit
Unit type BACnet IP Modbus TCP
Display 20x4 Character LCD IDU ○ ○
ERV, DX
Trouble shooting
Power 12VDC, max 2.3A ○ ○
ERV
Surrounding Operating Temperature : 0~40°C
guide
Monitoring
Conditions Storage Temperature : -20~80°C ODU X
Only
Humidity : 0~95% Hydro kit ○ ○
Comm. Ch.1~4 : LGAP1)(ODU, ERV, DX AHU ○ ○
Port(Channel) ERV, Hydro kit)
Based on v5.08.1
Ch.5 : LGAP(AHU Control kit) or
Modbus(ACS I/O module) ‫ڸ‬ Front cover
Advanced Function ‫ڹ‬ Adaptor connection jack for DC 12V
Ch.6 : Modbus(ACS I/O module)
Control Logic
• Two Setpoint Auto / changeover / Setback ‫ں‬ Power port (for 24V~, PQNFB17C2 Only)
Ethernet 100/10Mbps • Interlocking, Energy Report, Error, Event Log
by Email ‫ڻ‬ Buttons and LCD
External 10 Digital Inputs (DI1 : Forced
Interface stop only) • Energy Report, Event Log Save to PC
4 Digital Outputs, • Accumulated Power monitoring with PDI2)
1 USB (Software update, Data • Compatible with ACS I/O (No BMS points)
backup) Optional Accessories
1 SD card (Data backup, Data • PDI2) - PQNUD1S40, PPWRDB000
Central Control
logging) • ACS I/O - PEXPMB000
1) LG Air-conditioner Protocol Set Network environment (IP, Net mask, Gateway)
2) Power Distribution Indicator
Select Peak(Default) or Demand(Not used)
SW upgrade, Data backup, Data recovery
RS-485 communication logging
Set Fahrenheit/Celsius
Set Device ID for BACnet
Set Vnet number for Modbus
Foreign Device register
Back
■ What are the differences as hardware?

CPU & Memory Upgraded
1)
Items Old ( ~ Nov. 2015 ) New ( Dec. 2015 ~ )
CPU ARM Cortex A8 800Mhz ARM Cortex A9 1Gh
Basic Part
RAM DDR2 128MB x 2 DDR2 256MB x 2
9-Pin Serial Port Caution Label
Top case
Intorduction
Multi V 5
<Front, Side>
LG BACnet LG BACnet-G
LCD Display
Trouble shooting
guide
1) New Product : After 21st Dec.2015
<Bottom>
⑤ 4 Digital Output signal (≤ 1.5A, 30V), 10 Digital Input signal (non voltage input only)
DI #1 is reserved for forced off.
Control Logic
⑥ Comm. port
CH1~4 : LG AP (ODU, ERV, DX ERV, Hydro kit)
CH5 : LG AP(AHU Control kit) or Modbus(ACS I/O)
CH6 : Modbus(ACS I/O)
⑦ Mini USB port
USB to Serial port for software debugging.
⑧ USB port
For software update and data backup/recover.
Central Control
⑨ Power switch
⑩ Ethernet port
To connect with BMS or AC Manager.
For software update/data backup/recover.
⑪ SD card slot
For data backup/recover, RS485 data logging.
Back
■ What are the differences as software? ■ Steps

Upgraded to ACP IV
1. Install and connect BACnet Gateway 1) Check the rules and cautions
Items Old ( ~ Nov. 2015 ) New1) ( Dec. 2015 ~ ) 2) Set the central control address
3) Set PI485 and connect
S/W Version ~v3.1.5 v5.08.1~ 4) Install BACnet G/W and connect
Basic Part
5) Set BACnet G/W network address
Embedded ACP Func. ACP Premium ACP IV 2. Verify and Check for ACS System 6) Set BACnet G/W function
X O
Email2) / Save to PC
In Energy Report
3. Offer BACnet points to BMS
X O
Email2) / Save to PC
Intorduction
Multi V 5
In Event Log
X O 4. Integrating BACnet points with BMS (BMS Job)

Update S/W,
DB Backup / Recovery DB
NO
Trouble shooting
4. JMT PASS?
guide
1) New Product : After 21st Dec.2015 YES
2) Email setting added in environment menu
END Trouble shoot
• Check setting
- Device Instance no.
Control Logic
- IP address
• Get the advice from HQ
Central Control
Back
1. Install and connect BACnet Gateway. 1) Check the rules and cautions 1. Install and connect BACnet Gateway. 1) Check the rules and cautions
2) Set the central control address 2) Set the central control address
3) Set PI485 and connect 3) Set PI485 and connect
4) Install BACnet G/W and connect 4) Install BACnet G/W and connect
5) Set BACnet G/W network address 5) Set BACnet G/W network address
6) Set BACnet G/W function 6) Set BACnet G/W function
Basic Part
Assigning the network address (by LG). Device Setup (by LG)
Network Info. Setting Value Remarks Contents Setting Value Remarks

IP Address ex) 192.168.1.101 IP Address should be communicable with BMS.
GW Address ex) 192.168.1.1 IT administrator of the building should provide IP address to LG. 0, Celsius
Temperature Default: 0
Confirm the required network information with the BMS integra- 1, Fahrenheit
Net Mask ex) 255.255.255.0
tor and IT manager of the job site Default : 9000
Confirm the Device Instance number of ACP BACnet
Intorduction
BACnet G/W need to be located at the same network domain with BMS.
Multi V 5
ex) 9000 G/W with the BMS integrator.
Change Device ID to be unique if necessary.
IP : 192.168.1.100 IP : 192.168.1.200
S/M : 255.255.255.0
Note) Unique Numbers are required for BACnet
S/M : 255.255.255.0 Device ID Unit Device Object Instance Numbers across the entire
GW : 192.168.1.1 GW : 192.168.1.1
Device ID 9000 Indoor unit network but in practice you can use duplicates as long
BACnet G/W #1 (Device Instance No,) as they are separated by a router.
BMS 9001 ERV
- Indoor unit : Device ID
Trouble shooting
IP : 192.168.1.201 9002 AHU
- ERV : Device ID + 1
S/M : 255.255.255.0
9003 Outdoor unit - AHU : Device ID + 2
guide
GW : 192.168.1.1
9004 Hydro kit - Outdoor unit : Device ID + 3 (Monitoring Only)
BACnet G/W #2
- Hydro Kit : Device ID + 4
9005 General - General : Device ID + 5 (applied sw : after v5.04.1)
The slave address of Modbus TCP

Vnet No. ex) 10
(There is no need to set the Vnet No. for BACnet)
Normally First 3 digits are the same with BMS IP address and Gateway, and Subnet Mask is like
“255.255.255.0” (C class). If not like this, contact LG HQ and get the advice. Reset the power of ACP BACnetG/W after changing any setting.
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
2. Verify and Check for ACS System 3. Offer BACnet points to BMS.
• First of all, it is necessary to check the ACS System prior to connecting the BMS.
• This needs to be carried out by LG field engineer using Web Interface GUI and Thermostat.
1) Web Connection check : OK

2) No Error IDU
Basic Part
3) Control / Monitor by Web
4) Control / Monitor by Thermostat
Disconnect the LAN

[BMS System]
Intorduction
cable from BMS
Multi V 5
BACnet Points Information
Ethernet
Switch/HUB [Installer PC]
Trouble shooting
guide
Hub
BACnet
[ACP_BACnet]
Control Logic
ACP BACnet Diagnosis
LG-NET
LG Engineering Side BMS Engineering Side
Central Control
1. Install and connect BACnetGateway 4. Integrating BACnetpoints with BMS
2. Verify and Check for ACS System 1) Discover the Device
3. Offer BACnetpoints to BMS 2) Discover the Objects
3) Read/Write the Present Value of each object point
Back
4. Integrating BACnet points with BMS (BMS Job) 4. Integrating BACnet points with BMS (BMS Job)
• This is NOT to be done by LG since it is directly related to the BMS side.
• The BMS engineer is to carry out the engineering of the Point, however LG is responsible for providing 2) Discover the Objects
the method of how the points are calculated and the information of each the Points. BMS engineer can discover the Object List or add it manually. Refer to the Instance Number file.
1) Discover the Device
Basic Part
After connecting with BMS, the BMS engineer should discover the Device(s) within LG BACnet
Controller.
BMS engineer can add the Device & associated points manually if desired. It is a different method
depending on BMS system.
Intorduction
Multi V 5
[BMS System] Connect the LAN
cable from BMS
Trouble shooting
guide
HUB
When BMS can’t discover the object-list. Even if the device itself was discovered. :
- If you can’t see any indoor unit points like mode, room temp etc.
→ Usually, a BACnet BMS has three distinct ways to discover the object-list.
[ACP_BACnet]
Control Logic
A. BMS requests all objects at one time by using the Read Property Multiple.
B. BMS requests a object at a time by using the Read Property.
This way requires more time for discovery but can be more thorough regarding all point attributes.
C. Manually add each required point by referring to the Object instance number file.
3) Read/Write the Present Value of each object point

After Discovery of all Objects List,
When BMS can’t discover the device :
LG and BMS engineer can verify the controlling and monitoring IDU unis.
- Please verify the network configuration again.
Central Control
- Be sure you can network ping each device from your laptop and BMS.
Back
■ Type A or B ■ How to set to “Type B”

ACP BACnet G/W differently responds to each “Device ID” depending on the systems. 1) Run the Service tool
ACP BACnet G/W can set the “Type A” or “Type B” depending on the response way of MAC address. 2) Select the Model: ACP BACNET
- Type A : response the Same MAC address regardless of “Device ID” 3) Fill the right IP of the Gatwey
- Type B : response the Different MAC address depending on “Device ID” 4) Press the Button “BACnet Type B”
5) Wait until the device reboot
Basic Part
Example>
Type A (Default)
• Different Device ID, Same MAC address.
Device ID : MAC Address :
Indoor 9000 Indoor 0xc7d1a2c2a1d6
ERV 9001 ERV 0xc7d1a2c2a1d6
AHU 9002 AHU 0xc7d1a2c2a1d6
Outdoor 9003 Outdoor 0xc7d1a2c2a1d6
AWHP 9004
Intorduction
AWHP 0xc7d1a2c2a1d6
Multi V 5
(General 9005) (General 0xc7d1a2c2a1d6)
Type B
• Different Device ID, Different MAC address.

Device ID : MAC Address :
Indoor 9000 Indoor 10 It can be possible to change a type of BACnet on LG GUI after software ver.5.10.1
Trouble shooting
ERV 9001 ERV 11
AHU 9002 AHU 12
guide
Outdoor 9003 Outdoor 13
AWHP 9004
(General 9005)
AWHP 14 ■ List Changed to BACnet Type B
(General 15)
Model S/W ver. BMS Type B Site

PQNFB17C2 v5.04.2 Delta ORCAview Changed Canada
When should you set it to “Type B”? (After Dec.21, 2015)
• Case 1) When only one system was connected to one ACP BACnetG/W : No setting PNF-B17C0 v3.1.2 Honeywell EBI(v6.2e) Changed Korea
Control Logic
Case 2) When multiple systems was connected to one ACP BACnetG/W and IPC controller
BMS had a following problem : Set to “Type B” after onboarding the latest S/W PQNFB17C1 v3.1.2 Tridium Changed Mexico
If the Device ID is different but the MAC address is the same, some BMS will recognize it as PQNFB17C1 v3.1.2 Schneider Changed Poland
the same system.
Especially Schneider or Honeywell BMS.
Central Control
Back
■ Register Foreign DeviceB ◆ The BBMD* receiving the “Register FD(Foreign Device)” command :
1) If FD registration is possible, BBMD responds.
◆ Who-is message in the same domain.
→ BBMD automatically retransmits “Register FD” command after the set TTL value.
2) If FD registration is not possible or there is no registration function in BMS, BBMD doesn’t response
s → BACnet G/W’s “ON” will be change to “0” after the set TTL value
o-i -is
Basic Part
Wh Who (If “ON” will be re-set to “1”, it is possible to register again.)
BMS
Who-is BACnet G/W Foreign Device List • BBMD IP : 172.22.107.8
• 172.22.248.76 BBMD • PORT : BBMDport(Default:47808)
• xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx • TTL(Time ToLive, second unit) : Registration period
• xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx ex) 60 1 min
I-am (response)
172.22.107.4 172.22.107.20 … • ON : It has to be ‘1’ if want to use BBMD* func..Or not set to ‘0’.
Who
-is
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Network
BBMD
BMS Gateway BACnet G/W
172.22.107.8
◆ Who-is message in the different domain without BBMD* 172.22.107.1 172.22.248.1 I-am 172.22.248.76
172.22.107.4 (response)
Trouble shooting
guide
Network
BMS Gateway BACnet G/W
? *BBMD : BACnet/IP Broadcast Management Device
172.22.107.1 172.22.248.1 172.22.248.76

172.22.107.4
*BBMD : BACnet/IP Broadcast Management Device
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
◆ IP, PORT, TTL, and FD activate setting ◆ Site Information

• Site : USA OO school
1. IP setting
2. PORT setting
• Date : May, 17, 2016
• BMS : Honeywell WEB-600E (Niagara Platform)
: Input the BBMD IP : Input the BBMD Port • BACnet GW / Q’ty / Ver. : PQNFB17C1 / 2ea / v3.1.5 → v3.1.5c (Onboarding)
(Default 47808) • Outdoor Unit 9ea
Basic Part
• Indoor Unit 124ea
◆ Problem
• When the ACP periodically reboots(every monday 2AM), the BMS can not communicate intermittently
with one BACnet G/W. (other BACnet G/Ws is Ok)
Intorduction
Multi V 5
◆ Cause
• Reappearance testing after changing the system clock to 2 am on Monday → Problem found
• After rebooting, BACnet G/W creates and initializes the object. By the way, the problem occurs when
the BACnet G/W receives a data request from the BMS during object creation and initialization.
◆ Solution
• Solution : Onboarding v3.1.5c. (Added initialization recovery logic)
Trouble shooting
3. TTL setting
4. FD Activate setting
guide
: Input the TTL second : Set to “1”, activation
(Time to Live) Set to “0”, not used
e x> 60 1min
Control Logic
Central Control
Tip!
… Example>
TTL : 60 If the “ON” value remains unchanged after 60 seconds, you can confirm that
ON : 1 the FD(foreign device) is registered normally in BBMD.
• For more information, please consult with the experts of BMS.

*BBMD : BACnet/IP Broadcast Management Device
Back
◆ Site Information
8.2 ACP-Lonworks
• Site : USA OO
• Date : May, 18, 2016
• BMS : Automated Logic BMS, LGR25 Controller BMS
• BACnet GW / Q’ty / Ver. : PQNFB17C1 / 1ea / v3.1.5 LonWorks
• Outdoor Unit 4ea
TP/FT-10
Basic Part
• Indoor Unit 56ea
LG HVAC unit
LGAP 1)
◆ Problem Model no. PLNWKB000

1. Auto Discover Failure : When joint matching test, BMS can not find the object. Dimension 270mm x 155mm x 65mm
2. Manual Discover Failure : Manually Added some objects but can not find all the objects we added. (WxHxD) Standard Features
Weight (kg) 1.3 kg (Include power adaptor) • Interface between LonWorks BMS and LG
Intorduction
HVAC unit
Multi V 5
◆ Cause & Solution Max. number 64 (ACP only : 256) • Web Access with Graphical User Access
1. Auto Discover Failure : When Auto Discovery, BMS get the object list using “WHO-has”. By the way, of unit Control
BMS requests incorrect object name to BACnet G/W.
Applicable unit Air conditioner, ERV, DX ERV, • ACP Premium functions
ex) incorrect request object : Startstopcommand_01 type Hydro kit, AHU control/comm. • Forced off digital input
→ correct request object : ac_StartStopCommand_01 Kit ( AHU and other unis are not • Interfacing with AC Manager
connected simultaneously) • Flash ver.’s the latest s/w version : v2.1.2
• Java ver.’s the latest s/w version : v2.0.2c
Display 20x4 Character LCD (network
Trouble shooting
→ Need the setting of BMS, But the contractor does not fully understand Automated Logic BMS, • Digital I/O (Inherent) : No points for Lon-
→ Select Manual Discovery method. environment setting & Information Works
guide
display) • For LonWorks G/W, only 64 units are al-
2. Manual Discover Success : Power 12VDC, max 2.3A lowed
1) Change to correct Device ID - Addr. Range : 00~FF, don’t need to be
Surrounding Operating Temperature : 0~40°C
continuous number
ex) incorrect Device ID :1002 Conditions Storage Temperature : -20~80°C
→ correct Device ID : 9000 Humidity : 0~95%
Advanced Function
Comm. Ch.1~4 : LG AP1)(ODU, ERV, DX • Two Setpoint Auto-changeover / Setback
Port(Channel) ERV, Hydro kit) • Time Limit Control, Interlocking
Control Logic
2) We have entered the object type and instance number one by one. → Success
Ch.5 : LG AP(AHU Control kit) • Energy Report, Error, Event Log by Email
Lon Port TP/FT-10 • Energy Report, Event Log Save to PC
• Accumulated Power monitoring with PDI2)
External 2 Digital Inputs (DI1 : Emergency
Interface stop only) Optional Accessories
2 Digital Outputs, • PDI - PQNUD1S40, PPWRDB000
1 Ethernet Port 100/10Mbps 1) LG Air-conditioner Protocol
1 USB (Software update, Data 2) Power Distribution Indicator
Central Control
backup)
1 SD card (Data backup)
Back
■ Components ■ Components
‫ڼ‬ DO1 DO2 DI1 DI2
⑤ 2 Digital Output signal (≤ 1.5A, 30V), 2 Digital
Input signal (non voltage input only)
DI #1 is reserved for forced off
Basic Part
⑥ Comm. port
CH1~4 : LG AP (ODU, ERV, DX ERV, Hydro kit)
CH5 : LG AP(AHU Control kit)
<Front Case> CH6 : Not used
LON : To connect with BMS
⑦ Mini USB port

<Front, Side>
USB to Serial port for software debugging
Intorduction
Multi V 5
⑧ USB port
‫ھ‬ ‫ڿ‬
For software update and data backup/recover
⑨ Power switch
⑩ Ethernet port
Trouble shooting
To connect with AC Manager
‫ۂ ہۀ‬ For software update/data backup/recover
guide
<Bottom>
⑪ SD card slot
For data backup/recover, RS485 data logging
‫ڸ‬ Front cover

‫ڹ‬ Adaptor connection jack for DC 12V
Power port (for 24V~, PLNWKB100 Only)
Control Logic
‫ں‬
‫ڻ‬ Buttons and LCD CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 LON
Central Control
Set Network environment (IP, Net mask, Gateway)
Select Peak(Default) or Demand(Not used)
SW upgrade, Data backup, Data recovery
RS-485 communication logging
Set Language (Korean/English)
Set whether to use Schedule function
Set whether to use PDI/Fire alarm function
Set whether to display error history/cycle info,
Set whether to use 0.5°C control
Back
◆ Wiring ■ Commissioning
LON communication cable(TP/FT-10) should be
connected LON port of ACP Lonworks. 1) Using “Upload from device”
LonWorks LGAP
Basic Part
BMS
2) Using “XIF File” for pre-engineering
Intorduction
Multi V 5
BMS LonWorks LGAP
XIF
(Dev Info)
FT-10 (non-polarity)
Trouble shooting
BMS
guide
◆ Set Lonworks type
• 0 : AC, ERV, DX ERV, AWHP
• 1 : DX AHU
• 2 : LG Chiller (applicable model is limited)
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
9. Dry Contact
■ XIF file Download 9.1 Simple Dry Contact

Model Code PDRYCB000 Features
Basic Part
Power
Connector
Shape
1) Click EHP or AHU
For IDU Indoor PCB

Connector
Case O
Intorduction
Quantity of point 1
Multi V 5
Comm. -
Power AC 220VPower
Connector Input Signal
Link : http://www.lonmark.org/certifications/device_certification/product_catalog/search?categoryID=-1&deviceClassID=-1&Submit=Search&manID=825
On / Off ● Output Signal
Mode -
2) Click *.zip file
Trouble shooting
Set Temp. - Indoor PCB
guide
Fan Speed - Connector
Control Thermo-Off -
Energy saving
Lock/Unlock -
ODU low noise -Input Signal
Control Logic
Each Unit type (EHP, AHU, Chiller) has different .XIF Demand control - Output Signal
- LGAC.XIF, LGAHU.XIF, LGChil.XIF
Operation Status ●
Output Error ●
Room temp. -
Previous model PQDSB
Central Control
Back
■ Wiring (Example) ■ Dry contact recognition in Indoor unit

- Initially, switching off and on Indoor unit is required for recognizing Dry Contact.
IDUPCB - During this recognition time, input signal must be on
Keep Input signal
Basic Part
‫ ڸ‬Power off IDU ‫ڹ‬
contacted
Power
AC220V from SHORT
IDU
Intorduction
Multi V 5
OR
AC220V
from CN-CC
Input
Non Voltage
Input
Trouble shooting
guide
1~3 minutes ‫ ں‬Power on IDU
If IDU operates after 1~3min-

utes since IDU was power on,
that means Dry contact has
Dry contact been correctly recognized
PCB
Control Logic
Input / Output
Local supply
Output
Central Control
Input Error Oper
.
Back
■ Auto start mode / Manual mode ■ Auto start mode / Manual mode Setting – IDU PCB
There are two different operation scenario depending on the mode setting
Case #1 : IDU PCB without Dip switch
Mode
Auto start mode Manual mode
Case
Basic Part
Input On IDU operates, Unlocked* Unlocked
Input Off IDU stops, Locked** IDU stops, Locked
* Remote controller is allowed to control IDU

**Remote controller is prohibited to control IDU
Auto start mode Manual mode Shunt S/W
Intorduction
Multi V 5
OFF OFF
- Auto : Auto-Start
Locked
Trouble shooting
- Manual : Depends on how it is set by Remote Controller
Locked
guide
IDU doesn’t operate automatically but Case #2 : IDU PCB with Dip switch
remote controller is unlocked
IDU operates when input signal is on

OFF
Control Logic
ON
Unlocked
So IDU can be operated by remote controller
Unlocked
DIP S/W 4th
Central Control
ON
- On(Auto) : Auto-Start
- Off(Manual) : Depends on how it is set by Remote Controller
Unlocked
Back
■ Auto start mode / Manual mode Setting – Wired Remote Controller ► Premium Wired R/C
• Press and hold ‘wireless remote controller signal receiver part’ of the remote controller for 3 seconds
► Standard Wired R/C or longer to enter the installer function.
• Select dry contact mode setting code value ‘09’.
1 Press and hold Bbutton for more

than 3 seconds to enter the installer
• At the Value 1 field, press the ‘▲’, ‘▼’ button to select dry contact setting value, and press
‘Done’ button to apply the dry contact mode setting.
Basic Part
settings mode. - If you do not press ‘Done’ button, your settings will not be applied.
- If pressing only once briefly,
it will enter the user settings
mode. Make sure to press and hold
for more than 3 seconds.
2
Move to the Dry Contact Mode Settings in the
menu using button and then it displays as
Intorduction
below.
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
3 Select the Dry Contact Mode using button. ※ Dry contact setting value
- 00: manual
guide
Set value for dry contact
00 : Manual - 01: automatic
01 : Auto
Code value for Set value

dry contact
*Caution : When you set the Dry contact mode, you should make sure that Dry Contact input is On(For
example, Cardkey is injected)
4 Press button to save the setting.
Control Logic
5 Press button to exit.
❈ If no button is selected for about 25 seconds
after setup, it exits the setup mode automatically.
❈ If the Kbutton is not selected before you exit, the
changes will not apply.
Central Control
Back
► Standard III Wired R/C ► ItAuto

Givesstart mode
selection / Manual
whether mode
to turn Setting
ON the – Wireless
unit directly Remote
of not from Controller
the external source.
• In the menu screen, press [<,>(left/right)] button to select the setting category, and press [∧(up)] The selection can be made bu passing CANCEL button of the wireless remote controller
It Gives selection whether to turn ON the unit directly of not from the external source.
button for 3 seconds to enter the password input screen for the installer setting. 3 times within 3 minutes of resetting the unit with facing it towards the unit.
The selection can be made bu passing CANCEL button of the wireless remote controller
• Input the password and press [OK] button to move to the installer setting list. (This function availability depends on indoor unit model)
3 times within 3 minutes of resetting the unit with facing it towards the unit.
(This function availability depends on indoor unit model)
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
OK OK
※Installer setting password OK OK

Main screen → menu → setting → service → RMC version information → SW Version
Example) SW version : 1.00.1 a
Trouble shooting
In the above case, the password is 1001.
guide
► Dry contact mode setting (air conditioner / DX ventilator)
Dry contact function is the function that can be used only when the dry contact devices is separately
purchased and installed. ► Auto start mode / Manual mode Setting – Wireless Remote Controller
• Change setting values using [<,>(left/right)] button.
Control Logic
Central Control
Value
Auto
manual
1m 30s after supplying power to IDU, 1m 30s after supplying power to IDU,
press the Clear All button on R/C three times press the Set/Clear button on R/C three times
1m 30s after supplying power to IDU, 1m 30s after supplying power to IDU,
press the Set/Clear button on R/C three times
Back
press the Clear All button on R/C three times


Not work as desired - Dry Contact Wiring check Request
In a conference room of an hotel, It is necessary to synchronize the operation
of the AC with the Eco V
Does Dry contact power always No Fuse check
Basic Part
constant ? Solution
(Should supply from constant power source)
(Check power terminal)
Indoor unit dry contact PCB is connected with Eco V forced operation contact.
Yes
<Conference Room>
Does Remote Controller control No Duct unit Ventilation Unit
Check error of ODU and IDU
the IDU
(Basic check Point)
without Dry Contact nomally?
Yes
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Does wiring of IDU PCB and No
Dry Contact Connecting check CN-CC 1 1 CN-CC
correct? (using connecter) 2 2
Dry Contact 3 3 Dry Contact
4 4
Yes
1 2 1 2
Does IDU succeed to
Trouble shooting
recognize dry contact? No
After short Dry Contact Input, Reset the IDU
~
( IDU operation should be changed
(It may takes about 1.5min for recognizing)
guide
by changing Dry Contact input
status(open/short) )
In this case when IDU is on, Eco V starts(auto mode). And when IDU fan is Off, Eco V is off
Request
→ Check!! dip
Theswitch
indoorNo.5 in Eco be
unit should V PCB
controlled by external switches, and it needs to be
dip switchoffNo.5 is window
while ON thenisEcoV will be auto start
opened.
dip switch No.5 is Off then EcoV will be manual start(Remote controller enable)
Solution
Control Logic
Indoor unit is connected with a series of contacts
<Hotel Room>
Central Control
CN_CC
1
2
Dry Contact 3
4
1 2 1 2 1 2
Window
Cardkey
sensor
~
1 2
Back
Room
Thermostat
CN-CC CN-CC
2 2
Dry Contact 3 3 Dry Contact
4 4
1 2 1 2
Request 9.2 Dry Contact for 2 Inputs

The indoor unit should be controlled by external switches, and it needs to be
off while window is opened. Model Code PDRYCB400 Features
Solution
Basic Part
Indoor unit is connected with a series of contacts Voltage
Operation setting
<Hotel Room> Shape state Error state

Temp.
SW Setting
SW
For IDU
Case O Voltage
setting
Intorduction
CN_CC Operation
1 Quantity of point Error state2
Multi V 5
state
2 Temp.
Dry Contact 3 Comm. - SW Setting
SW
4
Power from IDU
1 2 1 2 1 2 Reset SW
Window
On / Off ●
Cardkey
sensor
~ Mode - Control
Mode SW
Input Signal Dry contact
status
Trouble shooting
Indoor PCB
1 2 Set Temp. (Select & Fix) Connector
guide
Room Fan Speed -
Thermostat
Control Thermo-Off (Select & Fix)
Reset SW
Energy saving (Select & Fix)
Control Input Dry contact
Signal& Fix)
Lock/Unlock
Mode SW (Select status
Indoor PCB
ODU low noise
Connector -
Control Logic
Demand control -
Output Error ●
Room temp. -
Previous model PQDSBC
Central Control
Back
■ Wiring ■ Voltage / Non Voltage setting for Input signal
Output Non Voltage setting
Local supply
Error Display
Basic Part
Power
AC or DC
(220V/1A )
Operation Display
Dry contact
PCB
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Input
LG does not
supply this section
Local supply
VOLT / COMMON (Local supply)
Trouble shooting
Volt / Common
guide
Voltage setting
Input A Input B
Control Logic
LG does not
supply this section
(Local supply)
Central Control
VOLT / COMMON
Connect separate external voltage of DC 5V~DC 12V
Back
■ Desired Temperature setting ■ Control Mode setting

• General mode
CONTROL_
Input A Input B Operating mode
MODE S/W
Desired temperature setting table
Basic Part
OFF OFF Indoor unit stopped, locked
TEMP SW
setting 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ON OFF Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, unlocked
Temperature 1
OFF ON Indoor unit stopped, locked
setting(°C) 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
ON ON Indoor unit stopped, locked
TEMP SW OFF OFF
8 9 A B C D E F Indoor unit stopped, locked
setting
Intorduction
Temperature ON OFF Indoor unit operating, unlocked
Multi V 5
setting(°C) 26 27 28 29 30 30 30 30 2
ON OFF Indoor unit stopped, locked
3
Trouble shooting
OFF ON Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, unlocked
*Enable/Disable the Temp. setting ON ON
guide
Indoor unit operating, unlocked
enable disable
ON OFF Indoor unit stopped, locked
SETTING_SW
SETTING_SW
4
OFF ON Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, unlocked
ON ON Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, unlocked
Control Logic
OFF OFF Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, locked
ON OFF Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, locked
5
OFF ON Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, locked
ON OFF
Central Control
Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, locked
6
ON ON Indoor unit operating, unlocked
CONTROL_
MODEL S/W Input A Input B Operating mode
Back
OFF OFF Indoor unit operating at low level, locked
ON OFF Indoor unit operating at low level, unlocked
_ 441
ON OFF Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, locked
6
ON ON Indoor unit operating, unlocked
• Particular mode ■ Control Mode setting

CONTROL_
• Particular mode
MODEL S/W Input A Input B Operating mode
OFF OFF Indoor unit operating at low level, locked CONTROL_

MODE S/W Input A Input B Operating mode
ON OFF Indoor unit operating at low level, unlocked
Basic Part
7 OFF OFF
OFF ON Indoor unit stopped, locked Comp. Stop Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, occupied, unlocked

whit Economize ON OFF Indoor unit operating with thermal off in cooling mode, occupied, unlocked
Fan level E
OFF OFF Indoor unit operating at low level, locked Setting Mode OFF ON Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, unoccupied, unlocked
ON OFF Indoor unit operating at low level, unlocked ON ON Indoor unit prior operating with thermal off in cooling mode, unoccupied, unlocked
8
Intorduction
CONTROL_
Multi V 5
OFF OFF Indoor unit operating in power save mode, locked
MODE S/W
ON OFF Indoor unit operating in power save mode, unlocked
9 OFF OFF Occupied, unlocked
OFF ON Indoor unit stopped, locked Occupancy
ON OFF Unoccupied, unlocked
ON ON Indoor unit operating not in power save mode, unlocked Power Save Sensor F
OFF ON Occupied, locked
OFF OFF Indoor unit operating in power save mode, locked Mode
ON ON Unoccupied, locked
ON OFF Indoor unit operating in power save mode, unlocked
A
Trouble shooting
guide
OFF OFF Indoor unit operating (Compressor in stop mode), locked When using the Occupancy sensor interlock mode, the setting switch
must be set as shown below.
ON OFF Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained
Comp. Stop
SETTING_SW
B (Compressor not in stop mode), unlocked
Mode
Control Logic
OFF OFF Indoor unit stopped, unlocked
ON OFF Indoor unit in cool/high operation, unlocked
C
OFF ON Indoor unit in heat/high operation, unlocked
ON ON Indoor unit in fan/high operation, unlocked Operating
OFF OFF Indoor unit stopped, locked Mode select
ON OFF Indoor unit in cool/high operation, locked
D
OFF ON Indoor unit in heat/high operation, locked
Central Control
ON ON Indoor unit in fan/high operation, locked
Back

CONTROL_
MODE S/W - Check external Contact type (Powered/Non-
OFF OFF Indoor unit stopped, locked voltage) Check
- Check IDU’s operation according to the
ON OFF Indoor unit stopped, locked IDU is not controllable by 3rd part controller
control_mode SW (refer to the table)
0
Basic Part
OFF ON Indoor unit stopped, locked - Check Compatibility between IDU and Dry
Contact
OFF OFF Indoor unit stopped, unlocked
IDU is compatible with dry No
ON OFF Indoor unit stopped, unlocked contact?
In case of SCA, request to HQ.
1 (Refer to the PDB)
Under Multi V Super II is not allowed
OFF ON Indoor unit stopped, unlocked
ON ON Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, unlocked Yes
Intorduction
Multi V 5
CHANGE OVER_SW Setting is set No Check which is external contact type
ON OFF Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, unlocked properly ? (Powered/Non-powered)
2
OFF ON Indoor unit operating, unlocked
ON ON Indoor unit prior operating condition maintained, unlocked Yes
No
When using the extended mode, the switch must be set as shown below. Control_Mode SW and Temp SW is Set the S/W properly according to
Trouble shooting
set properly the control_mode SW table(in manual)
SETTING_SW
guide
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Operation Scenario
SW_A SW_B Function
OFF OFF Stop
ON OFF Operating
OFF ON Stop
ON ON Stop
■ Usage example • Mode Selector

• Pre-Cooling
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
Basic Part
1 2 3 4 Setting cn_cc
CN_CC
cn_cc
CN_CC
Dry Contact
Switch Name Setting
Dry
cn_cc Contact
CN_CC
Setting
CONTROL MODE 7
Switch Name Setting
Dry Contact Temp. Setting
CONTROL MODE
A (28 )
7
Com A B
3 2 1 Temp. Setting A (28 )

Com A B
Operation Scenario Com A B
3 2 1
SW_A SW_B Function
Operation Scenario 3 2 1
SW_A
OFF SW_B
OFF
Operating with 28 & low level, Locked
Function
(Remote controller is now allowed to control IDU)
Setting
Operating with 28 & low level, Locked
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Operating with 28 & low level, Unlocked,
(Remote controller is now allowed to control IDU) Switch Name Setting
(User can step down desired temp. by Remote controller )
Intorduction
Operating with 28 & low level, Unlocked,
ON OFF CONTROL MODE C or D
Multi V 5
OFF ON Stop
(User can step down desired temp. by Remote controller )
ON ON Stop SW_A
OFF ON Stop
ON ON Stop
Operation Scenario
SW_A SW_B Function
SW_B OFF OFF Stop
• Emergency stop ON OFF Cool Mode
OFF ON Heat Mode
Trouble shooting
1 2 3 4 ON ON FAN Mode
1 2 3 4
guide
cn_cc
CN_CC
Only a manager can control this switch
Dry Contact
cn_cc
CN_CC
Dry Contact
Com A B
3 A2 B1
Com
3 2 1 Setting
Control Logic
Setting
Switch Name Setting
Switch Name
CONTROL MODE Setting
2
CONTROL MODE 2
Operation Scenario
Operation
SW_A Scenario
SW_B Function
SW_A
OFF SW_B
OFF Function
Stop
OFF
ON OFF
OFF Stop
Operating
Central Control
ON
OFF OFF
ON Operating
Stop
OFF
ON ON
ON Stop
Stop
ON ON Stop
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
Back
cn_cc
CN_CC
446 _TROUBLEDry Contact

SHOOTING cn_cc
CN_CC
GUIDE BOOK _ 447
Dry Contact
9.3 Modbus Dry Contact • Connecting Dry contact with IDU and Modbus Controller
Model Code PDRYCB500 Features

3rd party
Controller
Basic Part
Shape
• Max no. for one room controller : 8 units
• Modbusconfiguration
- Modbus RTU slave / 2 wire RS485
For IDU
- Baud : 9600 / Parity : None / Stop bits : 1
<Modbus Communication Function>

Room
Case O • Max no. for one room controller : 8 units

Control Master
• Modbus configuration Type : Modbus RTU Slave (2 wire RS485)

Quantity of point -
- Modbus RTU slave / 2 wire RS485
RCU* Controller
Baud : 9600
Intorduction
*RCU: Room Control Unit
- Baud : 9600 / Parity : None / Stop
Multi V 5
Comm. Modbus
CN-CC bits : 1
Power from IDU
Indoor Unit
TX 01 01 00 00 00 01 FP CA
On / Off ●
CN-CC Device Function Modbus Start Byte CRC
Mode Indoor Unit
● Addr. Code address count
Set Temp. ● RX 01 04 02 00 FA 90 48
Trouble shooting
Fan Speed ●
Device Function Byte Data CRC
guide
Control Thermo-Off - Addr. Code count
Energy saving -
Lock/Unlock -
ODU low noise -
Demand control -
Control Logic
Output Error ●
Room temp. ●
Previous model PQDSBCGCD0
Central Control
Back
Basic Info Wiring Installation Flow chart Case study
• Setting Address
Basic Part
Intorduction
Multi V 5
Trouble shooting
guide
* In case, connect a Modbus controller with several product, Address have to be set different from
others.
Control Logic
Central Control
Back
Trouble Shooting Guide Book
Visual Elements Logo
Publisher LG Electronics Home Appliance & Air Solution Company, Air Solution Division
Issued date November 2017
Adress LG Electronics Gasan A B/D, 56, Digital-ro 10-gil, Geumcheon-gu, Seoul, Korea
Web http://partner.lge.com
Life’s Good
All rights are reserved by LG Electronics.

2018 Trouble Shooting Guide Book - Multi V 5 - Global

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2018 Trouble Shooting Guide Book - Multi V 5 - Global

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Trouble Shooting

This PDF will help you quickly find the informa-

We look forward to hearing from you through

TAKE THE ONLINE SURVEY

It consists of 5 simple questions, and the sur-

2. Self-Diagnosis Function Ⅴ. Central Control

3. Checking Method for Key Components 2. Common Part

012 _TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE BOOK

Multi V 5 Outdoor Unit Multi V 5 Indoor Unit

ARU N 260 L T E 5 ARU U 07 G TU A 4

System with Outdoor Unit using R410A

Multi V 5 Indoor Unit Multi V 5 Outdoor Unit

UXB ARUN320LEH5 Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV

ARUN420LEH5 Indoor Unit

Outdoor Unit HEX Active

HR Unit Vapor Valve

Model Chassis Branches Number

PRHR032 3 Sub-Cooling HEX

*14,16HP have 2fans.

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

3. Piping Diagrams 3. Piping Diagrams

Indoor HEX EEV 

Outdoor Unit HEX Active Outdoor Unit HEX Active

 Main 4-Way  Main 4-Way

*14,16HP have 2fans.

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

3. Piping Diagrams 3. Piping Diagrams

Indoor HEX EEV  Indoor HEX EEV 

Indoor Unit Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

Outdoor Unit HEX Outdoor Pressure Sensor Valve

EEV Receiver SC Injection Vapor

Inlet Suction Receiver Injection

Liquid Pipe Sub-Cooling HEX

3. Piping Diagrams 3. Piping Diagrams

Indoor HEX EEV 

Temperature Sensor Unit HEX Vapor Valve

EEV Receiver SC Injection

Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

3. Piping Diagrams 3. Piping Diagrams

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor Unit Fan Fan

Indoor HEX t t Motor

Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

*14,16HP have 2fans.

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

3. Piping Diagrams 3. Piping Diagrams

Fan Fan Fan Fan

EEV Receiver SC Injection Low Outdoor Vapor

3. Piping Diagrams 3. Piping Diagrams

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

EEV Receiver SC Injection EEV Receiver SC Injection

Inlet Suction High / Low Pressure Vapor Pipe Inlet Suction

Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Indoor HEX EEV 

Indoor HEX EEV 

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor Unit

Indoor HEX EEV

Outlet Oil Oil Upper Outdoor EEV

EEV Receiver SC Low Pressure Vapor Pipe

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

3. Piping Diagrams 3. Piping Diagrams

Indoor HEX EEV 

3. Checking Method for Key Components 2. Common Part

Indoor HEX EEV

Main 4-Way Main 4-Way

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV

Low Temperature Low Pressure Vapor Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV

Oil Oil p Balance Inverter Balance

Indoor HEX EEV

Indoor HEX EEV Indoor HEX EEV

EEV Receiver SC EEV Receiver SC

Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| M M

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Outdoor oGw w nGwG

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

wGz {Gz jG} zG}

Outdoor Unit m

wGz {Gz jG} zG}

Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| Indoor Heat Exchanger pG|

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

Indoor Heat Exchanger pG| Indoor Heat Exchanger pG|

oGw w nGwG

z jUX v

Pressure Sensor Temperature Sensor Check Valve Solenoid Valve

wGz {Gz jG} zG}